0% found this document useful (0 votes)
22 views209 pages

B.Sc. (H) Microbiology

The B.Sc. (Honors) Microbiology syllabus outlines a four-year undergraduate program aligned with the National Education Policy 2020, emphasizing holistic development, flexibility in learning, and a multidisciplinary approach. It includes various course categories such as Discipline Specific Core, Electives, and Skill Enhancement courses, with multiple exit options for students. The program incorporates innovative teaching methods and assessment strategies to foster critical thinking and practical skills.

Uploaded by

shashwat742
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
22 views209 pages

B.Sc. (H) Microbiology

The B.Sc. (Honors) Microbiology syllabus outlines a four-year undergraduate program aligned with the National Education Policy 2020, emphasizing holistic development, flexibility in learning, and a multidisciplinary approach. It includes various course categories such as Discipline Specific Core, Electives, and Skill Enhancement courses, with multiple exit options for students. The program incorporates innovative teaching methods and assessment strategies to foster critical thinking and practical skills.

Uploaded by

shashwat742
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 209

Syllabus for B.Sc.

(Honors) Microbiology

FOUR-YEAR FULL TIME HONORS PROGRAMME

(Under UGCF 2022)


Based on NEP 2020

Meeting of CoC held on 27-04-2022


Meeting of Faculty held on 1-6-22
Passed by Academic Council on
Passed by Executive Council on

Note: Syllabi applicable for students seeking admission in the


B.Sc. (H) Microbiology Programme from the academic year 2022-2023

DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY
FACULTY OF INTERDISCIPLINARY AND APPLIED SCIENCES
UNIVERSITY OF DELHI SOUTH CAMPUS
NEW DELHI – 110021

1
INTRODUCTION AND OBJECTIVES OF UGCF 2022

The Undergraduate Curriculum Framework- 2022 (UGCF) is meant to bring about


systemic change in the higher education system in the University and align itself with
the National Education Policy 2020. The Preamble of the Undergraduate
Curriculum Framework-2022 underlines the historical perspective, philosophical
basis, and contemporary realities of higher education as enshrined in the National
Education Policy 2020 and endeavours to synchronize these cornerstones while
charting the road ahead for the state of higher education.

The following objectives of NEP are kept in perspective while framing UGCF:

► to promote holistic development of students having the world view of a truly


global citizen;
► to provide flexibility to students so that learners have the ability to choose their
learning trajectories and programmes, and thereby choose their paths in life
according to their talents and interests;
► to eliminate harmful hierarchies among disciplines/fields of study and silos
between different areas of learning;
► multidisciplinarity and holistic education to ensure the unity and integrity of all
knowledge;
► to promote creativity and critical thinking and to encourage logical decision-
making and innovation;
► to promote ethics and human & Constitutional values;
► to promote multilingualism and the power of language in learning and teaching;
► to impart life skills such as communication, cooperation, teamwork, and
resilience;
► to promote outstanding research as a corequisite for outstanding
education and development;
► to incorporate Indian Knowledge System relevant for a particular discipline or
field of studies.

The UGCF 2022 clearly brings out the multidisciplinary approach, adhering to innovative
ways within the curriculum framework to allow the student maximum flexibility in pursuing
his/ her studies at the undergraduate level to the extent of having the liberty to eventually
design the degree with multiple exit options depending upon the needs and aspirations of the
student in terms of his/ her goals of life, without compromising on the teaching learning,
both in qualitative and quantitative terms.

2
ABBREVIATIONS

1. ‘AEC’ indicates ‘Ability Enhancement Course’


2. ‘DSC’ indicates ‘Discipline Specific Core’
3. ‘DSE’ indicates ‘Discipline Specific Elective’
4. ‘GE’ indicates ‘Generic Elective’
5. ‘SEC’ indicates ‘Skill Enhancement Course’
6. ‘VAC’ indicates ‘Value Addition Course’

DEFINITIONS

1. Academic credit – An academic credit is a unit by which the course work is


measured. It determines the number of hours of instructions required per
week. One credit is equivalent to one hour of teaching (lecture or tutorial) or
two hours of practical work/field work per week.

2. Courses of study – Courses of the study indicate pursuance of study in a


particular discipline. Every discipline shall offer three categories of courses of
study, viz. Discipline Specific Core courses (DSCs), Discipline Specific
Electives (DSEs) and Generic Electives (GEs).

a) Discipline Specific Core (DSC): Discipline Specific Core is a course of study,


which should be pursued by a student as a mandatory requirement of his/her
programme of study. DSCs shall be the core credit courses of that particular
discipline which will be appropriately graded and arranged across the
semesters of study, being undertaken by the student, with multiple exit options
as per NEP 2020. The DSCs specified in the framework would be identified
by the concerned Department as core courses to be taught in a Programme.

b) Discipline Specific Elective (DSE): The Discipline Specific Electives (DSEs) shall
be a pool of credit courses of that particular discipline (single discipline
programme of study) or those disciplines (multidisciplinary programme of study),
as the case may be, which a student chooses to study from his/her particular
discipline(s). There shall be a pool of DSEs from which a student may choose a
course of study. The DSEs specified in the framework would be identified by the
concerned Department as elective courses to be taught in a Programme.

c) Generic Elective (GE): Generic Electives shall be a pool of courses which is


meant to provide multidisciplinary or interdisciplinary education to students.
GEs shall consist of a pool of courses offered by various disciplines of study
(excluding the GEs offered by the parent discipline), in groups of odd and
even semesters, from which a student can choose. The GEs specified in the
framework would be identified by the concerned Department as GEs to be
taught in a Programme.

d) Ability Enhancement course (AEC), Skill Enhancement Course (SEC) & Value
Addition Course (VAC): These three courses shall be a pool of courses offered
by all the Departments in groups of odd and even semesters from which
students can choose.
(i) AEC courses are the courses based upon the content that leads to
knowledge enhancement through various areas of study. They are
3
Language and Literature and Environmental Science and Sustainable
Development which will be mandatory for all disciplines.

(ii) SEC are skill-based courses in all disciplines and are aimed at providing
hands-on training, competencies, proficiency and skills to students.
SEC courses may be chosen from a pool of courses designed to
provide skill-based instruction. Every discipline may provide skill-
based courses, some of which may be offered to students of its
discipline while the rest can be open to students of all other disciplines.

(iii) VAC courses are common pool of courses offered by different


disciplines and aimed towards personality building; embedding ethical,
cultural and constitutional values; promoting critical thinking, Indian
Knowledge Systems, scientific temperament, communication skills,
creative writing, presentation skills, sports & physical education and
team work which will help in all round development of students.

3. Major Discipline - A student pursuing four-year undergraduate programme


in a specific discipline shall be awarded an appropriate Honours degree with
Major in the Discipline on completion of VIII Semester, if he/she secures in
that Discipline at least 50% of the total credits i.e., at least 88 credits in that
Discipline out of the total of 176 credits. He/she shall study 20 DSCs and at
least 2 DSEs in eight semesters.

4. Minimum acceptable level of academic standards - The minimum acceptable


level of achievement that a student must demonstrate to be eligible for the
award of academic credit or a qualification is the minimum acceptable level of
academic standards. The Letter Grades and Grade Points which shall be used
to reflect the outcome of assessment process of the student’s performance is
indicated in Table - 1.

Table - 1
Letter Grade Grade point
O (outstanding) 10
A+ (Excellent) 9
A (Very good) 8
B+ (Good) 7
B (Above average) 6
C (Average) 5
P (Pass) 4
F (Fail) 0
Ab (Absent) 0

4
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME

The UGCF structure for four-year undergraduate programmes in different


disciplines offers multiple exit options. The details of the structure are provided
below in Tables 2 and 3.

The structure provides a mandatory programme on Research Methodology as


one of the discipline specific elective (DSE) courses at the VI & VII semester
for students who opt for the Four Years Honors with Research degree. Further,
provision for internship / apprenticeship/ project/ community outreach right
from the III semester up to VI semester provides ample opportunity to the
students to explore areas of knowledge / activity beyond the four walls of the
classroom and reach out to the world outside without any dilution of the
academic feature of the course of study, he/she is pursuing. This also acts a
precursor for the students to take up academic project or entrepreneurship at a
later stage in VII & VIII semester. Such an initiative will help in skill development
and lay a strong foundation for research and thus contribute towards overall
national development through the development of skilled manpower and
innovation.

Table-2

Sl. Type of Award Stage of exit Mandatory


No. credits

1 Undergraduate Certificate in After successful 44


the Discipline completion of Semester
II

2 Undergraduate Diploma in After successful 88


the Discipline completion of Semester
IV

3 Bachelor of (Field of Study) After successful 132


(Honours) Discipline completion of Semester
VI

4 Bachelor of (Field of Study) After successful 176


(Honours with Research / completion of Semester
Academic VIII
Projects/Entrepreneurship)
Discipline

5
Table – 3
Bachelor of (Discipline) (Hons.)
Semester Core (DSC) Elective (DSE) Generic Ability Skill Internship/ Value addition Total Credits
Elective Enhancement Enhancement Apprentice- course (VAC)
(GE) Course (AEC) Course (SEC) ship/Project/
Community
outreach (2)
I DSC - 1(4) Choose Choose one Choose one Choose one 22 credits
DSC - 2(4) one from a from a pool of from a pool of from a pool of
pool of AEC courses courses (2) courses (2)
DSC - 3(4) courses (2)
GE-1 (4)
II DSC - 4(4) Choose one Choose one Choose one Choose one 22 credits
DSC - 5(4) from a pool from a pool of from a pool of from a pool of
DSC - 6(4) of AEC courses courses (2) courses (2)
courses (2)
GE-2 (4)
Students on exit shall be awarded Undergraduate Certificate (in the Discipline) after Total = 44
securing the
III DSC - 7(4) Choose one from pool of
requisite 44 credits inone
Choose from I and II Choose one SEC OR
Semesters Choose one
courses, DSE – 1 (4) a pool of Internship/Apprenticeship/ from a pool of 22 credits
DSC - 8(4)
OR AEC courses Project/Community Outreach
Choose one from pool of (2) (IAPC) (2)*
courses (2)
DSC -9 (4) courses, GE -3 (4)**

IV DSC - 10(4) Choose one from pool of Choose one Choose one SEC Choose one 22 Credits
DSC - 11(4) courses, DSE – 2 (4) from a pool of OR from a pool of
DSC – 12(4) OR AEC courses ‘Internship/Apprenticeship/ courses (2)
in the alternative choose (2) Project/community outreach
one from pool of courses (IAPC) (2)*
GE - 4 (4)**
Students on exit shall be awarded Undergraduate Diploma (in the Discipline) after securing Total = 88
the requisite 88 credits on completion of Semester IV
V DSC - 13(4) Choose one Choose one Choose one 22 credits
DSC – 14(4) from a pool from a pool SEC OR
of courses of courses Internship/Apprenticeship/
DSC- 15(4) DSE - 3 (4) GE-5 (4) Project/Community Outreach (IAPC)
(2)***

6
VI DSC - 16(4) Choose one Choose one Choose one SEC 22 credits
DSC -17 (4) from a pool from a pool OR
of courses of courses ‘Internship/Apprenticeship/
DSC -18 (4)
DSE – 4 (4)^ GE-6 (4) Project/Research/Community
Outreach (2)***
Students on exit shall be awarded Bachelor of (in the Discipline) Honours (3 years) after securing the Total = 132
requisite 132 credits on completion of Semester VI
Choose three DSE (3x4)^ Dissertation on
VII DSC-19 (4) courses OR Major (6)
Choose two DSE- (2x4) and OR 22 credits
one GE (4) course OR Dissertation on
Choose one DSE (4) and Minor (6)
two GE (2x4) courses OR
(total = 12) # Academic
project/
Entrepreneurship
(6)
Choose three DSE (3x4) Dissertation on
VIII DSC -20 (4) courses OR Major (6) 22 credits
Choose two DSE- (2x4) and OR
one GE (4) course OR Dissertation on
Choose one DSE (4) and Minor (6)
two GE (2x4) courses OR
(total = 12) # Academic
project/
Entrepreneurship
(6)

Students on exit shall be awarded Bachelor of (in the Discipline) (Honours with Research/Academic Total = 176
Projects/Entrepreneurship) after securing the requisite 176 credits on completion of
Semester VIII

7
* There shall be choice in III and IV Semesters to choose either one ‘SEC’ or in
the alternative ‘Internship/Apprenticeship/Project/Community Outreach’ in
each Semester for two credits each.
** There shall be choice in Semester III and IV to either choose a DSE or a GE.
*** There shall be choice in V and VI Semesters to choose either one ‘SEC’ or in
the alternative ‘Internship/Apprenticeship/Project/Research/Community
Outreach’ in each Semester for two credits each.
# There shall be three choices in VII and VIII Semesters –
(i) to choose three DSEs of 4 credits each OR
(ii) to choose two DSEs and one GE of 4 credits each OR
(iii) to choose one DSE and two GEs of 4 credits each.
^ ‘Research Methodology’ shall be offered as one of the DSE courses in VI and VII
Semesters. Students can opt for it either in VI semester or VII semester.
Dissertation/Academic Project/Entrepreneurship in the 4th year shall commence
from VII semester and conclude in VIII semester. Detailed outcomes of each track
chosen out of these three options shall be notified and assessment at the end of VII
and VIII semesters shall be done accordingly.

(pages 2-8 of this document have been adopted from the


University of Delhi’s Undergraduate Curriculum Framework 2022
document)

8
Design of B.Sc. (Honors) Microbiology Program:
The teaching-learning will involve theory classes (Lectures) of one hour duration and
practicalclasses. The curriculum will be delivered through various methods including
chalk and talk, power-point presentations, audio, video tools, E-learning/ E-content,
virtual labs, simulations, field trips/ Industry visits, seminars (talks by experts),
workshops, projects, models and class discussions. The assessment broadly will
comprise of Internal Assessment (Continous Evaluation) and End Semester
Examination. Each theory paper will be of 100 marks with 25% marks for Internal
Assessment and 75% for End Semester examination. The internal Assessment will be
through MCQ, test, assignment, oral presentation, worksheets and short project. Each
practical paper will be of 50 marks.

Programme Framework:
The programme will consist of six-credit courses, four-credit courses and two credit
courses. For theory classes one credit indicates a one-hour lecture per week while for
practicals one credit indicates a two-hour session per week. Each practical batch will be
of fifteen students. A number exceeding fifteen (by at least ten) will be divided into two
equal batches. The distribution of the courses is shown in Table 3 above.
There are only two six-credit courses, being offered in semesters VII and VIII. These
are the courses on Dissertation / Academic Project / Entrepreneurship. These courses
will include theoretical research as well as experimental work. The evaluation of these
will be according to the guidelines provided by the University of Delhi.
There are three categories of four credit courses: Discipline-Specific Core (DSC),
Discipline-Specific Elective (DSE) and Generic Elective (GE).
Discipline-Specific Core (DSC) courses are compulsory courses offered by the
Microbiology programme, distributed over the eight semesters. The four-credit
DSC courses will comprise of three credits theory classes and one credit
practical. Students who complete the B.Sc. (Honors with research /academic
project / entrepreneurship) Microbiology programme will study twenty DSC
courses.
Discipline-Specific Elective (DSE) courses are a pool of four-credit courses
offered by the Microbiology programme from which the student can choose. The
four-credit DSE courses will comprise of two credits of theory classes and two
credits practicals. Students who complete the B.Sc. (Honors with research
/academic project / entrepreneurship) Microbiology programme will study a
minimum of four and maximum of ten DSE courses.

Generic Elective (GE) courses are a pool of four-credit courses offered by


programmes of other Disciplines, from which the student can choose. The
Microbiology programme is offering a pool of GE courses which students of other
Disciplines can opt for. The distribution of these courses over the odd and even
semesters is as listed in the Table below. The four-credit GE courses will
comprise of two credits of theory classes and two credits practicals. Students who
complete the B.Sc. (Honors with research /academic project / entrepreneurship)
Microbiology programme will study a minimum of four and maximum of ten GE
courses.

There are three categories of two credit courses: Ability Enhancement Courses
(AEC), Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC) and Value Addition Courses (VACs).

Ability Enhancement Courses (AECs) are a pool of two-credit courses in

9
Language and Literature and Environmental Science and Sustainable
Development for all disciplines offered by the University of Delhi. Students will
have to study two courses on “Environmental Science and Sustainable
Development” (courses I and II of two credits each in the first year (I/II
semester) and the second year (III/IV semester), respectively). The AEC pool
will also consist of credit courses in languages listed in the Eighth Schedule of
the Constitution of India, as updated from time to time. Students who complete
the B.Sc. (Honors with research /academic project / entrepreneurship)
Microbiology programme will study four AECs.

Skill Enhancement Courses (SECs) are a pool of two-credit courses for all
disciplines offered by the University of Delhi from which the student can choose.
The Microbiology programme is offering a pool of SECs, with some courses being
designed for students of the Microbiology Discipline while other courses have been
designed for students of other Disciplines. The two-credit SECs comprise entirely of
either theory classes or practicals. Students who complete the B.Sc. (Honors with
research /academic project / entrepreneurship) Microbiology programme will study
a minimum of two and maximum of six SECs. Students can opt for
Internship/Apprenticeship/ project/ Community Outreach in lieu of the SECs in
semesters III-VI.

Value Addition Courses (VACs) are a pool of two-credit courses for all disciplines
offered by the University of Delhi from which the student can choose. Students who
complete the B.Sc. (Honors with research /academic project / entrepreneurship)
Microbiology programme will study four VACs.

Thus, to acquire a B.Sc. (Honors by research / academic project /


entrepreneurship) degree in Microbiology a student must study:
20 Discipline-Specific Cores, 4-10 Discipline-Specific Electives, 4-10 Generic Electives,
2 Skill Enhancement Courses, 4 Ability Enhancement Courses, 4 Value Addition
Courses, 2 Dissertation / academic project / entrepreneurship courses, and 4 SECs /
internship / Apprenticeship / Project /Community outreach project.

A student who exits after the first year upon completion of 44 credits will graduate with
an Undergraduate Certificate in Microbiology.
A student who exits after the second year upon completion of 88 credits will graduate
with an Undergraduate Diploma in Microbiology.
A student who exits after the third year upon completion of 132 credits will graduate with
a Bachelor in Science (Honours) in Microbiology.
A student who exits after the fourth year upon completion of 176 credits will graduate
with a Bachelor in Science (Honours with Research/Academic
Project/Entrepreneurship) in Microbiology.

10
COURSES OFFERED UNDER B.SC. (H) MICROBIOLOGY PROGRAMME (UGCF2022)

Discipline-Specific Core Courses (DSCs):

Semester Course Code Course Name Components Page


L T P
I MICROB-DSC101 Introduction to the Microbial World 3 0 1 16
MICROB-DSC102 Basic Bacteriology 3 0 1 20
MICROB-DSC103 Principles of Biochemistry-I 3 0 1 24

II MICROB-DSC201 Bacterial Diversity and Systematics 3 0 1 28


MICROB-DSC202 Principles of Biochemistry-II 3 0 1 32
MICROB-DSC203 Food and Dairy Microbiology 3 0 1 36

III MICROB-DSC301 Principles of Cell Biology-I 3 0 1 40


MICROB-DSC302 Microbial Physiology and 3 0 1 44
Metabolism-I
MICROB-DSC303 Environmental Microbiology 3 0 1 48

IV MICROB-DSC401 Principles of Cell Biology-II 3 0 1 52


MICROB-DSC402 Microbial Physiology and 3 0 1 56
Metabolism-II
MICROB-DSC403 Virology 3 0 1 60

V MICROB-DSC501 Principles of Molecular Biology-I 3 0 1 64


MICROB-DSC502 Principles of Immunology-I 3 0 1 68
MICROB-DSC503 Medical Microbiology 3 0 1 72

VI MICROB-DSC601 Principles of Molecular Biology-II 3 0 1 77


MICROB-DSC602 Principles of Immunology-II 3 0 1 81
MICROB-DSC603 Industrial Microbiology 3 0 1 85

VII MICROB-DSC701 Microbial Genetics and Genomics 3 0 1 89


VIII MICROB-DSC702 Principles of Recombinant DNA 3 0 1 93
Technology
Discipline Centric Elective Courses (DSEs):
MICROB-DSE1 Eukaryotic Microbes: Biology and 2 0 2 97
III - VIII
Biotechnology
MICROB-DSE2 Biotechniques and Instrumentation 2 0 2 101

MICROB-DSE3 Principles of Genetics 2 0 2 105

MICROB-DSE4 Microbial Biotechnology 2 0 2 108

MICROB-DSE5 Applications of Informatics in 2 0 2 113


Biology

11
MICROB-DSE6 Advances in Microbiology 2 0 2 117

MICROB-DSE7 Applications of Statistics in Biology 2 0 2 121

MICROB-DSE8 Plant-Pathogen Interactions 2 0 2 124

MICROB-DSE9 Biosafety and Intellectual Property 2 0 2 128


Rights
MICROB-DSE10 Applications of Microbes in 2 0 2 132
Bioremediation and Petroleum
Industry
MICROB-DSE11 Microbial Diagnosis and Public 2 0 2 136
Health Management
MICROB-DSE12 Microbial Quality Control in Food 2 0 2 140
and Pharmaceutical Industries
MICROB-DSE13 Agricultural Microbiology 2 0 2 145

MICROB-DSE14 Microbiome in Health and 2 0 2 150


disease
MICROB-DSE15 Research Methodology 2 0 2 154

MICROB-DSE16 Scientific Writing and 2 0 2 158


Communication

Generic Electives Courses (GEs):


MICROB-GE1 Introduction and Scope of 2 0 2 162
Microbiology *
I, III, V, VII MICROB-GE2 Microbes in Health and Hygiene ** 2 0 2 166
(Odd MICROB-GE3 Food Fermentation and 2 0 2 170
Semester) Preservation Techniques **
MICROB-GE4 Microbial Quality Control and 2 0 2 173
Testing **
MICROB-GE5 Microbes in Animal Health ** 2 0 2 177
MICROB-GE6 Microbes in Environmental 2 0 2 181
Management*
II, IV, VI, VIII MICROB-GE7 Microbes in Infectious Diseases ** 2 0 2 184

(Even MICROB-GE8 Applications of Microbes in 2 0 2 186


Semester) Biotechnology **
MICROB-GE9 Fundamentals of Agricultural 2 0 2 191
Microbiology **
MICROB-GE10 Microbial Products in 2 0 2 195
Therapeutics**

* Pre-requisite: none.
** Pre-requisite: student should have studied Biology at 12th standard level

12
Skill Enhancement Elective Courses (SEC)
I-VI MICROB-SEC1 Practical Course: Basic Training in 0 0 2 199
Microbiology **
MICROB-SEC2 Practical Course: Bioinoculants for 0 0 2 201
Agriculture and Sustainable
Development **
MICROB-SEC3 Clinical Research in Drug 2 0 0 203
Development **
MICROB-SEC4 Infection Control in Healthcare 2 0 0 206
Facilities **
* Pre-requisite: none.
** Pre-requisite: student should have studied Biology at 12th standard level

Learning Outcome – based approach to curriculum planning:

The Learning Outcome-based approach to curriculum planning for the B.Sc. (Honours)
degree in Microbiology is designed to afford a skeletal structure within which the
programme can be developed to suit the need of the hour, in keeping with the emergence
of new areas of microbiology. The framework is architected to allow for flexibility in
programme design and course content development, while at the same time maintaining
a basic uniformity in structure in comparison with other universities across the country.
The B.Sc. (Honours) Microbiology programme covers a wide range of basic and applied
microbiology courses as well as courses of interdisciplinary nature. The core courses that
are a part of the programme are designed to build a strong microbiology knowledge base
in the student, and furthermore, acquaints the students with the applied aspects of this
fascinating discipline as well. The student is thus equipped to pursue higher studies in
an institution of her/his choice, and to apply the skills learnt in the programme to solving
practical societal problems. The programme offers a wide range of elective courses to the
student. These include skill enhancement courses that prepare the student for an eventual
job in academia or industry.

Graduate Attributes:

Some of the characteristic attributes of an Honors graduate in Microbiology include:

• Knowledge acquisition: gathers in-depth knowledge of basic and applied


areas of microbiology.
• Core microbiology laboratory skills: understands various methods of
safe handling, culturing and storage of microorganisms in the laboratory.
• Interdisciplinary approach: becomes aware of the role of microbiology in
interdisciplinary research as well as in daily life.
• Environmental literacy: develops a basic understanding of the microbiological
principles that that have environmental implications, and gains an awareness of
regulatory requirements and their compliance in biotechnology and microbiological
research.
• Scientific logic: develops scientific logic and approaches a problem with
critical reasoning.
• Independence in thought: cultivates independent thinking and is able to integrate
knowledge from other disciplines and fit that knowledge into the context of
microbiology.

13
• Team work: understands the importance and strengths of interacting with and
working alongside people from diverse backgrounds.
• Global perspective: becomes acquainted with standard international practices
and emerging technologies used to study microbes.
• Communication skills: develops effective communication skills through oral
presentations of ongoing developments in the field and the compiling of information
in the form of reports.
• Ethics: acquires an awareness of work ethics and ethical issues in scientific
research as well as plagiarism policies.
• Self-motivation: develops self-discipline, planning and organization skills, and
time management skills.

Qualification description:

The qualification description for B.Sc. (Honours) programme in Microbiology include:


• Demonstration of a clear and exhaustive understanding of the basic concepts
of Microbiology, and an awareness of the emerging areas of the field.
• Acquisition of in-depth comprehension of the applied aspects of microbiology
in day-to-day life.
• Enhancement of ability to read, assimilate and discuss scholarly articles
and research papers showcasing microbiology as well as interdisciplinary
areas of life sciences.
• Sharpening of critical thinking skills facilitating the application of knowledge
gained in the field of microbiology in the classroom to the practical solving of
societal problems.
• Development of intellectual capabilities promoting the ability to formulate
and test a hypothesis.
• Acquisition of practical laboratory skills, enabling the accurate design of an
experiment and systematic collection of experimental data.
• Exhibition of ability to interprete and quantitatively analyze experimental data
and maintain records of the same.
• Development of strong oral and written communication skills promoting the
ability to present studies in the field of microbiology using the concepts and
knowledge acquired.
• Demonstration of the ability to work effectively and productively,
independently or as part of a team.

Program Learning Outcomes:

• Students of the B.Sc. (Honours) Microbiology programme will learn to use scientific
logic as they explore a wide range of contemporary subjects spanning various
aspects of basic microbiology such as Bacteriology, Virology, Biochemistry,
Microbial Physiology, Immunology, Cell Biology, Molecular Biology, Genetics,
Systems Biology, Immunology and Molecular biology, in addition to becoming
aware of the applied aspects of microbiology such as Industrial Microbiology, Food
and Dairy Microbiology, Environmental Microbiology and Medical Microbiology to
name just a few.
• Students will appreciate the biological diversity of microbial forms and be able to
describe/explain the processes used by microorganisms for their replication,
survival, and interaction with their environment, hosts, and host populations. They
will become aware ofthe important role microorganisms play in maintenance of a
clean and healthy environment. They will learn of the role of microorganisms in
plant, animal and human health and disease.
• Students will gain knowledge of various biotechnological applications of
14
microorganisms and will learn of industrially important substances produced by
microorganisms. They will gain familiarity with the unique role of microbes in
genetic modification technologies.
Students will become familiar with scientific methodology, hypothesis generation
and testing,design and execution of experiments. Students will develop the ability to
think critically and to read and analyze scientific literature.
• Students will acquire and demonstrate proficiency in good laboratory practices
in a microbiological laboratory and be able to explain the theoretical basis and
practical skills ofthe tools/technologies commonly used to study this field.
• Students will develop proficiency in the quantitative skills necessary to
analyze biological problems (e.g., arithmetic, algebra, and statistical methods as
applied to biology).
• Students will develop strong oral and written communication skills through
the effective presentation of experimental results as well as through seminars.
• Graduates of the B.Sc. (Honours) Microbiology programme will be informed
citizens who can understand and evaluate the impact of new research discoveries
in the life sciences, and will be able to pursue a wide range of careers, including
biological and medical research in higher education institutions as well as careers
in public and global health, scientific writing, environmental organizations, and
food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology industries.

Teaching-Learning Process:

The B.Sc. (Honours) Microbiology programme aims to make the student proficient in
microbiology through the transfer of knowledge in the classroom as well as in the
laboratory. In the classroom this will be done through blackboard and chalk lectures,
charts, powerpoint presentations, and the use of audio-visual resources that are
available on the internet such as virtual lab. An interactive mode of teaching will be used.
The student will be encouraged to participate in discussions and deliver seminars on
some topics. A problem-solving approach will be adopted wherever suitable. In the
laboratory the student will first learn good laboratory practices and then get hands-on
training on basic microbiological techniques and methods. Emphasis on laboratory work
is particularly important keeping in mind the practical nature of the subject, and the time
devoted to practicals will enable the student to better understand the applications of the
different courses. The student will participate in field trips to industries that will
facilitate his/her understanding of the practical aspects of the programme and enable
him to gain exposure to future places/areas of employment.

Assessment methods:

The student will be assessed over the duration of the programme by many different
methods. These include short objectives-type quizzes, assignments, written and oral
examinations, group discussions and presentations, problem-solving excercises, case
study presentations, experimental design planning, execution of experiments, seminars,
preparation of reports, and presentation of practical records. The wide range of
assessment tasks aim to break the monotony of having a single assessment method.

15
MICROB-DSC101

INTRODUCTION TO THE MICROBIAL WORLD

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours (1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to introduce students to the world of microorganisms.
Students will be made familiar with the major milestones that led to the shaping of microbiology
as a distinct discipline of science. Students will gain insights into the diversity of
microorganisms, understand their structural features, and appreciate the role of
microorganisms in our day-to-day lives as well as in the sustenance of life on earth.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:

CO1: Discuss the developments that led to the emergence of microbiology as a scientific
discipline.

CO2: Understand current systems of classification being used for microorganisms and learn
about cell organization in microorganisms.

CO3: Discourse on acellular forms of life such as viruses, viroids and prions.

CO4: Converse actively on the diversity, distribution, cell structure, reproduction and
economic importance of protists.

CO5: Deliver information on the diversity, distribution, structure, life cycles and economic
importance of fungi.

CO6: Appreciate the extensive and impressive impact of microorganisms in our day-to-day
life and become aware of the vast scope of microbiology and its allied fields.

Contents:

Theory: 45 hours
Unit 1: The Evolution of Microbiology as a Discipline of Science: The discovery of
microorganisms, contributions of Anton van Leeuwenhoek, spontaneous generation vs.
biogenesis, the germ theory of disease, the golden era of microbiology and major
developments in the different fields of Microbiology in the late 20 th century. Key
contributions of the following scientists: Louis Pasteur, Robert Koch, Joseph Lister,
Edward Jenner, Elie Metchnikoff, Ronald Ross, Dmitri Ivanovsky, Martinus Beijerinck,
Stanley Prusiner, Paul Ehrlich, Alexander Fleming, Selman Waksman, Sergei N
Winogradsky and Anand Mohan Chakraborty. 9

Unit 2: Classification Systems: Whittaker’s five kingdom classification system and Carl
Woese’s three domain classification system. Overview of acellular (viruses) and cellular
micro-organisms (eubacteria, archaea, protista, fungi). Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cell
structure. 3

Unit 3: Acellular microorganisms and protista:


Brief introduction to viruses: Structure (genetic material, capsid symmetry, envelope), host

16
range, cultivation, bacteriophages (lytic and lysogenic). General characteristics of viroids and
prions.
Algae: General characteristics including occurrence and thallus organization. Criteria for
classification of algae: cell wall composition, pigments, flagellation, food reserves. Cell
structure and reproduction of Chlamydomonas and Chlorella. Economic importance of
algae.
Protozoa: General characteristics of protozoa with a reference to cell structure, modes of
locomotion, modes of nutrition, and modes of reproduction. Morphology and importance
of Entamoeba histolytica, Tetrahymena and Giardia. Ecological importance of protozoa.
Acellular and Cellular slime molds: a brief account 14
Unit 4: Fungi: General characteristics: morphology, cell structure, nutritional requirements,
cultivation, preservation and reproduction (asexual and sexual cycles). Structure, life cycle
and economic importance of Saccharomyces, Rhizopus, Aspergillus, and Agaricus. 9

Unit 5: The scope of microbiology: an overview. Food and dairy industry: fermented foods,
single cell protein. Human health and medicine: human microbiome, probiotics, vaccines,
phage therapy. Microbes in environment: bioremediation, bioleaching, waste management,
biogas, bioethanol, carbon sequestration. Microbes in agriculture: biocomposting,
biofertilizers, biopesticides. Industrially important microbial products: organic acids, amino
acids, antibiotics, enzymes, polysaccharides. Space microbiology: Current developments. 10
Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Principles of Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and Introduction to aseptic


techniques: Principles of Good Microbiological Laboratory Practices (GMLP). Concept of
biosafety levels (BSLs). Work practices, safety equipment and protective measures to be
used in laboratories of the different categories of biosafety levels BSL-1 to BSL-4.
Microorganism risk groups: BSL-1 to BSL-4 microorganisms. Methods of disposal of microbial
cultures. Sterilization by moist heat, mechanical (filtration), irradiation (UV), chemical
(alcohol). Instruments for sterilization: Principle, working and applications of autoclave and
hot air oven.
15
Unit 2: Study of eukaryotic microorganisms: To study the morphological features and
reproductive structures of the following using permanent slides/photographs: Fungi:
Rhizopus, Aspergillus, Penicillium, Saccharomyces. Algae: Chlamydomonas, Chlorella,
Spirogyra. Protozoa: Amoeba, Paramecium, Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia. To prepare
temporary mounts of any two fungi and two algae from those mentioned above. 15

Suggested Reading:

Theory:
1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and
D. Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

2. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

3. Microbiology: An Introduction by G.J. Tortora, B.R. Funke,and C.L. Case. 13th


edition. Pearson, USA. 2018.

4. Algal Biotechnology: Products and Processes. Edited by Bux F. and Chisti Y. 1st
edition. Springer, Switzerland. 2016.

17
5. Principles of Microbiology by R. M. Atlas. 2nd edition. W.M.T. Brown Publishers,
USA.1997.

6. Microbiology by M. J. Pelczar, E. C. S. Chan and N. R. Krieg. 5th edition. McGraw


Hill,USA. 1993.

Practicals:
1. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.
Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

2. Basic Lab Manual of Microbiology, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology by A. Ray and
R. Mukherjee. Taurean Publisher, India. 2019.

3. Benson’s Microbiological applications: Laboratory manual in general microbiology by


A.E. Brown and H. Smith H. 15th edition. McGraw-Hill Education, USA. 2022.

4. Manual of Microbiology: Tools & Techniques by A.K. Sharma. 1st edition. Ane Books,
India. 2007.

Facilitating the achievement of course learning objectives

S. Course learning Teaching and learning Assessment tasks*


No. outcomes activities
1. Discuss the Discussion on the Quiz, match the
developments that discovery of following, and identification
led to the microorganisms and the of scientists through
emergence of controversy over photographs
microbiology as a spontaneous generation,
scientific discipline discoveries in the
golden age of
microbiology and
developments in the field
in late 20th century.
2. Understand current Interactive lectures on Multiple choice questions and
systems of different systems diagrammatic
classification being of classification, representations.
used for prokaryotic and
microorganisms eukaryotic cell structure,
and learn about cell
acellular and cellular
organization in
microorganisms microorganisms using
visual aids and power
point presentations.
3. Discourse on Interactive lectures on Diagrammatic depiction of
acellular forms of helical, icosahedral and various symmetry types, and
life such as viruses, complex capsid symmetry identification using electron
viroids and prions. of viruses, host range and micrographs.
cultivation of viruses.
Differences between
viroids and prions.
4. Converse actively Detailed discussion on the Class test on definitions and
on the diversity, general characteristics and short notes.
distribution, cell economic importance of
structure, algae, protozoa, and slime
reproduction and molds.
economic

18
importance of
protists of
protists

5. Deliver Interactive lectures on cell Drawing diagrams of


information on the structure and reproduction morphology and life cycles of
diversity, in fungi with the help of common fungal genera. Quiz
distribution, charts and visual aids. on the economic importance
structure, life Group discussion on the of fungi and fungal
cycles and economic importance of associations.
economic common fungi.
importance of
fungi
6. Appreciate the Discussion on the Essay writing and poster
extensive and the scope of microbiology making on scope of
impressive impact in various fields, taking microbiology highlighting
of microorganisms practical examples from latest interesting findings of
in our day-to-day day-to-day life. practical importance.
life and become
aware of the vast
scope of
microbiology and
its allied fields.
*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary

19
MICROB-DSC102

BASIC BACTERIOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours (1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is for students to acquire in-depth knowledge of
bacterial cell structure and organization, cultivation methods and growth patterns, and
reproduction. Further, the student gains insights into the vastness of bacterial diversity
and its significance.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard

Course learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course the students will be able to:
CO1: Evaluate the morphological features and cellular organization of bacteria and
archaea, and distinguish between cell wall and cell membrane compositions of gram
positive bacteria, gram negative bacteria, and archaea. Will gain insights into the roles
of enzymes and antibiotics affecting cell wall structure as well as the formation of
spheroplasts, protoplasts, and L forms.

CO2: Isolate pure bacterial cultures and enumerate bacteria using serial dilution and
plating techniques. Will learn about various culture media and methods employed to
maintain bacterial cultures and preserve bacteria.

CO3: Discourse on the different phases of bacterial growth, and will understand the
consequences of binary fission as a means of reproduction. Will learn about various
nutritional and physical factors affecting bacterial growth.

CO4: Prepare various types of media; understand the use of membrane filtration to sterilize
heat sensitive media components; have hands-on experience of isolating bacteria and fungi
from air.

CO5: Streak bacterial cultures on nutrient medium, prepare bacterial slants and stabs, and
enumerate bacteria by different plating methods.

Contents:
Theory: 45 hours
Unit 1: Structure and organization of the bacterial cell wall and appendages:
Shapes, sizes and arrangements of bacterial cells. Cell wall and cell membrane
organization: Structure of cell wall in Eubacteria and Archaea, difference between cell
wall structure and composition of Gram positive versus Gram-negative bacterial,
structure of outer membrane, difference between eubacterial and archaeal cell
membranes. Bacteria lacking cell walls, action of antibiotics and enzymes on bacterial
cell wall, formation of protoplasts, spheroplasts and L forms. Cell envelope layers
outside the cell wall: capsule, slime layer, glycocalyx, S-layers. External appendages:
flagella, fimbriae and pili.
15

20
Unit 2: Cytoplasmic organelles: ribosomes, mesosomes, nucleoid, chromosome and
plasmids, intracytoplasmic membranes, inclusions (storage inclusions: PHB,
polyphosphate granules, sulfur globules, cyanophycin granules; micro-compartments:
Carboxysome; other inclusions: magnetosome, gas vacuole). 10

Unit 3: Bacteriological techniques: Culture media: Chemical types (synthetic and


complex), Functional types (supportive and enriched, selective and differential).
Cultivation of aerobes and anaerobes, concept of viable but non culturable bacteria
(VBNC). Culturing and Preservation methods: Streaking of bacterial culture, spread-
plating, serial dilution plating, counting viable cells. Enrichment culture technique.
Preservation of bacteria and maintenance of stock cultures. Microbial culture collection
centers (ATCC and MTCC). 8

Unit 4: Bacterial growth and reproduction: Different phases of bacterial growth in a


batch culture, determination of generation time, analysis of growth rate. Factors affecting
bacterial growth: Nutritional and physical factors. Endospore: Structure, formation,
stages of sporulation and germination of endospore. Methods of asexual reproduction:
budding, fission and fragmentation. 12

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Introduction to bacterial growth and analysis: Principle, working and applications
of instruments used in cultivation and morphological analysis of microorganisms:
bacteriological and BOD incubators, light microscope (using simple staining of bacteria).
Concept of laminar flow: biological safety cabinets of levels 1 to 4.

Preparation of media and capture of aeroflora: Preparation of Synthetic medium (minimal


medium) and Complex media (nutrient agar, potato dextrose agar, MacConkey agar).
Capture of aero-microflora on nutrient agar and potato dextrose agar plates. 15

Unit 2: Isolation, preservation and quantitation of bacteria: Isolation of pure cultures of


bacteria by Quadrant streaking method on nutrient agar plates. Preparation of bacterial
culture slants and stabs on nutrient agar. Preservation of bacterial cultures by preparation
of glycerol stocks. 15

Suggested Reading:

Theory:

1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and D.


Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

2. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

3. Microbiology: Principles and Explorations by J.G. Black and L.J. Black. 10th edition.
Wiley, USA. 2019.

4. Microbiology: An Introduction by G.J. Tortora, B.R. Funke,and C.L. Case. 13th


edition. Pearson, USA. 2018.

5. Principles of Microbiology by R. M. Atlas. 2nd edition. W.M.T. Brown Publishers, USA.


1997.

21
6. Microbiology by M. J. Pelczar, E. C. S. Chan and N. R. Krieg. 5th edition. McGraw Hill,
USA. 1993.

Practicals:
1. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.
Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

2. Basic Lab Manual of Microbiology, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology by A. Ray and
R. Mukherjee. Taurean Publisher, India. 2019.

3. Benson’s Microbiological applications: Laboratory manual in general microbiology by


A.E. Brown and H. Smith H. 15th edition. McGraw-Hill Education, USA. 2022.

4. Manual of Microbiology: Tools & Techniques by A.K. Sharma. 1st edition. Ane Books,
India. 2007.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes


S. Course Learning Teaching and Assessment Tasks
no. Outcomes Learning
activity
1. Evaluate the morphological PowerPoint presentations/ Test based on
features and cellular videos, pictures showing diagrams of various
organization of bacteria bacterial cells and their cell components and
and archaea, and components. their differences.
distinguish between cell Explaining differences
wall and cell membrane between Gram+ve and
compositions of gram Gram-ve bacteria;
positive bacteria, gram
eubacterial and
negative bacteria, and
archaea. Will gain insights archaebacterial structures
into the roles of enzymes with the help of diagrams
and antibiotics affecting and discussion of the
cell wall structure as well action of antibiotics and
as the formation of enzymes on cell wall.
spheroplasts, protoplasts,
and L forms
2. Isolate pure bacterial Demonstration of various Evaluation of
cultures and enumerate techniques for isolation and streaking/spread plate /
bacteria using serial culturing of bacteria. serial dilution plating
dilution and plating Discussion for comparing of techniques.
techniques. Will learn about methods of preservation of
various culture media and bacteria.
methods employed to
maintain bacterial cultures
and preserve bacteria.

22
3. Discourse on the different Class lectures on MCQ /Quiz based on
phases of bacterial growth, mathematical and examples of asexual
and will understand the graphical expression of reproduction and
consequences of binary changes in bacterial growth curve.
fission as a means of populations by asexual
reproduction. Will learn reproduction. Calculation
about various nutritional of generation time and
and physical factors growth rate to be
affecting bacterial growth.
explained.

4. Prepare various types of Weighing media Testing for sterile media


media; understand the use components, dissolving preparation and
of membrane filtration to them, setting pH and membrane filtration
sterilize heat sensitive sterilization of media using technique
media components; have autoclave along with
hands-on experience of learning about the
isolating bacteria and fungi abundance of microbes in
from air. air

5. Streak bacterial cultures on Preparation of serial Testing efficacy of


nutrient medium, prepare dilution, plating methods working under aseptic
bacterial slants and stabs, will enable students get conditions to minimize
and enumerate bacteria by good practice in contaminations of
different plating methods. inoculating/subculturing culture plates,
bacteria observing purity of
cultures and learning to
purify mixed
cultures

*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary

23
MICROB-DSC103

PRINCIPLES OF BIOCHEMISTRY- I

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours (1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The major objective of this course is to enable the students to develop a clear understanding
of the structures and properties of biomolecules: proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and nucleic
acids, and lays the foundation for a basic understanding of cellular processes. The students
will gain an understanding of the principles of thermodynamics and bioenergetics, and will
be introduced to the basic concepts of enzymes and enzyme kinetics. This course will
empower the students with essential knowledge to support learning in subsequent courses
offered in the program.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the principles of thermodynamics as applied to biological systems and will be
able to comment on the rate constants and feasibility of biochemical reactions by calculating
free energy changes.

CO2: Describe the structures and properties of various types of carbohydrates and will be
able to relate the structures of simple and complex carbohydrates to their wide range of
functions. Will gain knowledge of the role of sugars and their derivatives in formation of
macromolecules /supramolecular complexes.

CO3: Converse on the building block of lipids: fatty acids and their properties. Will acquire a
clear understanding of the structures, properties and functions of storage and membrane
lipids. Will learn of different types of lipid aggregates and their applications.

CO4: Prepare buffers and solutions of different molarity and normality and will be adept in
the use of fine weighing balances and pH meter.

CO5: Analyze foodstuff for their microchemical composition, and will be able to detect the
presence of carbohydrates and fats in samples by performing qualitative tests. Will become
familiar with the use of spectrophotometer.

Contents:
Theory 45 hours

Unit 1: Bioenergetics and thermodynamics: Laws of thermodynamics. Gibbs free energy:


exergonic and endergonic reactions. Enthalpy: exothermic and endothermic reactions.
Entropy, standard free energy change and actual free energy change, equilibrium constant
and spontaneous reactions. Coupled reactions and additive nature of standard free energy
change. Energy rich compounds: ATP, BPGA, Acetyl CoA. 9

Unit 2: Carbohydrates: Introduction to mono-, di- and poly-saccharides. Monosaccharides:


aldoses and ketoses. Stereoisomers: enantiomers, epimers, diastereoisomers, mutarotation
and anomers. Fischer and Haworth formulae of sugars. Sugar derivative: O-,N-glycosides.
Disaccharides: Structures and properties of maltose, lactose, and sucrose reducing and non-
24
reducing sugars. Polysaccharides: storage polysaccharides (starch and glycogen), structural
polysaccharides (cellulose, chitin, peptidoglycan, pectin). 15

Unit 3: Storage Lipids: Introduction to storage and structural lipids. Storage lipids:
triacylglycerols, building blocks, fatty acids structure and properties, essential fatty acids,
saponification. 8

Unit 4: Structural Lipids: Membrane lipids: phosphoglycerides (building blocks, structure of


phosphatidylethanolamine and phosphatidylcholine). Sphingolipids: building blocks, structure
of sphingosine, ceramide, general structure and functions of sphingomyelin, cerebroside and
ganglioside. Lipid functions. Lipid aggregates: micelles, monolayers, bilayers and liposomes.
13
Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Preparation of buffers and solutions: Concepts of molarity versus normality.


Preparation of simple stock solutions of different molarities: sodium chloride, potassium
permanganate, magnesium chloride solutions. Concept of pH. Role of buffers in biochemical
reactions. Buffers of different pH ranges. Commonly used buffers in biochemical assays.
Principle, calibration and use of pH meter. Preparation of two commonly used buffers:
phosphate buffer, citrate buffer. Preparation of complex buffered stock solutions. Preparation
of working solutions. 14

Unit 2: Qualitative biochemical analyses: The use of pipettes and micropipettes. Cleaning
and calibration of micropipettes. Principles and performance of qualitative tests for the
detection of reducing and non-reducing sugars: Benedict’s Test, Fehling’s Test, Molisch
Test; and starch: Iodine Test. Detection of lipids using Solubility Test, Osmic acid Test,
Acrolein Test, Sudan III Test. 16

Suggested readings:

Theory:

1. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry by D.L. Nelson and M.M. Cox. 8th edition.
W.H. Freeman and Company, UK. 2021.

2. Biochemistry by J.M. Berg, J.L.Tymoczko, G.J. Gatto, and L. Stryer. 9th edition.
W.H. Freeman and Company, UK. 2019.

3. Biochemistry by T.A. Brown and S.N. Mukhopadhyay. 1st edition. Viva Books,
India. 2018.

4. Fundamentals of Biochemistry by D. Voet, J.G. Voet and C.W. Pratt. 5th edition.
John Wiley and Sons, UK. 2016.

Practicals:

1. Practical Biochemistry by R.C. Gupta and S. Bhargava. 5th edition. CBS


Publishers and Distributors, India. 2018.

2. An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry by D. Plummer. 3rd edition. McGraw


Hill Education, India. 2017.

3. Introduction to Practical Biochemistry (ebook) by G. Hegyi, J. Kardos, M.


Kovacs, A. Malnasi-Csizmadia, L. Nyitray, G. Pal, L. Radnai, A. Remenyi and I.
25
Venekei. Eotvos Lorand University. 2013.
4. Modern Experimental Biochemistry by Rodney Boyer. 3rd edition. Pearson, India.
2002.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes:

S. Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Learning Assessment Tasks*


No. Activity

1. Explain the principles of Classroom lectures on Problems on free


thermodynamics as applied to laws of thermodynamics, energy change and
biological systems and will be bioenergetics, numerical standard free
able to comment on the rate on standard free energy energy change and
constants and feasibility of changes of coupled determination of
biochemical reactions by reactions equilibrium
calculating free energy constant from data
changes provided.

2. Describe the structures and Pictorial presentations of Drawing the


properties of various types of carbohydrates, mono, di-, structures of
carbohydrates and will be able and polysaccharides, carbohydrates.
to relate the structures of including starch, glycogen, Multiple choice
simple and complex cellulose, and questions-type
carbohydrates to their wide peptidoglycan. quiz on identification
range of functions. Will gain Use of flow charts for of anomers, epimers,
knowledge of the role of sugars teaching structures and enantiomers of
and their derivatives in reactions. sugars.
formation of macromolecules
/supramolecular complexes
3. Converse on the building Lecture on lipids’ Pictorial quiz on
block of lipids: fatty acids and structure, characteristic identification of
their properties. Will acquire a features and different biomolecules
clear understanding of the types of “formations”. forming different
structures, properties and Discussion on essential types of lipids.
functions of storage and fatty acids and their Practice sessions for
membrane lipids. Will learn of significance in human writing biochemical
different types of lipid nutrition. structures of different
aggregates and their examples from lipid
applications. classes.

4. Prepare buffers and solutions Calibration and use of pH Students are


of different molarity and meter. Students in groups required to
normality and will be adept in will prepare citrate buffers , write a report
the use of fine weighing phosphate buffer and acid for all the
balances and pH meter. of given molarities. exercises in a
Preparation of the stock record book
solution of a given They will
substance in group and its submit the
dilutions individually. practical’s
record on a
specified date
and will be
assessed for
it.

26
5. Analyze foodstuff for their Use of micropipettes and May be given
microchemical composition, testing their accuracy lab sheets with
and will be able to detect the Qualitative tests for the a write up
presence of carbohydrates and presence of reducing and leaving
fats in samples by performing non-reducing sugars, sections like
qualitative tests. Will become proteins, and lipids and observations
familiar with the use of resolving the composition and error
spectrophotometer. of unknown samples. analysis, for
Plotting of a standard curve the students to
of BSA and estimation of complete.
protein in the given Students will
sample. Demonstration of perform and
an enzyme activity and record in their
study of effect of pH, lab books and
temperature and heavy assessed on
metal salt on enzyme the basis of
activity. their reporting.
Students will
be observed
while
performing lab
work and will
be assessed
for their
technical
performance.
They are
encouraged to
keep their lab
books up to
date which will
be sampled a
number of
times during
the semester.
*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

27
MICROB-DSC201

BACTERIAL DIVERSITY AND SYSTEMATICS

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours (1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is for students to acquire in-depth knowledge of
bacterial cell structure and organization, cultivation methods and growth patterns, and
reproduction. Further, the student gains insights into the vastness of bacterial diversity
and its significance.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard

Course learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course the students will be able to:

CO1: Classify bacteria based on their modes of nutrition and describe the diverse
physiological types of bacteria as determined by variable environmental factors.

CO2: Describe the fundamental concepts and terminology of taxonomic organization


and parameters used in classifying bacteria. Gain knowledge about the molecular
analytic approaches used to classify diverse bacteria. Learn about the use of rRNA
analysis as a means of developing phylogenetic relationships.

CO3: Explain the major groups of archaea, their stand-out physiological and structural
features, as well as their ecological niches and economic significance.

CO4: Discourse on the major groups of eubacteria, including bacteria with special
features such as mycoplasma, rickettsia, chlamydia and spirochetes.

CO5: Enumerate bacteria by serial dilution and distinguish between different types of
bacteria using various media.

CO6: Analyze bacteria microscopically using various staining methods.

Contents:
Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: Bacterial diversity based on nutritional and physiological factors:


Classification of bacteria based on nutrition: lithotrophs, organotrophs, phototrophs,
chemotrophs. Diversity based on physiological factors: solutes, pH, temperature,
oxygen, pressure, radiation. 4

Unit 2: Bacterial systematics: Definitions: Concepts of systematics, taxonomy, taxa,


species, strains. Conventional and modern approaches to classification: Phenetic,
phylogenetic, genotypic classification, evolutionary chronometers, rRNA oligonucleotide
sequencing (ribotyping) and signature sequences, nucleic acid hybridization, genomic
fingerprinting, MLSA, RFLP to study polyphasic bacterial taxonomy, FAME analysis. 12

Unit 3: Diversity of Archaea:

28
General characteristics with reference to genera belonging to Crenarchaeota
(Sulfolobus) and Euryarchaeota: Methanogens (Methanobacterium), thermophiles
(Pyrococcus), acidophiles (Picrophilus) and halophiles (Halobacterium). Key features
of other groups: Thaumarchaeota, Lokiarchaeota, Nanoarchaeota. 11

Unit 4: Diversity of Eubacteria: Key features and significance of the following


genera: Deeply Branching Bacteria: Thermotoga, Deinococcus.
Proteobacteria: Classes and Types. Alphaproteobacteria: Rhizobium, Ricketssia.
Betaproteobacteria: Neisseria, Thiobacillus. Gammaproteobacteria: Escherichia,
Yersinia. Deltaproteobacteria: Myxococcus and Bdellovibrio. Epsilonproteobacteria:
Campylobacter, Helicobacter. Zetaproteobacteria: Mariprofundus ferrooxydans.
Non-Proteobacteria: Chlamydia, Spirochaetes.
Gram Positive bacteria having genomes of low GC content: Firmicutes Clostridium,
Bacillus. Tenericute Mycoplasma. Gram Positive bacteria having genomes of high GC
content: Mycobacterium, Streptomyces 18

Practicals: 30 hours
Unit 1: Use of McConkey agar medium as a differential medium to distinguish between
lactose- fermenting and lactose-nonfermenting gram negative bacteria. Enumeration of
viable bacterial / CFU count using serial dilution and spread plate method/pour plate
method. 10

Unit 2: Bacterial staining methods: Use of light microscope to observe bacteria. Simple
staining, Gram staining, Negative staining and Acid-fast staining (permanent mount).
Endospore staining using malachite green. Observation of bacterial capsules by negative
staining. Demonstration of bacterial motility by hanging drop method/flagellar staining.
20

Suggested Reading:

Theory:

1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and D.


Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

2. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

3. Microbiology: Principles and Explorations by J.G. Black and L.J. Black. 10th edition.
Wiley, USA. 2019.

4. Microbiology: An Introduction by G.J. Tortora, B.R. Funke,and C.L. Case. 13th


edition. Pearson, USA. 2018.

5. Principles of Microbiology by R. M. Atlas. 2nd edition. W.M.T. Brown Publishers, USA.


1997.

6. Microbiology by M. J. Pelczar, E. C. S. Chan and N. R. Krieg. 5th edition. McGraw Hill,


USA. 1993.

Practicals:

29
1. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.
Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

2. Basic Lab Manual of Microbiology, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology by A. Ray and
R. Mukherjee. Taurean Publisher, India. 2019.

3. Benson’s Microbiological applications: Laboratory manual in general microbiology by


A.E. Brown and H. Smith H. 15th edition. McGraw-Hill Education, USA. 2022.

4. Manual of Microbiology: Tools & Techniques by A.K. Sharma. 1st edition. Ane Books,
India. 2007.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

S. Course Learning Teaching and Assessment Tasks


no. Outcomes Learning
activity
1. Classify bacteria based on To study different types of Quiz: Definitions and
their modes of nutrition nutritional classes and categorization of
and describe the diverse physiological types with the different nutritional
physiological types of help of slide
types.
bacteria as determined by presentations.
Quiz: Match the
variable environmental following based on
factors. nutritional groups and
media studied.
2. Describe the Lecture of the different Class test based on
fundamental concepts terms used in taxonomy definitions of various
and terminology of and discussion on the terms, classification
taxonomic organization types of classifications and techniques.
and parameters used in and different methods
classifying bacteria. Gain used in taxonomy.
knowledge about the
molecular analytic
approaches used to
classify diverse bacteria.
Learn about the use of
rRNA analysis as a
means of developing
phylogenetic
relationships
3. Explain the major groups Classroom lecture on Presentation on any
of archaea, their stand-out different genera with their one archaea of their
physiological and unique/salient features as choice highlighting its
structural features, as well well as their ecological and unique features and
as their ecological niches economic importance. ecological and/or
and economic economic importance.
significance.
4. Discourse on the major Classroom lecture on Presentation on any
groups of eubacteria, different genera with their one bacterium of their
including bacteria with unique/salient features as choice highlighting its
special features such as well as their ecological and unique features and
mycoplasma, rickettsia, economic importance. ecological and/or
chlamydia and spirochetes. economic importance.
Interactive discussion on
the differences between
30
archaea and eubacteria
with the help of tabular
chart.
5. Enumerate bacteria by Preparation of serial dilution, Testing efficacy of
serial dilution and plating methods will enable working under aseptic
distinguish between students get good practice in conditions to minimize
different types of bacteria inoculating/subculturing contaminations of
using various media. bacteria culture plates,
observing purity of
cultures and learning to
purify mixed
cultures
6. Analyze bacteria Practical lab sessions in Drawing well labelled
microscopically using simple and differential diagrams of microscopic
various staining methods staining and usage/handling observations of bacterial
of light microscope with staining and motility
100X objective
* Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary

31
MICROB-DSC202

PRINCIPLES OF BIOCHEMISTRY-II

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The major objective of this course is to enable the students to develop a clear understanding
of the structures and properties of biomolecules: proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and nucleic
acids, and lays the foundation for a basic understanding of cellular processes. The students
will gain an understanding of the principles of thermodynamics and bioenergetics, and will
be introduced to the basic concepts of enzymes and enzyme kinetics. This course will
empower the students with essential knowledge to support learning in subsequent courses
offered in the program.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:

CO1: Outline the chemical structures of the building blocks of nucleic acids and
understand the structures of the different types of DNA.

CO2: Discourse on the composition of proteins, and the structure and chemical properties of
the different amino acids.

CO3: Describe the structural attributes of some classical proteins.

CO4: Analyze the constituents of an active enzyme, the interactions at enzyme active sites,
and steady- state kinetics, allosteric regulation, and will become aware of many different
forms of enzymes found in living cells.

CO5: Analyze the structures of biomolecules using different types of models.

CO6: Analyze proteins qualitatively and quantitatively using different biochemical tests.

Contents:
Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: Nucleic acids: Introduction to importance of nucleic acids. Structures of purines and
pyrimidines, nucleosides and nucleotides. Formation of DNA chains by phosphodiester bonds.
Structure of DNA: the double helix. Types of DNA: A, B and Z. Properties of DNA. Types of
RNA:rRNA, mRNA, tRNA. 10

Unit 2: Composition of Proteins: Introduction to the importance of proteins. Amino acids


as building blocks: structures and properties of standard amino acids. Zwitterion, titration
curves of amino acids, and determination of pKa and pI of monocarboxylic amino acid.
Ninhydrin reaction. Essential amino acids, non-protein amino acids: beta-alanine, D-alanine
and rare amino acids: selenocysteine, hydroxyproline. Oligopeptides: structure and functions
of glutathione and aspartame. 10

32
Unit 3: Protein structure: primary, secondary (α helix, β sheets), super secondary
(collagen), tertiary (myoglobin) and quaternary (haemoglobin). Structure of insulin. 7

Unit 4: Enzymes: Concept of holoenzyme, coenzyme and apoenzyme. Cofactors: prosthetic


group, Coenzyme: NAD, metal cofactors. Enzyme nomenclature and classification. Active site
and activation energy. Lock and key hypothesis, induced fit hypothesis. Concept of steady
state kinetics, Vmax and Km, significance of hyperbolic and double reciprocal plots. Enzyme
unit, specific activity and turnover number. Temperature and pH effects on enzyme activity.
Michaelis-Menten kinetics versus kinetics of allosteric enzymes. Competitive, non-competitive
and uncompetitive enzyme inhibition. Allosteric enzymes: Phosphofructokinase. Multienzyme
complex: pyruvate dehydrogenase. Isozyme: lactate dehydrogenase. RNA as enzymes:
Hammerhead ribozyme 18

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Study of biomolecules with the help of models: The use of different types of models
for visualizing molecular structures of biomolecules: Space filling models, Ball and stick mod-
els, Ribbon Models. Study of protein secondary and tertiary structures with the help of photo-
graphs/ models: collagen, myoglobin, hemoglobin. 10

Unit 2: Qualitative and quantitative analysis of proteins: Qualitative analysis of proteins


using Xanthoproteic Test, Millon's Test, Biuret Test, Ninhydrin Test. Quantitative estimation
of proteins by Lowry’s method using bovine serum albumin as the standard. Demonstration
of enzyme activity (amylase / urease / catalase) and effect of temperature, pH and heavy
metal salt on activity. 20
Suggested reading:
Theory:

1. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry by D.L. Nelson and M.M. Cox. 8th edition. W.H.
Freeman and Company, UK. 2021.

2. Biochemistry by J.M. Berg, J.L.Tymoczko, G.J. Gatto, and L. Stryer. 9th edition. W.H.
Freeman and Company, UK. 2019.

3. Biochemistry by T.A. Brown and S.N. Mukhopadhyay. 1st edition. Viva Books, India.
2018.

4. Fundamentals of Biochemistry by D. Voet, J.G. Voet and C.W. Pratt. 5th edition. John
Wiley and Sons, UK. 2016.
Practicals:

1. Practical Biochemistry by R.C. Gupta and S. Bhargava. 5th edition. CBS Publishers
and Distributors, India. 2018.

2. An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry by D. Plummer. 3rd edition. McGraw Hill


Education, India. 2017.

3. Introduction to Practical Biochemistry (ebook) by G. Hegyi, J. Kardos, M. Kovacs, A.


Malnasi-Csizmadia, L. Nyitray, G. Pal, L. Radnai, A. Remenyi and I. Venekei.
Eotvos Lorand University. 2013.
4. Modern Experimental Biochemistry by Rodney Boyer.3rd edition. Pearson, India.
33
2002.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes:

S. Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Learning Assessment Tasks*


No. Activity

1. Outline the chemical Presentations on the Multiple choice quiz


structures of the building structures of nucleic acids on nitrogen bases,
blocks of nucleic acids and and their study with the nucleosides,
understand the structures of help of models and nucleotides-
the different types of DNA. photographs. structures. Group
discussion on
structures of different
types of DNA and
RNA and their
localization.

2. Discourse on the Lectures on amino acid Quiz for identification


composition of proteins, and structure, their acid-base of amino acids from
the structure and chemical properties and their biochemical
properties of the different polymerization. Discussion structures.
amino acids. on essential amino acids
and their significance in
human nutrition.
3. Describe the structural Class lectures Quiz for the
attributes of some classical supplemented with pictorial identification of
proteins. presentations of different secondary and
types of 3D- models tertiary structures of
(available online) of proteins from
primary, secondary, tertiary models and/or
and quaternary structures photographs.
of proteins, with detailed
accounts of collagen,
myoglobin and
haemoglobin to bring out
the differences among
super-secondary, tertiary
and quaternary levels of
protein structures.
4. Analyze the constituents of Classroom lectures and Quiz on classification
an active enzyme, the presentations and nomenclature of
interactions at enzyme on structure, classification enzymes.
active sites, and steady- and types of enzymes.
state kinetics, allosteric Assignments on
regulation, and will become Animated video turorials on isozyme, multienzyme
aware of many different lock and key and induced complex and
forms of enzymes found in fit mechanism of enzyme allosteric enzymes.
living cells. action. Study of enzyme
kinetics of inhibited and
uninhibited reactions using
Lineweaver-Burke plots.

34
5. Analyze the structures of Diagrammatic Students are asked to
biomolecules using different representations of α helix, use pictures,
types of models. and β sheet. Study of photographs and
collagen, myoglobin and online resources to
haemoglobin with the help of illustrate various
different types of models. molecular models
Comparative account of A-, and their relevance in
B-and Z forms of DNA using understanding
molecular models macromolecules
Study of different types of
RNAs from photographs
and models.
6. Analyze proteins qualitatively Qualitative tests for theMay be given lab
and quantitatively using different presence of proteins, andsheets with a write up
biochemical tests leaving sections like
resolving the composition of
unknown samples. observations and
Plotting of a standard curve error analysis, for the
of BSA and estimation students to complete.
of protein in the given Students will perform
sample. Demonstration of and record in their lab
an enzyme activity and books and assessed
study of effect of pH, on the basis of their
temperature and heavy reporting. Students
metal salt on enzyme will be observed while
activity. performing lab work
and will be assessed
for their technical
performance. They
are encouraged to
keep their lab books
up to date which will
be sampled
5. *Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

35
MICROB-DSC203
FOOD AND DAIRY MICROBIOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to familiarise students with the importance of
microorganisms in food spoilage as well as in preparation of certain foods, and to
acquaint the students with quality control and safety indices used in the food industry.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Evaluate the factors governing microbial growth in foods and sources of food
contamination.

CO2: Discuss the factors that govern spoilage of some common foods due to microbial
activity.

CO3: Describe various physical and chemical methods used for food preservation.

CO4: Analyze the role of microorganisms in the production of fermented dairy and non-
dairy food products. Will understand the health benefits of prebiotics, probiotics and
synbiotics.

CO5: Discourse on the common food-borne diseases and preventive measures to be


used, as well as methods for detection of food-borne pathogens.

CO6: Recognize the importance of quality control in the food industry and learn about various
indices being used to measure quality and safety in the food industry.

Contents
Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: Foods as a substrate for microorganisms: Natural microflora and contamination


sources of foods. Factors impacting growth and survival of microbes in foods. Intrinsic : pH,
moisture content, nutrient availability, Eh values, antimicrobial substances and biological
structures. Extrinsic: temperature, relative humidity and gaseous storage. Spoilage of foods by
microorganisms: Factors responsible for food spoilage. Non- perishable, -semi perishable and
- highly perishable foods. Spoilage of vegetables, fruits, meat, eggs, milk, butter, bread, and
canned foods. 10

Unit 2: Food preservation methods: Physical methods of food preservation: Temperature


control (low: refrigeration, freezing; high: boiling, blanching, pasteurization, UHT, aseptic
packaging). Canning: home and commercial. Dehydration: natural drying, artificial drying,
freeze drying, smoking and tying of water molecules, reduced water activity products.
Irradiation: radicidation, radurization, radappertization. Hydrostatic pressure, high voltage
pulse, microwave processing. Chemicals used in food preservation: salt, sugar, organic
acids, SO2, nitrites and nitrates, ethylene oxide, antibiotics and bacteriocins. 10

36
Unit 3: Fermented dairy and non-dairy foods: Starter cultures. Fermented foods:
yogurt, acidophilus milk, kumiss, kefir, dahi, cheese, bread, dosa, kanji, sauerkraut, soy
sauce, tempeh, and fermented meat (sausages). Concept, health benefits and limitations
of prebiotics, probiotics and synbiotics. Selection criteria for probiotic. Probiotic foods
available in the market. 8

Unit 4: Food intoxications, food infections and detection of food borne pathogens.
Causative agents, foods involved, symptoms and preventive measures in food-borne
diseases caused by Clostridium botulinum, Shigella (bacillary dysentery), Vibrio cholerae,
Escherichia coli, Yersinia enterocolitica, Salmonella (food infection), Entamoeba
histolytica. Mycotoxins: aflatoxins (Aspergillus). Detection of food-borne pathogens:
culture-based as well as rapid detection methods. 12
,

Unit 5: Quality control in the Food Industry: Total Quality Management (TQM):
concepts and approaches. Hazard Analysis of Critical Control Point (HACCP) for food
safety: principles and limitations. Indices of food quality (IFQ): FSSAI standard, ISO
certification. 5

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Microbial spoilage of food and fermented foods:

Isolation and identification of spoilage fungi from various spoiled vegetables/ fruits:
collection of spoilt food samples, point inoculation on suitable media, preparation of
temporary mounts, and microscopic observations. Isolation and identification of spoilage
fungi from spoiled breads using similar methods. Comparison of the fungi identified in the
two categories of foods.

Fermented foods: Production of fermented foods using starter cultures and normal
microflora of food. Preparation of yogurt / dahi. Preparation of sauerkraut / kanji.
Preparation of buttermilk and butter. Preparation of kefir using kefir grains. Student
research study project: unusual fermented foods from India and around the world. 15

Unit 2: Food Quality Control : Methylene Blue Dye Reduction Test (MBRT) to assess
the microbiological quality of raw versus pasteurized milk: principle of the method,
performance of the test with various samples of milk, evaluation and grading of milk quality
based on the results obtained. Evaluation of milk quality by assessing its bacterial load
using the standard plate count with serial dilutions of the milk. Clot on boiling (COB) test
of milk samples: principle, performance of the test with milk samples, and evaluation of
milk quality based on results obtained. Alkaline phosphatase test to check efficiency of
pasteurization of milk: principle, performance of the test with various pasteurized milk
samples, evaluation of milk quality based on results obtained.
15

Suggested Reading:

Theory:

1. Antimicrobials in Foods edited by P.M. Davidson, T.M. Taylor, and J.R.D.


David. 4th edition. CRC Press, UK. 2020.

2. Food Microbiology by W.M. Foster. CBS Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd. 2020

37
3. Food Microbiology by W.C. Frazier, D.C. Westhoff, and N.M. Vanitha. 5th
edition. TataMcGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, India. 2017.
4. Food Microbiology by M.R. Adams, M.O. Moss and P. McClure. 4th edition.
Royal Society of Chemistry, UK. 2015.

5. Fundamental Food Microbiology by B. Ray and A. Bhunia. 5th edition. CRC


Press. 2013.

6. Basic Food Microbiology by G.J Banwart. 2nd edition. CBS Publishers and
Distributors, India. 2004.

7. Modern Food Microbiology by J.M. Jay, M.J. Loessner and D.A. Golden. 7th
edition. Springer, Switzerland. 2005.

8. The Microbiological Safety and Quality of Foods. Vol. 1-2 by B.M. Lund,
T.C. Baird-Parker,and G.W. Gould. ASPEN Publication, USA. 2000.

Practicals:

1. Analytical Food Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by A.E. Yousef, J.G. Waite-


Cusic and J.J. Perry. 2nd Edition. Wiley Publishers, UK. 2022.

2. Laboratory Manual of Food Microbiology by N. Garg, K.L. Garg and K.G.


Mukerji. Dreamtech Press, India. 2021.

3. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th


edition. Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

4. Laboratory manual of Microbiology and Biotechnology by K.R. Aneja. 2nd


edition. Scientific International Pvt. Ltd., Delhi. 2018.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

S. Course Learning Teaching and learning Assessment


no. Outcomes Activity Tasks*

1 Evaluate the factors governing Lectures and interactive Quiz.


microbial growth in foods and discussion on the possible
sources of food contamination. sources of food
contamination and factors
regulating growth of
microorganisms on food.
2 Discuss the factors that Discussion on microbial Quiz, MCQ
govern spoilage of some spoilage of common foods,
common foods due to supported with visual
microbial activity. aids

38
3 Describe various physical and Lectures on various food Short
chemical methods used for preservative measures assignment on
food preservation. supported by online videos preservatives
added to
processed
foods.
4 Analyze the role of Classroom discussion on Flow charts on
microorganisms in the different fermented foods microbial
production of fermented dairy and .probiotics with the help production of
and non-dairy food products. of power-point fermented
Will understand the health presentations. foods.
benefits of prebiotics, Market survey
probiotics and synbiotics. on availability of
. probiotics and
prebiotics.
5 Discourse on the common Lectures on food borne Short
food-borne diseases and diseases and methods assignment on
preventive measures to be used for detection of food molecular
used, as well as methods for
detection of food-borne borne pathogens with the methods of
pathogens. help of visual aids. detection of
food-borne
bacterial
pathogens.
6 Recognize the importance of Discussion on Total Quality Visit to food
quality control in the food Control management processing
industry and learn about concepts, HACCP, and plant to study
various indices being used to indices of food quality the
measure quality and safety in implementation
the food industry. of HACCP.
Report to be
submitted by
students after
their visit.
*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary

39
MICROB-DSC301

PRINCIPLES OF CELL BIOLOGY- I

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)
Course Objectives:
The major objective of this course is to introduce the students to the essentials of eukaryotic
cell biology. The students will gain knowledge about the physical and chemical architecture of
cells as well as structural and functional details of different cell organelles. They will become
familiar with cell cycle events, and mechanisms of cell communication and cell death. They
will be educated about the hallmarks, etiology and diagnosis of cancers. They will be
introduced to the cutting edge science of stem cell technology, their production and various
applications.
Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard
Course Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Dissect the structure of the cell wall and cell membrane as well as be familiar with
membrane transport mechanisms. Will be aware of cell-matrix and cell-cell interactions.

CO2: Advocate the importance of the cytoskeleton.


CO3: Explain the organization and functioning of various cell organelles and gain insights
into the internal organization of the nucleus.
CO4: Discuss the mechanisms of protein sorting, intracellular trafficking, and protein export.
CO5: Analyze the structure of the plant and animal cell by microscopic observation and the
ultrastructure of cell organelles by electron microscopy.
CO6: Fractionate cell components by ultracentrifugation and become familiar with cell sorting
by flow cytometry.
Contents:
Theory: 45 hours
Unit 1: Cell envelope and cell interactions: Structure and composition of bacterial, fungal
and plant cell walls. Composition of plasma membrane: phospholipid bilayer, membrane
proteins, glycocalyx. Membrane transport mechanisms: passive diffusion, facilitated diffusion
(carrier proteins and channel proteins), active transport (Na+-K+ ATPase, ABC transporters).
Components of extracellular matrix: polysaccharides, structural proteins, adhesion proteins.
Cell-matrix interactions: cell surface receptors, focal adhesions, hemi- desmosomes. Cell-
cell interactions: adhesion junctions, tight junctions, gap junctions, plasmodesmata. 12

Unit 2: Cytoskeleton: structural organization of actin filaments, microtubule structure and


dynamics, structure of centriole, cilia, flagella. Microtubule motor proteins: kinesins and
dyneins. 6

Unit 3: Structures and functions of nucleus and other cell organelles:


Structure and function of nucleus and its components (nuclear envelope, nuclear lamina,
nuclear pore complex). Internal organization of nucleus: heterochromatin, euchromatin,
nucleolus. Structure and function of cell organelles: mitochondrion, chloroplast, ribosome,
peroxisome, lysosome.
40
12

Unit 4: Protein sorting and membrane trafficking: Structure of endoplasmic reticulum


(smooth and rough, ER transmembrane proteins). Targeting and translocation of proteins
across the endoplasmic reticulum, protein processing, folding and assembly. Brief overview
of the role of endoplasmic reticulum in synthesis of lipids and assembly of phospholipid
bilayers. Structure and organization of golgi apparatus. Protein glycosylation, protein sorting,
and exocytosis. Signal sequences in transmembrane transport: nuclear localization signal,
endoplasmic reticulum signal sequence. 10

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1. Cell and cell organelles: Use of light microscopy and electron microscopy in studying
cells. Study of the structure and function of a plant cell and an animal cell through microscopy.
Analysis of the ultrastructure of cell organelles through electron micrographs: nucleus, plasma
membrane, mitochondrion, chloroplast, ribosome, endoplasmic reticulum, golgi bodies,
lysosome, centriole. 20

Unit 2: Cell fractionation and sorting: Principle and working of cell fractionation by
density gradient centrifugation using virtual lab. Principle and working of cell sorting by flow
cytometry using virtual lab. Analysis of cell cycle stages using flow cytometry. 10

Suggested Reading:

Theory:
1. Molecular Cell Biology by H. Lodish, A. Berk, C. Kaiser, M. Krieger, A. Bretscher,
H.Ploegh, A. Amon and K.C. Martin. 9th edition. W.H. Freeman, UK. 2021.

2. Essential Cell Biology by B. Alberts, K. Hopkin, A.D. Johnson, D. Morgan, and


M. Raff. 5th edition. W.W. Norton & Co, USA. 2019.

3. Karp’s Cell and Molecular Biology by G. Karp, J. Iwasa and W. Marshall. 9th edition.
Wiley, USA. 2019.

4. The Cell: A Molecular Approach by G.M. Cooper. 8th edition. Sinauer Associates,
UK. 2018.

5. Cell Biology by T.D. Pollard, W.C. Earnshaw, J. Lippincott-Schwartz and G.T.


Johnson. 3rd edition. Elsevier, USA. 2016.

6. Becker’s World of the Cell by J. Hardin and G. Bertoni. 9th Edition. Pearson,
USA. 2015.

7. Cell and Molecular Biology by E.D.P. De Robertis. 8th edition. Lippincott, Williams
and Wilkins, USA. 2006.

Practicals:
1. A Cell Biology Manual by J. Francis. Kendall/Hunt Publishing Co, USA. 2022.

2. Practical Laboratory Manual- Cell Biology by A. Gupta, B.K. Sati. Lambert Academic
Publishing, USA. 2019.
41
3. Cell Biology Practical Manual by R. Gupta, S. Makhija and R. Toteja. Prestige
Publishers, India. 2018.

4. Laboratory Manual of Cell Biology by R. Majumdar, R. Sisodia. Prestige Publishers,


India. 2018.

5. Essential Cell Biology Vol 1: Cell Structure- A Practical Approach by J.


Davey and M.Lord. Oxford University Press, UK. 2003.

6. Essential Cell Biology Vol 2: Cell Function- A Practical Approach by J. Davey and M.
Lord. Oxford University Press, UK. 2003.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

S. Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Assessment


no. learning Activity Tasks*
Class room lecture Multiple-choice type
1. Dissect the structure of the cell and power-point quiz, assignment on
wall and cell membrane as well presentation, cell wall, plasma
as be familiar with membrane worksheets, membrane, cell
transport mechanisms. Will be animation videos, transport
aware of cell-matrix and cell-cell study material mechanisms, and
interactions. cell-cell interactions

Class room lecture Multiple-choice type


2. Advocate the importance of the and power-point quiz
cytoskeleton presentation.
Pictorial Worksheets, and
3 Explain the organization and representation, use group discussion on
. functioning of various cell of audio/video importance of
organelles and gain insights resources available chromatin
into the internal organization of online, animations, organization
the nucleus. and study material

Lectures on different Short quiz,


4 Discuss the mechanisms of endomembrane assignment on
. protein sorting, intracellular systems, video on protein sorting and
trafficking, and protein export. protein sorting and export.
transportation, and
study material
5.
Analyze the structure of the Study of cell Drawing microscopy
plant and animal cell by structure, function figures. Submission
microscopic observation and using microscopy/ of practical files.
the ultrastructure of cell micrographs.
organelles by electron
microscopy.

42
Discussion about
6. Fractionate cell components by Students will the analysis of
ultracentrifugation and become understand cell different cell types
familiar with cell sorting by flow fractionation, and using flow cytometry
cytometry. cell sorting using the
virtual lab.

*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

43
MICROB-DSC302

MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY AND METABOLISM

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to enable students to understand the underlying
mechanisms governing various physiological and metabolic features of prokaryotes.
These include transport mechanisms for the uptake of nutrients, bacterial growth, and the
diversity of prokaryotes due to (i) adaptations to the different habitats in which they grow
and (ii) metabolic pathways for energy production and carbon and nitrogen assimilation.
The course will build the strong foundation needed by the students for further studies in
the advanced fields of microbiology including metabolic engineering.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Discuss the diverse nutritional categories of bacteria/archaea and mechanisms of


transport of nutrients across membranes of microbes.

CO2: Explain the physiology of bacterial growth, calculation of generation time and specific
growth rate, and the effects of physicochemical factors on microbial growth.

CO3: Discourse on the metabolic pathways used by bacteria for energy generation and
conservation during growth on glucose and other carbon sources under aerobic and
anaerobic conditions.

CO4: Converse about energy production processes in microbes.

CO5: Analyze growth kinetics of bacteria.

CO6: Evaluate the impact of external factors on bacterial growth kinetics.

Contents:

Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: Nutritional diversity amongst bacteria and mechanisms of nutrients


transport: Classification of bacteria based on carbon, electron and energy sources.
Nutrient transport across membrane: passive transport (diffusion- simple and facilitated),
active transport (primary and secondary with suitable examples, concept of uniport,
symport, antiport) and group translocation. Electrogenic and electroneutral transport.
Transport of iron in bacteria through concerted action of primary and secondary active
transport. 10

Unit 2: Microbial growth patterns, kinetics and physiological adaptations: Batch,


continuous, diauxic and synchronous growth. Bacterial growth kinetics: growth curve,
generation time and specific growth rate. Physiological adaptations by microbes for
growth under different environmental conditions: effect of temperature, pH, oxygen

44
concentration, solute and water activity. 12

Unit 3: Chemoheterotrophic metabolism under aerobic conditions: Concept of


metabolism and energy production. Glucose degradation/catabolism by microbes via:
glycolysis, Entner-Doudoroff (ED) pathway, Pentose phosphate pathway (PPP). The
pyruvate dehydrogenase reaction, Krebs Cycle, anaplerotic reactions, Glyoxylate cycle.
Utilization of fructose, lactose and pentose. 12

Unit 4: Electron transport and energy production: Redox potentials of the electron
carriers, organization of electron carriers in mitochondria, coupling sites, mechanisms of
proton translocation, chemiosmotic hypothesis, oxidative phosphorylation and ATP generation,
uncouplers and inhibitors of respiratory chain, comparison of mitochondrial and bacterial
electron transport, branched respiratory chain in E. coli under high and low levels of O2. 11

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Microbial growth: Study of various methods of measurement of microbial growth.


Collection of data and plotting of bacterial growth curve of E. coli using turbidometric
method (using optical density as the indirect method of measurement of bacterial growth).
Understanding bacterial growth kinetics by calculation of generation time and specific
growth rate of bacteria from the graph. Study of radial growth of Aspergillus niger using
point inoculation method. 20

Unit 2: Effect of environmental factors on microbial growth: Study of the effect of


physicochemical factors like temperature and pH variations on the growth of E.coli.
Understanding the physiological importance of catalase and oxidase in protecting bacteria
from the harmful effects of oxidizing environment: detection and assay of their activity in
bacteria. 10

Suggested Reading:

Theory:

1. Fundamentals of Bacterial Physiology and Metabolism by Rani Gupta and Namita


Gupta. Springer Nature Singapore Pvt. Ltd., Singapore. 2021.

2. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry by D.L. Nelson and M.M. Cox. 8th edition. W.H.
Freeman and Company, UK. 2021.

3. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and D.


Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

4. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

5. Microbial Biochemistry by G.N. Cohen. 2nd edition. Springer, Germany. 2014.

6. The Physiology and Biochemistry of Prokaryotes by D. White, J. Drummond and C.


Fuqua. 4th edition. Oxford University Press, UK. 2011.

7. Microbial Physiology by S.R. Reddy and S.M. Reddy. Scientific Publishers India.
2007.

45
8. Microbial Physiology by A.G. Moat, J.W. Foster and M.P. Spector. 4th edition. John
Wiley& Sons, USA. 2002.

Practicals:

1. Essentials of Practical Microbiology by A. Sastry and S. Bhat. 2nd edition. Jaypee


Brothers Medical Publishers, India. 2021.

2. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

3. Laboratory Experiments in Microbiology by T. Johnson and C. Case. 12th Edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2019.

4. Microbiology Practical Manual edited by A. Jain, J. Agarwal, V. Venkatesh.


Elsevier, India. 2018.

5. Applied Microbial Physiology: A Practical Approach by P. M. Rhodes and


P. F. Stanbury. IRC Press. 1997.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

S. No. Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Learning Assessment


Activity Tasks*
1 Discuss the diverse A classroom lecture on Match the columns
nutritional categories of various types of microbes between transport
bacteria/archaea and based on nutrient uptake. mechanisms and
mechanisms of transport Detailed discussion along specific solutes
of nutrients across with diagrammatic transported by
membranes of microbes. presentation on diffusion, these.
active transport, group
translocation and iron
transport.
2 Explain the physiology of Detailed talk on batch and Exercises on
bacterial growth, continuous culture, calculation of
calculation of generation diauxic and synchronous generation time
time and specific growth growth, growth curve and and specific
rate, and the effects of calculation of generation growth rate.
physicochemical factors on time and specific growth
microbial growth. rate. Group discussion
Interactive lecture on on bacterial
effect of temperature, pH, adaptations under
oxygen concentration and different
solute activity environmental
on the bacterial growth. conditions.

3 Discourse on the metabolic Discussion on bacterial Assignment on


pathways used by bacteria for respiration in the presence flow chart of
energy generation and and absence of oxygen. different
conservation during growth on Detailed lecture on EMP, ED, metabolic
glucose and other carbon TCA, PP and Glyoxylate pathways of
sources under aerobic and glucose
anaerobic conditions. degradation and
ETC.

46
4 Converse about energy Detailed teaching of Class test
production processes in Electron Transport
microbes. Chain and other energy
production processes.

5 Analyze growth kinetics Performing turbidimetric Plotting of bacterial


of bacteria. and radial growth methods growth curve on semi
for plotting bacterial and log graph paper,
fungal growth, respectively. marking points for
calculation of
generation time and
specific growth rate
and bar graph for
fungal growth.

6 Evaluate the impact of Practical exercises on the Quiz and viva on


external factors on effect of temperature and microbial diversity
bacterial growth kinetics. pH on the growth in relation to
microorganisms and physiochemical
detecting the production of factors.
catalase and oxidase
among a few microbes.

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative, and may vary.

47
MICROB-DSC303
ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY
Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)
Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)
Course Objectives:
The main objective of this paper is to provide students with in-depth knowledge of diverse
microbial populations/ communities present in different habitats in the ecosystem. Students
become aware the inter-microbial, microbe-plant and microbe-animal interactions and their
benefits. The students will also learn about the management of solid and liquid waste and
different strategies for microbial remediation of environment pollutants.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard

Course learning outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Discuss natural habitats of diverse microbial populations and give an overview of the
concept of metagenomics.
CO2: Analyze various positive and negative interactions amongst microbes and also
between microbes and plants / animals.
CO3: Appreciate the importance of microorganisms in mineral cycling within an ecosystem,
and their effects on the environment.
CO4: Discuss various methods involved in sewage treatment, how we can make water safe
for drinking, and various methods for testing water potability.
CO5: Evaluate different waste management strategies using microorganisms.
CO6: Will gain knowledge about various methods of microbial remediation for treating
pollutants present in our environment.

Contents:
Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: Natural habitats and their microbial communities: Concepts of habitat, niche.
Autochthonous, allochthonous, zymogenous microorganisms. Colonization and succession.
Lithosphere: Soil profile, soil characteristics: physical and chemical, soil microbial community.
Hydrosphere: Freshwater habitat: stratification and microbial composition of lake. Marine
habitat: stratification and microbial composition of ocean. Atmosphere: atmosphere as
microbial habitat, dispersal of microorganisms/spores, bioaerosols, methods of air sampling
(filtration and deposition). Extreme habitats with reference to temperature, hydrostatic
pressure, salinity and low nutrient levels. Concept of metagenomics, use of metagenomics to
profile microbial communities in natural habitats. 11

Unit 2: Interactions of microbial populations: Microbe-microbe interactions. Positive


interactions: mutualism, protocooperation, commensalism. Negative interactions: antagonism,
competition, predation, parasitism. Microbe-plant interactions. Symbiotic association:
microbes associated with roots and aerial plant surfaces, leguminous roots-rhizobium

48
symbiosis, Anabaena-Azolla symbiosis, mycorrhizal and actinorhizal associations. Microbe-
animal interactions. Microflora in ruminant gut, nematophagous fungi and symbiotic
luminescent bacteria. 9

Unit-3: Mineral cycling by microbes and their effects on the environment : Importance of
biogeochemical cycles. Carbon cycle: microbial degradation of cellulose, lignin and chitin,
Nitrogen cycle: nitrogen fixation, ammonification, nitrification, denitrification and nitrate
reduction. Phosphorus cycle: solubilisation and immobilization. Sulphur cycle: oxidative and
reductive sulphur transformation, metal corrosion, acid mining drainage, nitrate pollution. 9

Unit 4: Wastewater treatment and water potability: Sources and composition of liquid
waste. Sewage strength: BOD and COD. Primary, secondary (aerobic: trickling filter, activated
sludge process; anaerobic: septic tank, anaerobic sludge digestor) and tertiary sewage
treatment. Treatment and safety of drinking (potable) water, Methods to detect potability of
water samples: standard qualitative procedure - presumptive test/MPN test, confirmed and
completed tests for fecal coliforms; membrane filter technique and Presence/Absence tests
for coliforms, Indicator microorganisms. 9

Unit 5: Disposal of solid waste by microbes and microbial remediation of environment:


Sources and types of solid waste. Methods of solid waste disposal: sanitary landfills,
composting (static piles, aerated piles and continuous feed reactors). Concepts of
xenobiotics, recalcitrant compounds and bioremediation. Biodegradation of pesticides (DDT
and Propanil), oil spills, e-waste and plastics. 7

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Soil microflora:

Study of the presence of microbial activity in soil by qualitative detection of enzyme activity:
dehydrogenase, amylase, urease.

Microbial interactions: Isolation and quantitation of bacteria from rhizosphere and root-free
soil to determine the rhizosphere effect. Isolation of symbiotic and non-symbiotic nitrogen
fixers: Rhizobium and Azotobacter or Azospirillum. 15

Unit 2: Mineral cycling and waste management by microbial remediation:


Demonstration of phosphate solubilization by plate isolation method. Student group project:
Preparation of Winogradsky column mini aquatic ecosystem.

Assessment of the microbiological quality of water by standard qualitative procedures.


Determination of BOD of wastewater sample by Dissolved Oxygen Electrode method/
Winkler’s method. Student group project: Sewage surveillance in the fight against
COVID19. 15

Suggested Reading:

Theory:

1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and


D. Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

2. Microbial bioremediation by P. Rajendran and P. Gunasekaran. 1st edition, MJP


49
Publishers, India. 2019.

3. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

4. Environmental microbiology by K.V. Ramesh. MJP Publisher. 2019.

5. Soil Microbiology by N.S. Subba Rao. 5th edition. Medtech, India. 2017.

6. Wastewater Microbiology by D.H. Bergey. Medtech, India. 2014.

7. Environmental Biotechnology by M. Jain. 1st Edition. Alpha Science International Ltd.


2014.

8. Environmental Microbiology edited by I.L. Pepper, C.P. Gerba, T.J. Gentry. 3rd
edition.Academic Press, USA. 2014.

9. Microbial ecology by L.L. Barton and D.E. Northrup. 1st Edition. John Wiley &
Sons. 2011.

10. Environmental Microbiology of Aquatic and Waste Systems by N. Okafor.


Springer, USA.2011.

11. Environmental Biotechnology: Basic Concepts and Applications by I.S. Thakur. 2nd
Edition. I K International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 2011.

12. Advances in Applied Bioremediation edited by A. Singh, R.C. Kuhad and O. P.


Ward.Springer-Verlag, Germany. 2009.

13. Microbial Ecology: Fundamentals and Applications by R.M. Atlas, R. Bartha. 4th
edition.Benjamin Cummings, USA. 2000.

14. Principles of Microbiology by R. M. Atlas. 2nd edition. W.M.T. Brown Publishers,


USA.1997.

Practicals:

1. Benson’s Microbiological Applications, Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology by


A. Brown and H. Smith. 15th edition. McGraw-Hill Education, USA. 2022.
2. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.
Pearson Education, USA. 2020.
3. Experiments in Microbiology, Plant Pathology and Biotechnology by K. R. Aneja. 5th
edition. New Age International Publishers, India. 2017.
4. Manual of Environmental Microbiology by C. J., Hurst, R. L., Crawford, J. L., Garland
and D. A. Lipson. American Society for Microbiology Press. USA. 2007.
5. Microbial Ecology: Fundamentals and Applications by R.M. Atlas and R. Bartha. 4th
edition. Benjamin Cummings, USA. 2000.
6. Methods in Applied Soil Microbiology and Biochemistry by K. Alef and P.
Nannipieri. Ist edition. Academic Press, USA. 1995.

50
Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

S. Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Assessment Tasks*


no. learning Activity

1. Class lectures on Class test based on


Discuss natural habitats of diverse
different habitat, different
microbial populations and give an
microbial diversity and characteristics of
overview of the concept of
metagenomics with the habitats.
metagenomics.
help of visual aids.
2. Video lectures showing Quiz based on
Analyze various positive and interactions of microbes different
negative interactions amongst with microbes, plants and interactions.
microbes and also between animals with examples.
microbes and plants / animals.

3. Class lecture on the role Test based on flow


Appreciate the importance of of different microbes in charts of different
microorganisms in mineral cycling mineral cycling and mineral cycles.
within an ecosystem, and their discussion on their effects
effects on the environment. on an ecosystem.

4. Discuss various methods involved in Demonstration on testing Problem solving


sewage treatment, how we can of water potability. questions based on
make water safe for drinking, and types of liquid
various methods for testing water waste.
potability.
Testing of water
samples collected
from various
sources.
5. Presentation on different Testing their
Evaluate different waste
methods of solid waste knowledge with
management strategies using disposal and its recycling. MCQs./
microorganisms. Problem solving
questions based on
different types of
solid waste.
6. Interactive session on Presentations
Will gain knowledge about various
use of microbes for based on
methods of microbial remediation innovative and environmental
for treating pollutants present in our sustainable solutions of related
environment. various environmental problems and
problems. their solutions.

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary.

51
MICROB-DSC401

PRINCIPLES OF CELL BIOLOGY-II

Marks: 100 ( Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The major objective of this course is to introduce the students to the essentials of
eukaryotic cell biology. The students will gain knowledge about the physical and chemical
architecture of cells as well as structural and functional details of different cell organelles.
They will become familiar with cell cycle events, and mechanisms of cell communication
and cell death. They will be educated about the hallmarks, etiology and diagnosis of
cancers. They will be introduced to the cutting edge science of stem cell technology,
their production and various applications.

Pre-requisite: Student should have passed MICROB-DSC301.


Course Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Elaborate on the different components of cell signalling pathways used for cell
communication.
CO2: Discourse on cell division, mechanisms of cell cycle regulation, and types of cell
death.
CO3: Evaluate the importance of stem cells and their associated technologies and
applications.
CO4: Comprehend the different types of cancers, their causes, characteristics,
diagnosis, and treatment modalities.
CO5: Analyze DNA by Feulgen staining followed by microscopic observation. Analyze
the different stages of cell division: mitotic stages by temporary mount and meiosis
stages by the permanent mount.
CO6: Evaluate chromosome polyploidy by colchicine treatment of plant material followed
by staining.
Contents:
Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: Cell Signalling: Modes of cell-cell signalling: endocrine, paracrine, autocrine.


Signalling molecules: nitric oxide, carbon monoxide, steroid hormones,
neurotransmitters, peptide hormones and growth factors. Cell surface receptors and
receptor-ligand interactions: G protein-coupled receptors, receptor protein tyrosine
kinases, cytokine receptors. Signal transduction: cyclic AMP, cyclic GMP and MAP
kinase pathways. 20

Unit 2: Cell Cycle and Cell Death: Phases and regulation of eukaryotic cell cycle.
52
Mitosis and meiosis. Types of cell death: necrosis, apoptosis and autophagy, mitophagy.
Characteristics and pathways of apoptosis: intrinsic and extrinsic. 10

Unit 3: Cell Renewal: Stem cells: characteristics and types: somatic stem cells,
embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells. Therapeutic applications of stem
cells. 5

Unit 4: Cancer biology: Hallmarks of cancer. Causes of cancer: carcinogens, cancer-


causing microorganisms. Proto-oncogenes and oncogenes. Tumor suppressor genes.
Characteristic features of cancer cells. Types of cancers. Cancer stem cells. Approaches
to cancer diagnosis. Currently available cancer treatment modalities (including bone
marrow transplantation, immune cell and oncolytic viral therapies). 10
Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Cell division and cytochemical analysis of DNA: Performance of cytochemical


staining of DNA by Feulgen stain. Microscopic examination and analysis of the different
stages of mitosis through temporary mounts of stained onion root tip. Microscopic
examination and analysis of the different stages of meiosis through temporary mounts /
permanent slides. 20

Unit 2: Chromosome polyploidy and properties of cancer cells: Study of polyploidy


in onion root tip by colchicine treatment followed by acetocarmine stain. Identification and
study of properties of different types of cancerous cells through light and electron
micrographs. 10

Suggested Reading:

Theory:
1. Molecular Cell Biology by H. Lodish, A. Berk, C. Kaiser, M. Krieger, A.
Bretscher, H.Ploegh, A. Amon and K.C. Martin. 9th edition. W.H. Freeman, UK.
2021.

2. Essential Cell Biology by B. Alberts, K. Hopkin, A.D. Johnson, D. Morgan, and


M. Raff. 5th edition. W.W. Norton & Co, USA. 2019.

3. Karp’s Cell and Molecular Biology by G. Karp, J. Iwasa and W. Marshall. 9th
edition. Wiley, USA. 2019.

4. The Cell: A Molecular Approach by G.M. Cooper. 8th edition. Sinauer


Associates, UK. 2018.

5. The science of stem cells by J.M.W. Slack. 1st edition. John Wiley & Sons. 2018.

6. Cell Biology by T.D. Pollard, W.C. Earnshaw, J. Lippincott-Schwartz and G.T.


Johnson. 3rd edition. Elsevier, USA. 2016.

7. Becker’s World of the Cell by J. Hardin and G. Bertoni. 9th Edition. Pearson,

53
USA. 2015.

8. Principles of stem cell biology and cancer: future applications and therapeutics by
T. Regad, T. Sayers and R. Rees. 1st edition. John Wiley & Sons. 2015.

9. Essentials of stem cell biology edited by R. Lanza and A. Atala. 3rd edition.
Academic Press. 2013.

10. Cell and Molecular Biology by E.D.P. De Robertis. 8th edition. Lippincott,
Williams andWilkins, USA. 2006.

Practicals:

1. A Cell Biology Manual by J. Francis. Kendall/Hunt Publishing Co, USA. 2022.

2. Practical Laboratory Manual- Cell Biology by A. Gupta, B.K. Sati. Lambert


Academic Publishing, USA. 2019.

3. Cell Biology Practical Manual by R. Gupta, S. Makhija and R. Toteja. Prestige


Publishers, India. 2018.

4. Laboratory Manual of Cell Biology by R. Majumdar, R. Sisodia. Prestige


Publishers, India. 2018.

5. Essential Cell Biology Vol 1: Cell Structure- A Practical Approach by J. Davey and
M.Lord. Oxford University Press, UK. 2003.

6. Essential Cell Biology Vol 2: Cell Function- A Practical Approach by J. Davey and
M. Lord. Oxford University Press, UK. 2003.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

S. Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Assessment


no. learning Activity Tasks*
Lectures on different Class test on cell
1. Elaborate on the different types of cell communications and
components of cell signalling receptors and steps cascades of signal
pathways used for cell of signal transduction
communication. transduction.
Pictorial and video
representations of
different pathways
Discussion on the Assignment, class
2. Discourse on cell division, Nobel Prize-winning test.
mechanisms of cell cycle experiments related
regulation, and types of cell to these topics.
death.

54
Lectures, interactive Short presentations
3. Evaluate the importance of classes, and study by students in
stem cells and their material groups on stem cell
associated technologies and applications and
applications. current trends in
stem cell technology
Classroom lectures, Discussion about
4. Comprehend the different power-point the harmful effects
types of cancers, their presentation, of smoking, pollution
causes, characteristics, animation, and study and increasing
diagnosis, and treatment material. incidence of different
modalities. types of cancer in
India. Epidemiology
of cancer and recent
methods in
diagnosis and
cancer
Stages of mitosis Recording of
5. Analyze DNA by Feulgen would be studied microscopy
staining followed by through temporary observations and
microscopic observation. mounts. submission of
Analyze the different stages of Stages of meiosis practical files.
cell division: mitotic stages by will be studies using
temporary mount and meiosis permanent slides.
stages by the permanent Performance of
mount. cytochemical
staining of DNA
using Fuelgen stain.
Study of polyploidy by Observation of
6. Evaluate chromosome polyploidy colchicine treatment. results after
by colchicine treatment of plant colchicine
material followed by staining. Characteristics of treatment.
cancer cells will be Observation of
studied using microscopic
electron micrograph. images of cancer
cells and drawing.
Submission of
practical files.
*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

55
MICROB-DSC402

MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY AND METABOLISM-II

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to enable students to understand the underlying
mechanisms governing various physiological and metabolic features of prokaryotes.
These include transport mechanisms for the uptake of nutrients, bacterial growth, and
the diversity of prokaryotes due to (i) adaptations to the different habitats in which
they grow and (ii) metabolic pathways for energy production and carbon and nitrogen
assimilation. The course will build the strong foundation needed by the students for
further studies in the advanced fields of microbiology including metabolic
engineering.

Pre-requisite: Student should have passed MICROB-DSC302.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Elaborate on various pathways of fermentation in microbes.

CO2: Discuss the classification of chemolithotrophs and phototrophs along with


mechanisms of energy production and cellular carbon synthesis.

CO3: Discourse on the nitrogen cycle and its assimilation and dissimilation by
processes like nitrogen fixation, ammonia assimilation, nitrification, denitrification etc.

CO4: Evaluate the diversity of metabolic pathways in microbes by designing and


formulation of microbial culture media and studying the effect of changing chemical
environment on fungal growth using various carbon sources.

CO5: Evaluate the diversity of metabolic pathways in microbes by studying the effect
of changing chemical environment on bacterial growth using various nitrogen
sources.

Contents:
Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: Microbial fermentations: Principles of fermentation. Alcohol fermentation


and Pasteur effect. Lactate fermentation(homofermentative and heterofermentative
pathways). Concept of linear and branched fermentation
pathways. 8

Unit 2: Metabolism in chemolithotrophic autotrophs: Physiological groups of


chemolithotrophs (aerobic and anaerobic). Detailed mechanism of energy production and
generation of reducing power in H2 oxidizers and methanogens. 12
56
Unit 3: Metabolism in phototrophic autotrophs: Families of phototrophic bacteria,
bacterial photosynthetic pigments, generation of energy and reducing power in purple and
green bacteria (anoxygenic photosynthesis) and cyanobacteria (oxygenic photosynthesis),
photophosphorylation (cyclic and non- cyclic). Production of cellular carbon (C1
metabolism) in autotrophs by Calvin cycle & reductive TCA pathway and by acetyl-CoA in
methanogens. 13

Unit 4: Nitrogen Metabolism: Biological nitrogen fixation: Diversity, mechanism of


nitrogen fixation, nitrogenase activity and its physiological regulation, alternate
nitrogenases, ammonia assimilation, assimilatory nitrate reduction. dissimilatory nitrate
reduction (denitrification, nitrate/ nitrite and nitrate/ ammonia respiration).

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Carbon metabolism: Comparison of the growth of A. niger in minimal medium


containing different carbon sources (glucose, fructose and lactose) on different days
of growth using dry weight method. 15

Unit 2: Nitrogen metabolism: Study of the effect of nitrogen sources (ammonium,


nitrate and peptone) on the growth of E. coli. Investigation any one bacterium for its
nitrifying / denitrifying properties. 15

Suggested Reading:

Theory:

1. Fundamentals of Bacterial Physiology and Metabolism by Rani Gupta and


Namita Gupta. Springer Nature Singapore Pvt. Ltd., Singapore. 2021.

2. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry by D.L. Nelson and M.M. Cox. 8th edition.
W.H. Freeman and Company, UK. 2021.

3. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley


and D. Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

4. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th


edition. McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

5. Microbial Biochemistry by G.N. Cohen. 2nd edition. Springer, Germany. 2014.

6. The Physiology and Biochemistry of Prokaryotes by D. White, J. Drummond


and C. Fuqua. 4th edition. Oxford University Press, UK. 2011.

7. Microbial Physiology by S.R. Reddy and S.M. Reddy. Scientific Publishers


India. 2007.

8. Microbial Physiology by A.G. Moat, J.W. Foster and M.P. Spector. 4th edition.
John Wiley& Sons, USA. 2002.

57
Practicals:

1. Essentials of Practical Microbiology by A. Sastry and S. Bhat. 2nd edition.


Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers, India. 2021.

2. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th


edition. Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

3. Laboratory Experiments in Microbiology by T. Johnson and C. Case. 12th


Edition. Pearson Education, USA. 2019.

4. Microbiology Practical Manual edited by A. Jain, J. Agarwal, V.


Venkatesh. Elsevier, India. 2018.

5. Applied Microbial Physiology: A Practical Approach by P. M. Rhodes and P.


F. Stanbury. IRC Press. 1997.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

S. No. Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Learning Assessment


Activity Tasks*
1 Elaborate on various Class test on
pathways of fermentation Detailed teaching along with bacterial
in microbes. diagrammatic display of the fermentations
fermentation pathways.
2 Discuss the classification of Class room teaching on Group
chemolithotrophs and chemolithotrophs and presentations on
phototrophs along with phototrophs, the basis of their energy
classification, and their production and
mechanisms of energy
metabolism with respect to CO2 assimilation
production and cellular ETCand carbon assimilation.
carbon synthesis. in hydrogen
oxidizers,
methanogens,
green bacteria,
purple bacteria
and
heliobacteria.

3 Discourse on the nitrogen Power point presentation on A quiz on the


cycle and its assimilation physiology of nitrogen fixation processes of
and dissimilation by and assimilation of ammonia nitrogen
processes like nitrogen and nitrate by bacteria. fixation,
fixation, ammonia assimilation of
assimilation, nitrification, ammonia and
denitrification etc. nitrate
including
examples of
microbes.
58
4 Evaluate the diversity of Performance of Group
metabolic pathways in experiments for discussion on
microbes by designing comparing fungal growth the possible
physiological
and formulation of in minimal media having a
pathways or
microbial culture media variety of carbon sources. steps involved
and studying the effect of in utilization of
changing chemical different carbon
environment on fungal sources.
growth using various
carbon sources.

5 Evaluate the diversity of Performance of experiments Recording of


metabolic pathways in for comparing bacterial results and
microbes by studying the growth in minimal media submission of
effect of changing practical files.
having a variety of nitrogen
chemical environment on sources and understanding
bacterial growth using nitrifying and denitrifying
various nitrogen sources. ability of microbes.

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative, and may vary.

59
MICROB-DSC403
VIROLOGY

Marks: 100 ( Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The major objective of this course is to make students aware of the extent to which the tiniest
of microorganism (viruses) leave their impact on human and animal health as well as in
agriculture. Students get acquainted with the structures and replication strategies of bacterial,
plant and human viruses. Students will gain in-depth knowledge of how viruses infect their host,
spread across a population, and cause diseases. They will learn of preventive measures used for
protection against viral infections, and control They will acquire knowledge of emerging and re-
emerging viruses in context to public health threats taking coronavirus as the case study.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to:

CO1: Describe the nature, properties and structure of viruses, and be knowledgeable about
sub-viral particles, giant viruses and viral taxonomy.
CO2: Discuss bacterial viruses, their salient features, and replication strategy of important
bacteriophages.
CO3: Elaborate on plant viruses, modes of transmission and their economic importance.
CO4: Evaluate the salient features and replication strategies of important human viruses, and
will have understood the concept of oncogenesis, DNA and RNA cancer-causing viruses.
CO5: Strategize on how to prevent viral infections using vaccines and antiviral compounds.
CO6: Assess the problems of emerging and re-emerging viruses, having an understanding of
the rise of coronavirus as the major public health crisis along with the implemented
management protocols.

Contents:
Theory: 45 hours
Unit 1: Introduction to Virology: History of virology. Nature and general properties of viruses,
concept of viroids, virusoids, satellite viruses, prions, giant viruses (mama, mimi and pandora
virus), virophages (Sputnik). Structure of viruses: Capsid symmetry, enveloped and non-
enveloped viruses. Isolation, purification and cultivation of viruses. Viral taxonomy: Classification
and nomenclature of different groups of viruses. 9

Unit 2: Bacteriophages: Diversity, one step multiplication curve. T4 phage: Unusual bases,
terminal redundancy, lytic cycle, assembly, maturation and release of progeny virions. Lambda

60
phage: genome structure, concept of early and late proteins, lytic cycle and lysogeny. øX174
phage: Overlapping genes, and rolling circle replication.

Unit 3: Plant Viruses: Diversity, modes of transmission (non-persistent, semi persistent and
persistent), salient features of replication of Geminivirus. Economic importance of plant viruses
:adverse and beneficial effects. Virus-like particles (VLPs) and their applications in medicine. 3

Unit 4: Human Viruses: Diversity, routes of transmission: vertical and horizontal (vector-borne,
air-borne, oral-faecal borne) infection cycle. Replication of Human Immuno Deficiency Virus (HIV)
and Polio Virus. Overlapping genes. Partial double stranded genomes: Hepatitis B. Segmented
genomes: Influenza virus. Non-segmented genomes: Picornavirus. Assembly with example of
Polio virus. Oncogenic viruses: types of oncogenic DNA and RNA viruses. Emerging and Re-
emerging viruses: H1N1, Dengue, Ebola, Zika virus and associated pandemics and epidemics.
Case study of the SARS-CoV2 Corona virus as the recent public health threat: emergence,
epidemiology, management protocols, emergence of variants, global impact . 18

Unit 5: Prevention and Control of Viral Diseases: Antiviral compounds and their mode of
action: AZT, ritonavir, lamivudine. Interferons and their mode of action. General principles of viral
vaccines: live attenuated vaccines, inactivated viral vaccine, subunit vaccine, recombinant viral
vaccine. 7
Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1. Structure and isolation of viruses:

Principle and use of electron microscopy to study virus structure. Use of electron micrographs for
studying the structural characteristics of the following viruses: Bacterial viruses: ɸX174, T4, λ.
Plant viruses: caulimo, gemini, tobacco ringspot, cucumber mosaic and alfalfa mosaic viruses.
Human viruses: rhabdo, influenza, paramyxo, hepatitis B and retroviruses.

Isolation of bacterial and plant viruses: Isolation and enumeration of bacteriophages (PFU) from
water/sewage samples using double agar layer technique. Qualitative analysis of lytic and
lysogenic phage by observation of plaque phenotypes (clear versus turbid). Isolation of plant
viruses from infected leaves followed by locally inoculating healthy plant leaves to confirm
isolation and infectivity. Use of the local lesion assay to observe characteristic lesions formed on
the plant leaves and measure of infectivity of the virus by enumeration of the number of local
lesions on the inoculated leaves. 22

Unit 2. Isolation and propagation of animal viruses:

Principle and working method of using chick embryo cultivation technique. Demonstration of the
method using videos. Cytopathic effects of viruses: observation of the physical attributes of virus-
infected cells of different types with suitable photographs and images. 8

Suggested Reading:

Theory:

1. Fields Virology: DNA Viruses (Vol 2) by P.M. Howley, D.M. Knipe, J.L. Cohen, B.A.
Damania. 7th edition. Walters Kluwer, Netherlands. 2021.
2. Fields Virology: Emerging Viruses (Vol 1) by P.M. Howley, D.M. Knipe, S. Whelan. 7th
61
edition. Walters Kluwer, Netherlands. 2020.
3. Principles of Virology, Molecular biology, Pathogenesis and Control by S. Flint, L.
Enquist, R. Krug, V. Racaniello, A. Skalka. 5th edition. ASM press, USA. 2020.
4. Plant Viruses: Diversity, Interaction and Management by R.K. Gaur, S.M.P. Khurana, and
Y. Dorokhov. CRC Press. Taylor & Francis Group. 2018.
5. Principles of Molecular Virology by A.J. Cann. 6th edition. Academic Press, Elsevier
Netherlands. 2016.
6. Introduction to Modern Virology by N.J. Dimmock, A.L. Easton and K.N. Leppard. 7th
edition.Wiley-Blackwell Publishing. 2016.
7. Understanding Viruses by Teri Shors Jones. 3rd edition. Jones and Bartlett Learning,
USA. 2016.
8. Plant Virology by R. Hull. 5th edition. Academic Press, USA. 2014.
9. Virology: Principles and Applications by J. Carter and V. Saunders. 2nd edition. John
Wiley andSons, UK. 2013.
10. Plant Viruses by M.V. Nayudu. Tata McGraw Hill, India. 2008.
11. Basic Virology by E.K. Wagner, M.J. Hewlett, D.C. Bloom. 3rd edition. Wiley-Blackwell
Publishing. 2007.
12. Virology by J.A. Levy, H.F. Conrat and R.A. Owens. 3rd edition. Prentice Hall, USA.
2000.

Practicals:

1. Benson’s Microbiological Applications, Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology by


A. Brown and H. Smith. 15th edition. McGraw-Hill Education, USA. 2022.
2. Bacteriophages by D., Harper, S., Abedon, B., Burrowes, and M. McConville. 1st
edition. Springer, Switzerland. 2021.
3. Freshney’s Culture of Animal Cells by R. I., Freshney and A. Capes-Davis. John
Wiley and Sons. U.K. 2021.
4. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.
Pearson Education, USA. 2020.
5. Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 2 Volume set by K. C., Carroll, M. A., Pfaller, M. L.,
Landry, A. J., McAdam, R., Patel, S. S., Richter and D. W. Warnock. 12th edition.
ASM Press. USA. 2019.
6. Experiments in Microbiology, Plant Pathology and Biotechnology by K. R. Aneja. 5th
edition. New Age International Publishers, India. 2017.
7. Practical Plant Virology by J., Dijkstra and C., Jager. Springer Science and Business
Media. Germany. 2012.
8. A Colour Atlas of Virology by J. Versteeg. Mosby International. Taiwan. 1990.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

62
S.no. Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and learning Activity

1. Describe the nature, Classroom lecture and Class tests based on


properties and structure of interactive discussions on different characteristics of
viruses, and be the general properties and viruses. ‘Match the
knowledgeable about sub- structure of viruses. following' questions
viral particles, giant viruses based on viral
and viral taxonomy classification.
2. Discuss bacterial viruses, their Classroom lectures with Numerical based
salient features, and replication electron micrographs of questions related to one-
strategy of important different bacterial viruses. step multiplication curve
bacteriophages. (MOI, PFU, Burst size).

3. Elaborate on plant viruses, Comparative discussion on Class test/ Quiz.


modes of transmission and the transmission of viruses. Discussion on different
their economic importance. Interactive lecture on the modes of viral
importance of plant viruses. transmission. Poster
depicting the role of
plant viruses and their
economic importance.
4. Evaluate the salient features Class interaction with Interactive quiz based on
and replication strategies of photographs and electron oncogenic viruses. Group
important human viruses, and micrographs of important presentations on
will have understood the human viruses. replication strategies.
concept of oncogenesis, DNA Classroom lectures with Assessment by
and RNA cancer-causing pictorial presentations flowcharts on replication
viruses. showing examples of strategies of viruses.
oncogenic viruses.
5. Strategize on how to prevent Class interactions with a Comparison based class
viral infections using vaccines PowerPoint presentation test on prevention
and antiviral compounds. on different types of strategies.
vaccines and antiviral
compounds.
6. Assess the problems of Classroom lectures with Presentations based on
emerging and re-emerging pictorial presentations emerging and re-
viruses, having an showing examples of emerging viruses.
understanding of the rise of oncogenic viruses. Case Poster/brochure making
coronavirus as the major study of the coronavirus activity to create general
public health crisis along with with the help of online data awareness regarding
the implemented available on public portals. potential threats of
management protocols. emerging viruses.

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative, and may vary.

63
MICROB-DSC501

PRINCIPLES OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY-I

Marks: 100 ( Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The major objective of this course is for the student to gain comprehensive knowledge of the
basic concepts of molecular biology. The student will become familiar with DNA-related cellular
processes and will become aware of the central dogma of molecular biology, learning about the
propagation of information through DNA replication and the unidirectional flow of information
from DNA to RNA to proteins through transcription and translation.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Discourse on DNA and RNA as genetic material and give information of the structure and
properties of the different DNA types as well as the various kinds of RNA.

CO2: Explain the process of propagation of information in prokaryotes and eukaryotes by DNA
replication and the various enzymes and other proteins that modulate this process.

CO3: Describe the basic prokaryotic and eukaryotic transcription processes, including the RNA
polymerases and general transcription factors involved. Can differentiate between the processes
in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.

CO4: Evaluate the relevance of the double helical structure of DNA in the propagation of genetic
material.

CO5: Isolate genomic DNA and plasmid from bacterial cells, and analyze them through agarose
gel electrophoresis.

Contents:

Theory 45 hours

Unit 1: Structure and properties of nucleic acids: Types of genetic material: DNA and RNA.
Structure of DNA: characteristic features of double helix. Properties of different types of DNA:
A, B and Z. Denaturation and renaturation of DNA, factors affecting renaturation kinetics,
concept of Tm. Principle and method of cot curve analysis of DNA. Factors affecting DNA
topology: role of topoisomerases I and II. Concept of linking number. Concept of concatenation
and concatamerization. DNA organization in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Structure and function
of RNA: rRNA, tRNA and mRNA. 12

Unit 2: Replication of DNA in prokaryotes and eukaryotes: Semi-conservative DNA


replication. Unidirectional and bidirectional DNA replication. DNA replication modes with one
example each: D-loop (mitochondrial), Ө (theta), rolling circle. Structure of origins of replication
64
in prokaryotes versus eukaryotes, initiators and replicators. Mechanism of origin activation in
prokaryotes (E.coli) and eukaryotes (S.cerevisiae). Mechanism of DNA replication: semi-
discontinuous replication, leading and lagging strand synthesis. Replication machinery in
prokaryotes and eukaryotes: primase, DNA polymerases, DNA ligase. Mechanisms for
maintaining fidelity of replication. Differences in prokaryotic and eukaryotic DNA
replication. Regulation of replication in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Replication of
chromosome ends: mechanism of action of telomerase, importance of telomerase in ageing. 17

Unit 3: Transcription in prokaryotes and eukaryotes: Distinction between replication and


transcription. Concept of transcription unit. Concept of operon and polycistronic transcription in
prokaryotes. RNA polymerases in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Structure and properties of
promoter in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Role of enhancers and silencers in gene regulation.
General transcription factors in eukaryotes. Process of transcription initiation and elongation in
prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Transcription termination: rho-dependent and rho-independent
termination mechanisms. Inhibitors of transcription and their mechanism. Comparison of the
transcription process in prokaryotes versus in eukaryotes. 16

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Study of different types of DNA and RNA:

Student research study project: Discovery of DNA as genetic material. Discovery of structure of
DNA: the double helix.

Study of the structure and properties of different types of DNA using micrographs and/or models:
A-DNA, B-DNA and Z-DNA. Study of the structure and properties of various RNAs using
micrographs: mRNA, rRNA, tRNA, miRNA, siRNA, guide RNA, xistRNA, snRNA, snoRNA.
Discussion on the importance of the double helix structure in DNA replication by semi-
conservative mode: the Meselson & Stahl experiment. 12

Unit 2: Isolation and analysis of DNA:

Isolation of genomic DNA from Escherichia coli cultures: cell lysis and DNA precipitation. Analysis
of the isolated genomic DNA: principle and working method of agarose gel electrophoresis.
Isolation of plasmid DNA using alkaline lysis method. Analysis of the isolated plasmid DNA by
agarose gel electrophoresis. Identification of the different forms of plasmid DNA by agarose gel
electrophoresis.
DNA estimation: colorimetric estimation of DNA using salmon sperm DNA or calf thymus DNA as
standard: diphenylamine method. Spectrophotometric method using absorbance at 260 nm. 18

Suggested Reading:

Theory:
1. Lewin’s Essential Genes by J. Krebs, E. Goldstein and S. Kilpatrick. 4th edition. Jones
andBartlett Publishers, USA. 2020.

2. Karp’s Cell and Molecular Biology by G. Karp, J. Iwasa and W. Marshall. 9th edition. Wiley,
USA. 2019

3. Molecular Biology by D. Clark, N. Pazdernik and M. McGehee. 3rd edition. Academic


65
Cell, USA. 2018.

4. Lewin’s Genes XII by J. Krebs, E. Goldstein and S. Kilpatrick. 12th edition. Jones and
BartlettLearning, USA. 2017.

5. Becker’s World of the Cell by J .Hardin and G.P. Bertoni. 9th edition. Pearson, USA.
2015.

6. Principles of Genetics by D.P. Snustad and M.J. Simmons. 7th edition. Wiley and Sons,
UK. 2015.

7. Molecular Biology of the Gene by J.D. Watson, T.A. Baker, S.P. Bell, A. Gann, M.
Levine and R. Losick. 7th edition. Pearson Education, USA. 2014.

8. Cell and Molecular Biology by E.D.P. De Robertis and E.M.F. De Robertis. 8th edition.
Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, USA. 2006.

Practicals:

1. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual by M. Green and J. Sambrook Volumes 1-


3. 4th edition. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, USA. 2012.

2. An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry by D. Plummer. 3rd edition. McGraw Hill


Education, India. 2017.

Facilitating the achievement of course learning outcomes


Course Learning Teaching and Learning Activity
Outcomes

Lecture on DNA Multiple choice


1 Discourse on DNA and RNA and RNA structures and questions- type quiz on
as genetic material and give organization of chromatin. chemical structure of
information of the structure and nucleosides and
properties of the different DNA nucleotides, and
types as well as the various difference between
kinds of RNA. various types of DNA
and RNA.

66
Explain the process of Learning video showing the Discussion on enzymes
2 propagation of information in entire process of replication, and proteins involved in
prokaryotes and eukaryotes coupled to classroom lecture. DNA replication in
by DNA replication and the prokaryotes versus
various enzymes and other Discussion on the eukaryotes.
proteins that modulate this discovery of semiconservative
process. nature of DNA replication. Students
will compare and
contrast the process in
prokaryotes versus
eukaryotes
Describe the basic prokaryotic Interactive lecture on Quiz on promoters,
3 and eukaryotic transcription general transcription promoter strength,
processes, including the RNA mechanism in prokaryotes transcription factors.
polymerases and general and eukaryotes.
transcription factors involved. Interactive discussion on
Can differentiate between the Pictorial presentation showing RNA polymerases of
processes in prokaryotes and various protein factors eukaryotes versus
eukaryotes. required for transcription in prokaryotes.
eukaryotes

Evaluate the relevance of the Structure of DNA and RNA will Students are required
4 double helical structure of DNA be explained using micrographs to write a report on
in the propagation of genetic and/or 3D models.
material. differences between
different types of DNA
Understanding of concept and and RNA and
proof of semi- conservative recording in practical
replication of DNA using book. They may be
videos. given exercise of
building 3D models
and understanding
molecules in detail.

5 Students will be trained in Students are tested for


Isolate genomic DNA and DNA isolation and analysis
plasmid from bacterial cells, skills in inoculating E.
techniques and with the
and analyze them through hands-on training they will coli culture in nutrient
agarose gel electrophoresis. become adept at plasmid broth, performing
isolation and analysis by DNA various steps in
agarose gel electrophoresis. genomic and plasmid
DNA isolation, and
Students will be comfortable loading and analysis of
with the use of Gel Doc agarose gel
system to view ethidium electrophoresis.
bromide stained agarose gels
under UV light.
*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative, and may vary.

67
MICROB-DSC502

PRINCIPLES OF IMMUNOLOGY- I

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to give the students insight into how the human body tackles
diseases and what mechanisms of defense are used in protection processes. The students will
develop a clear understanding of the various components of the immune system and will
become aware of the characteristics of antigens, their types and various antibodies produced
by the system to defend us from the invading microorganisms. The student also learns
about the major histocompatibility complex, the complement system, monoclonal antibodies
and cytokines, which are of paramount importance in triggering an efficient immune
response.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:

CO1: Discuss various types of immune responses and the basic processes involved therein.
Comprehend how the immune system protects us from infection using various lines of
defense.

CO2: Explain the characteristics and functions of the cells of the immune system as well as
the structure and functioning of various organs of the immune system. Make others familiar
with immunodiagnostic techniques.

CO3: Appreciate the important properties of antigens as well as how environmental factors
affect antigen immunogenicity. Will become familiar with the structure, types, and functions of
antibodies. Will learn about monoclonal and chimeric antibodies.

CO4: Describe the major histocompatibility complex proteins and their loci in the genome along
with the two distinct pathways for processing and presentation of exogenous and
endogenous antigens.

CO5: Elaborate on the mechanisms by which the complement system is activated via three
distinct pathways so as to support the antibodies and phagocytes to clear microbes and
damaged cells with utmost efficacy.

Contents:
Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: Basic Introduction to immune system: Components of innate immunity:


Anatomical and physiological barriers, chemical mediators, non-specific defence
mechanisms, inflammatory response, phagocytosis, Pattern Recognition Receptors (PRR).
Features of Adaptive Immunity, Cytokines and cytokine receptor families with emphasis on
IL-2R. 10
Unit 2: Cells and organs of Immune System: Hematopoiesis, structures, functions and
properties of cells of lymphoid lineage (T cell, B cell, NK cell) and myeloid lineage
68
(macrophage, neutrophil, eosinophil, basophil, mast cell, dendritic cell). Separation of
cells using Flow Cytometry. Primary and secondary immune organs (bone marrow,
thymus, spleen, lymph nodes, GALT). 10

Unit 3: Antigens and antibodies: Properties of Antigens: foreignness, molecular size,


heterogeneity. Antigenicity and immunogenicity, environmental factors affecting
immunogenicity of an antigen, adjuvants, epitopes of an antigen (T and B cell epitopes), T-
dependent and T-independent antigens, haptens.

Elucidation of antibody structure; types, functions and properties of antibodies, antigenic


determinants on antibodies (isotypic, allotypic, idiotypic), monoclonal and chimeric
antibodies, immunoglobulin superfamily. Immunodiagnostics by SDS-PAGE, western
blotting, ELISA and its types, immunofluorescence, immunoelectron microscopy. 15

Unit 4: T Cell Receptor, Major Histocompatibility Complex and Antigen Presentation:


Structure and functions of TCR-CD3 complex, MHC I & MHC II molecules, organization of
MHC locus (mouse and human), antigen processing pathways (cytosolic and endocytic). 5

Unit 5: Complement and Activation Pathways: Components of complement system,


Complement activation pathways (classical, alternative and lectin) and their biological
consequences.
5

Practicals: 30 hours
Unit 1: Introduction to Immunology:
Student study research project: The contributions of the following scientists to the development
of the field of immunology: Edward Jenner, Paul Ehrlich, Peter Medawar, MacFarlane Burnet,
Neils K Jerne, Susumu Tonegawa, Jules Bordet, Peter C. Doherty & Rolf M. Zinkernagel,
Cesar Milstein & Georges E. Kohler, and George Snell, Jean Dausset & Baruj Benacerraf.
Cells of Immune system: Familiarizing students with the haemocytometer and its uses.
Determining total leucocyte count in the given blood sample: making a smear of human blood
and performing total and differential leukocyte count, determining percent count neutrophils,
lymphocytes, eosinophils, basophils and monocytes. Study of the association of abnormal blood
counts with diseases like leukopenia, leukocytosis, neutropenia. 18

Unit 2: Basic Immunodiagnostic techniques:


Concepts of agglutination and identification of human blood groups. Understanding the
concepts of immunoprecipitation by performing double immunodiffusion (Ouchterlony method).
Principles, working methods and applications of Lateral Flow Test and Plate/ Dot ELISA.
Performance of Plate/ Dot ELISA, and Lateral Flow Test using any diagnostic kit. 12

Suggested Reading:

Theory:

1. Immunology: A short course by R. Coico. 8th edition. Wiley- BlackwellScientific


Publication, UK. 2021

2. Cellular and Molecular Immunology by A.K. Abbas, A.H. Lichtman and S. Pillai.
10th edition.Elsevier, USA. 2021.

3. Kuby Immunology by J. Punt, S. Stranford, P. Jones and J. Owen. 8 th edition.

69
W.H. Freemanand Company, USA. 2018.

4. Roitt’s Essential Immunology by P. Delves, S. Martin, D. Burton and I.M. Roitt.


13th edition.Wiley- Blackwell Scientific Publication, UK. 2017.

5. Janeway’s Immunobiology by K. Murphy and C. Weaver. 9th edition. Garland


Science Publishers, USA. 2016.

6. Basic and Clinical Immunology by M. Peakman and D. Vergani. 2nd edition.


ChurchillLivingstone, UK. 2009.

7. Immunology by C. Richard and S. Geoffrey. 6th edition. Wiley- Blackwell Scientific


Publication, UK. 2009.

Practicals:
1. A Handbook of Practical and Clinical Immunology Volumes I & 2 by G. P. Talwar
and S.K. Gupta. 2nd edition. CBS Publishers, India. 2017.

2. Practical Immunology, A Laboratory Manual by S. Balakrishnan, K. Karthik and S.


Duraisamy. Lambert Academic Publishing, India. 2017.

3. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 11th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2016.

4. Laboratory Manual on Immunology and Molecular Biology by D. Dwivedi and V.


Singh. Lambert Academic Publishing, India. 2013.

5. Practical Immunology by F.C. Hay, M.R. Olwyn and M.R. Westwood. 4th edition.
Wiley Blackwell Publishing. 2002.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes


Unit Course Learning Teaching and Assessment Tasks
no. Outcomes Learning Activity
1 Discuss various types of Descriptive lectures Quiz on the broad
immune responses and and powerpoint components of immune
the basic processes presentation on the system. Group discussion on
involved therein. types of Immunity the various lines of defense.
Comprehend how the
immune system protects
us from infection using
various lines of defense.
2 Explain the characteristics Pictorial presentation and Quiz: Identification of the
and functions of the cells of theory lectures on cells/organs involved in
the immune system as well characteristics cells of the immune responses. Match
as the structure and immune system. the following exercise for
functioning of various Familiarizing students cells/organs and for
organs of the immune with the internal immunodiagnostics.
system. Make others organization of organs of
familiar with the immune system.
immunodiagnostic Class lectures on the
techniques. localization and function
70
of all the organs of the
immune system
3 Appreciate the Lecture on Class test : antigens and
important properties of antigens and their their properties.
antigens as well as how properties. Pictorial quiz on antibody
environmental factors Pictorial structure and types.
affect antigen presentations of
immunogenicity. Will antigen interactions
become familiar with the Group discussion on
with the immune synthesis and applications of
structure, types, and
system cells. monoclonal antibodies
functions of antibodies.
Will learn about A detailed account of the
monoclonal and chimeric discovery of antibodies.
antibodies Pictorial presentation of
the structure of
antibodies.
Lecture on function and
types and determinants of
antibodies.
Pictorial presentations of
antigen-antibody
interactions. Lecture
on the discovery,
properties, and
applications of
monoclonal antibodies.
4 Describe the major Class lectures on Quiz on Structure and
histocompatibility complex structure of MHC function of MHC molecules.
proteins and their loci in the molecules and Drawing of the pathways for
genome along with the two familiarizing students endocytic and cytosolic
distinct pathways for with the function of pathways
processing and MHC molecules.
presentation of exogenous
Detailed account of
and endogenous antigens.
antigen presenting
pathways using
pictorial presentations
5 Elaborate on the Lecture on the Presentation on complement
mechanisms by which the complement system. proteins, activation pathways,
complement system is Pictorial presentation of and biological consequences
activated via three distinct the three pathways of
pathways so as to support complement activation.
the antibodies and Detailed discussion on
phagocytes to clear the role of complement
microbes and damaged
proteins in an immune
cells with utmost efficacy.
response. Relevant
online videos
*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary.

71
MICROB-DSC503

MEDICAL

MICROBIOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3


credits) Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1
credit)

Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to introduce the students to the fundamental
features of medical microbiology. Students will recognize the diversity of microbial
pathogens and their virulence mechanisms. They will be introduced to specific
infectious diseases of global relevance, diagnostic methods, and methods to
manage infectious diseases. They will become familiar with the functional aspects
of antimicrobial chemotherapy and anti- microbial resistance and will gain insights
into the recent development of new molecular diagnostic methods as well as the
global spread and emergence of infectious agents.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Use the correct terms in describing disease causalities, pathogenic features
of microbial agents of disease, and their transmission, and will realize the diverse
nature of the human microbiome and its significance.

CO2: Discourse on the spectrum of diseases caused by bacterial pathogens, and


impart an understanding of the course of disease development and accompanying
symptoms. Will be able to discuss the methods of transmission, epidemiological
aspects, preventive measures, treatments.

CO3: Converse about human diseases caused by viruses including emerging viral
pathogens, giving an understanding of the etiology, course of disease
development, symptoms, diagnosis and management of these diseases.

CO4: Elaborate on the fungal and protozoan diseases with respect to their etiology,
symptoms, transmission, diagnosis and control.

CO5: Convey to others the basic concepts of handling clinical specimens, and
approaches used to aid in detection/diagnosis of infectious agents using
immunological and molecular biology-based methods.

CO6: Evaluate the mode of action of different antimicrobial agents, concept of


antimicrobial resistance and immunization schedule followed in India.

Contents:
Theory: 45
hours

72
Unit 1: Introduction to pathogenicity, infection and human microbiota:
Commonly used terms and nomenclature: pathogen, infection, invasion, virulence
and its determinants, endotoxins and exotoxins, carriers and their types.
Opportunistic, nosocomial, acute, latent and chronic infections. Sepsis and septic
shock. Modes of transmission of pathogens. Role of microbiome in human health.
Factors governing the microbiota of skin, throat and upper respiratory tract,
gastrointestinal tract, urogenital tract (with examples of microorganisms in each
instance). 7

Unit 2: Bacterial pathogens causing common diseases in humans:


Symptoms, transmission, prophylaxis and treatment of the diseases caused by:
Bacillus anthracis, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium difficile, Escherichia coli,
Helicobacter pylori, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Staphylococcus aureus,
Salmonella enterica Typhi, Treponema pallidum, Vibrio cholerae. 12

Unit 3: Viral diseases in humans: Etiology, symptoms, transmission, diagnosis,


prophylaxis, and treatment of the following diseases: Polio, Chicken pox, Mumps,
Measles, Herpes, Hepatitis, Rabies, AIDS, Influenza (swine flu and bird flu),
Dengue, Japanese Encephalitis, Rota virus infections, COVID-19. 12

Unit 4: Protozoan and fungal diseases in humans: Etiology, symptoms,


transmission, diagnosis and control of Malaria and Kala azar. Types of mycoses.
Detailed study of certain mycoses. Cutaneous mycoses: Tinea pedis (Athlete’s
foot). Systemic mycoses: Aspergillosis. Opportunistic mycoses: Candidiasis,
Mucormycosis. 4

Unit 5: Diagnostics and therapeutics in infectious diseases:

Collection, transport and culturing of clinical samples. Principles of different


diagnostic tests: Agglutination-based tests (Widal and VDRL test), lateral flow
assay-based kits, immunofluorescence test for syphilis, Nucleic acid based
diagnostic techniques: Rapid PCR and RT-PCR.

Anti-microbial chemotherapy: General characteristics and mode of action of anti-


microbial agents. Antibacterial with one example each: inhibitor of nucleic acid
synthesis, inhibitor of cell wall synthesis, inhibitor of cell membrane function,
inhibitor of protein synthesis. Antifungal: mechanisms of action of amphotericin B,
griseofulvin. Antiviral: mechanism of action of amantadine, tamiflu, acyclovir.
Antimicrobial resistance: mechanisms of drug resistance, MDR, XDR, TDR, NDM-
1, ESBL, MRSA, VRSA, ESKAPE pathogens.
10

Practicals: 30 hours
Unit 1: Identification and analysis of the cultural, morphological and biochemical
characteristics of bacteria: E. coli, Salmonella, Pseudomonas, Staphylococcus,
Bacillus, Klebsiella (any three).

Study of the composition and use of important differential media for identification of
bacteria: mannitol salt agar, deoxycholate citrate agar / Salmonella Shigella (SS)
agar, MacConkey / EMB Agar.

Identification of bacteria based on biochemical characteristics: IMViC (Indole test,

73
Methyl Red test, Voges-Proskauer test, Citrate test), Triple Sugar Iron (TSI) test,
nitrate reduction test, urease test and catalase test.
Group project: Study of skin microbiome: Study of the bacterial flora of skin by
swab method: Isolation of bacteria from skin on general purpose media (nutrient
agar) and/or selective media (mannitol salt agar). Study of colony characteristics of
the obtained isolates followed by Gram staining and microscopy to determine the
gram character, shape and arrangement of cells.
16

Unit 2: Study of antibiotic sensitivity and rapid detection of infectious


diseases: Principle and performance of antibacterial sensitivity test by Kirby-Bauer
method. Concept of MIC values. Determining MIC of any two antibiotics for any
two bacteria.
Principles and working of rapid antigen tests. Demonstration of lateral flow kit for
rapid antigen detection of COVID19.
Principle and working of antibody detection test: Dengue test / Widal test for
typhoid. 14

Suggested Reading:
Theory:

1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and


D. Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

2. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th


edition. McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

3. Textbook of Microbiology by R. Ananthanarayan and C.K.J.


Paniker. 10th edition. Universities Press, India. 2017.

4. Jawetz, Melnick and Adelberg’s Medical Microbiology by K.C. Carroll,


S.A. Morse, T.A.Mietzner and S. Miller. 27th edition. McGraw Hill
Education. 2016.

5. Microbiology: An Introduction by G.J. Tortora, B.R. Funke and C.L.


Case. 9thedition.Pearson Education, USA. 2007.

6. DNA microarrays for the diagnosis of infectious diseases by E. Donatin E and


M. Drancourt. Med Mal Infect. 2012; 42(10):453-459.
Doi:10.1016/j.medmal.2012.07.017

Practicals:
1. A Handbook of Practical and Clinical Immunology Volumes I & 2 by G. P.
Talwar and S.K. Gupta. 2nd edition. CBS Publishers, India. 2017.

2. Practical Immunology, A Laboratory Manual by S. Balakrishnan, K. Karthik


and S. Duraisamy. Lambert Academic Publishing, India. 2017.

3. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 11th

74
edition. Pearson Education, USA. 2016.

4. Laboratory Manual on Immunology and Molecular Biology by D. Dwivedi


and V. Singh. Lambert Academic Publishing, India. 2013.

5. Practical Immunology by F.C. Hay, M.R. Olwyn and M.R. Westwood. 4th
edition. Wiley Blackwell Publishing. 2002.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

S.no. Course Teaching and learning Assessment Tasks


Learning Activity
Outcomes
1 Use the correct terms in Class room lectures Test and quiz on
describing disease on human human microbiome.
causalities, pathogenic microbiome,
features of microbial description of terms in Quiz on important
agents of disease, and relation to disease terms related to
causation and infection and
their transmission, and
outcome of infection. pathogens of
will realize the diverse
Pictorial different organ
nature of the human representation of systems.
microbiome and its various organ systems
significance with the corresponding
Microflora and
pathogens.

2 Discourse on the Class room lectures Quiz on symptoms,


spectrum of diseases And flow charts on Transmission and
caused by bacterial disease causalities, epidemiology of various
transmission, and control bacterial diseases.
pathogens, and impart an
of bacterial pathogens.
understanding of the Identification of diseases
course of disease Use of visual aids to based on photographic
development and show disease symptoms. presentations.
accompanying symptoms.
Will be able to discuss the MCQ quiz on disease
prevention and control.
methods of transmission,
epidemiological aspects,
preventive measures,
treatments.
3 Converse about human Class room lectures. Quiz, MCQs, Match
diseases caused by Electron micrographs the following
viruses including of causative agents. questions.
emerging viral pathogens, Photographs of Identification of
symptoms. various viral Ems
giving an understanding
and disease
of the etiology, course of symptoms.
disease development,
symptoms, diagnosis and
75
management of these
diseases.

4 Elaborate on the fungal Class room lectures Class test, quiz and
and protozoan diseases and interactive MCQ type
with respect to their discussions on current questions.
etiology, symptoms, fungal and protozoan
transmission, diagnosis diseases.
and control.
5 Convey to others the Lectures and Class test / quiz on
basic concepts of interactive discussion diagnostic
handling clinical on recent methods.
specimens, and developments in the
approaches used to aid in area of disease
diagnosis.
detection/diagnosis of
infectious agents using
immunological and
molecular biology-based
methods.
6 Evaluate the mode of Class room lectures MCQs and quiz on
action of different and discussion mode of action of
antimicrobial agents, regarding specific antibiotics, AMR
concept of antimicrobial target sites of various and vaccination
resistance and antibiotics. schedule.
immunization schedule
followed in India.

* Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

76
MICROB-DSC601

PRINCIPLES OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY-II

Marks: 100 ( Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3


credits) Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1
credit)

Course Objectives:
The major objective of this course is for the student to gain comprehensive
knowledge of the basic concepts of molecular biology. The student will become
familiar with DNA-related cellular processes and will become aware of the central
dogma of molecular biology, learning about the propagation of information through
DNA replication and the unidirectional flow of information from DNA to RNA to
proteins through transcription and translation.

Pre-requisite: Student should have passed MICROB-DSC501.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Explain RNA processing events including capping, polyadenylation and


splicing. Can discourse on the concepts of RNA interference through siRNA and
miRNA.

CO2: Discuss the mechanisms of translation of proteins in both prokaryotes and


eukaryotes, and convey information about the inhibitors of protein synthesis.

CO3: Analyze and discourse on various mechanisms of gene regulation in


prokaryotes and eukaryotes at the level of transcription and post-transcriptional
processes, as well as epigenetic mechanisms of gene regulation through chromatin
modifications. Can impart knowledge about the role of lncRNAs in gene regulation.

CO4: Isolate and analyze RNA by colorimetric and spectrophotometric methods.

CO5: Resolve proteins by electrophoresis on SDS-PAGE.

Contents:

Theory 45 hours

Unit 1: RNA processing and its applications: Difference in structure of


prokaryotic and eukaryotic mRNA. Split gene theory, introns and exons.
Processing of eukaryotic mRNA: capping and polyadenylation mechanisms and
enzymes involved. RNA splicing: Group I and Group II introns and the
mechanisms of splicing linked to them. Spliceosome machinery. Concepts of
alternative splicing and trans-splicing. Processing of rRNA. RNA interference
and its significance. Brief overview of siRNA and miRNAs. 15

Unit 2: Translation in prokaryotes and eukaryotes: Translational machinery:


ribosome structure in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, tRNA structure, aminoacyl
tRNA synthetases and charging of tRNA. Mechanism of initiation, elongation and
termination of polypeptide synthesis in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, highlighting

77
the differences in the processes between the two groups of organisms.
Mechanisms for maintaining the fidelity of translation.

14
Unit 3: Regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes and eukaryotes:
Principles of transcriptional regulation in prokaryotes: negative versus positive
regulation using lac, trp and ara operons as examples. Gene regulation during
sporulation in Bacillus. Yeast mating-type switching. Mechanisms of epigenetic
regulation of gene expression: regulation of gene expression by DNA
methylation, histone acetylation and histone methylation. Regulation of gene
expression by DNA methylation in prokaryotes versus in eukaryotes. Histone
methylation as both, positive as well as negative regulator of gene expression.
Gene regulation by long noncoding RNAs (lncRNAs). 16

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Analysis of RNA and its applications:

RNA isolation and estimation: Total RNA isolation from yeast / bacterial cells.
Colorimetric analysis of RNA with yeast tRNA as standard, using orcinol reagent
or UV spectrophotometry. Northern blot analysis of processed RNA through
virtual lab.

Student group research study project: use of mRNA in vaccines – case study of
the COVID19 mRNA vaccines: CCMB vaccine technology/platform (based on
Pfizer-BioNTech/Moderna technology) versus Gennova vaccine
technology/platform (based on HDT Bio Corp technology)
or
Student group research study project: trans-splicing in trypanosomatids. 15

Unit 2: Analysis of proteins:

Analysis of total cell protein of bacteria by SDS-PAGE.

Student group research study project: drugs that inhibit protein translation and their
mechanism of action.
15
Suggested Reading:

Theory:
1. Lewin’s Essential Genes by J. Krebs, E. Goldstein and S. Kilpatrick.
4th edition. Jones andBartlett Publishers, USA. 2020.

2. Karp’s Cell and Molecular Biology by G. Karp, J. Iwasa and W. Marshall.


9th edition. Wiley, USA. 2019

3. Molecular Biology by D. Clark, N. Pazdernik and M. McGehee.


3rd edition. Academic Cell, USA. 2018.

4. Lewin’s Genes XII by J. Krebs, E. Goldstein and S. Kilpatrick. 12th


edition. Jones and BartlettLearning, USA. 2017.

78
5. Becker’s World of the Cell by J .Hardin and G.P. Bertoni. 9th edition.
Pearson, USA. 2015.

6. Principles of Genetics by D.P. Snustad and M.J. Simmons. 7th edition.


Wiley and Sons, UK. 2015.

7. Molecular Biology of the Gene by J.D. Watson, T.A. Baker, S.P. Bell, A.
Gann, M. Levineand R. Losick. 7th edition. Pearson Education, USA.
2014.

8. Cell and Molecular Biology by E.D.P. De Robertis and E.M.F. De


Robertis. 8th edition.Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, USA. 2006.

Practicals:

1. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual by M. Green and J. Sambrook Volumes 1-


3.
4th edition. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, USA. 2012.

2. An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry by D. Plummer. 3rd edition. McGraw


Hill Education, India. 2017.

Facilitating the achievement of course learning


outcomes
Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Learning Assessment Task
Activity
Demonstration of splicing
1 Explain RNA processing events Short quiz on splicing
mechanisms and products of
including capping, mechanisms and
processing events through transcription factors.
polyadenylation and splicing. videos.
Can discourse on the concepts Explanation of the concept and
of RNA interference through mechanism of RNA
siRNA and miRNA. interference and its
applications using power
point.
Explanation of the
importance of microRNAs
in gene regulation.
Classroom lectures using Interactive session on
2 Discuss the mechanisms of power point presentation steps involved in
translation of proteins in both and videos to explain the translation.
prokaryotes and eukaryotes, mechanisms in protein Group discussion
and convey information about synthesis. comparing mechanism of
the inhibitors of protein translation in prokaryotes
synthesis. and eukaryotes.
Assignment on structures
of inhibitors of protein
synthesis and their site of
action.

79
Analyze and discourse on Lecture on the Assignment on
3 various mechanisms of gene concept of inducible and various types
regulation in prokaryotes and repressible operons. of histones and their
eukaryotes at the level of Discussion on the differential modifications and the
transcription and post- expression of genes due to roles of these
transcriptional processes, as use of different promoters modifications.
well as epigenetic mechanisms under different
of gene regulation through environmental conditions.
chromatin modifications. Can Explanation of the impact of
impart knowledge about the DNA methylation and histone
role of lncRNAs in gene acetylation using power point
regulation. presentation.

4 Isolate and analyze RNA by Student learns to isolate total Student will have to
colorimetric and RNA from microbial cells. estimate concentrations of
spectrophotometric methods. Student learns how to make unknown RNA samples.
known standard dilutions using Students will be observed
yeast tRNA. Students learn to while performing lab work
prepare Orcinol reagents. and will be assessed for
Student is taught the operating their technical
of colorimeter or performance.
spectrophotometer for taking
absorbance of colour They are encouraged
developed from RNA. Student to keep their lab books
is taught how to plot a up to date which will be
standard curve of RNA and use sampled a number of
it to estimate unknown RNA times during the
concentration in the given semester.
sample.
Resolve proteins by Student will learn to prepare Analysis of total cell
5 electrophoresis on an acrylamide gel and carry protein using Coomassie
SDS-PAGE. out electrophoresis. staining.

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative, and may vary.

80
MICROB-DSC602

PRINCIPLES OF IMMUNOLOGY-II

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to provide a detailed insight to the student about crucial
roles played by human immune system in generation of an optimum immune response as well
as in serious conditions arising by immune dysfunction such as infections, hypersensitivity,
immunodeficiency and autoimmunity. He/she also comprehends the importance of immune
system in cases of cancer and organ transplant.The course further enhances the student’s
understanding of how various immunodiagnostics and other advances in immunology have
changed the face of modern medicine.

Pre-requisite: Student should have passed MICROB-DSC502.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to:

CO1: Discuss the generation of humoral and cell-mediated immune response and the killing
mechanisms available within the host body.

CO2: Outline immunity disorders like hypersensitivity, autoimmunity and immunodeficiency.

CO3: Explain organ transplantation and the role of the immune system in acceptance or
rejection of the grafts, and ways to manage it.

CO4: Comprehend types of cancers, the antigens and immune response involved, tumor
evasion mechanisms, diagnosis and treatment.

CO5: Elaborate on vaccine formulation and its types, adjuvants, and National
Immunization Schedule.

Contents:
Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: Generation of Immune Response: B cell development, generation of humoral


immune response, primary and secondary immune response, generation of cell-mediated
immune response (TCR, Self MHC restriction, T cell activation, co-stimulatory signals),
killing mechanisms by CTL and NK cells. 12

Unit 2: Immune Dysfunction: Types of hypersensitivities with one examples each,


mechanism, manifestations and detection of type I hypersensitivity; Autoimmunity: types
and mechanisms (Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, Goodpasture’s syndrome, IDDM, Rheumatoid
arthritis, Multiple sclerosis, SLE); Immunodeficiency: Animal models (nude and SCID
mice), disorders ( SCID, DiGeorge syndrome, Chediak- Higashi syndrome, LAD, CGD).
12

Unit 3: Transplantation Immunology: Types of grafts (autograft, isograft, allograft &


xenograft), HLA typing, immunologic basis of graft rejection (sensitization & effector
stages), role of T cells in graft rejection, GVHD, clinical manifestations of graft rejection

81
(hyperacute, acute and chronic rejection), immunosuppressive therapies (general and
specific), immunoprivileged sites. 8

Unit 4: Cancer Immunology: Immune surveillance, types of cancers, malignant


transformation of cells, tumor antigens (TATA and TSTA), immune response to cancer,
tumor evasion, immunodiagnosis and cancer immunotherapy. 8
Unit 5: Vaccines: Active immunization, designing vaccines, boosters, types of
vaccines: live attenuated, toxoid, conjugate/ multivalent, subunit, peptide, recombinant
(vector based), DNA and RNA vaccines, use of adjuvants, National Immunization
Schedule (NIS). 5

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Immunological techniques based on antigen - antibody interactions:


Principles, working methods and applications of the following immunological techniques:
ELISPOT, western blotting, immunofluorescence, flow cytometry, immunoelectron
microscopy. Performance of SDS-PAGE to separate the different types of
immunoglobulins. Detection of Type I hypersensitivity by RIST and RAST. MLR and
Microcytotoxicity tests for HLA typing using pictures. 20

Unit 2: Student group research studies:


Student group research project I: Experimental Systems in Immunology: Primary
lymphoid cell culture systems. Animal models: Nude mouse, SCID mouse, SPF (Specific
Pathogen Free) colony mice, dirty mice.
Student group research project II: short-term and long-term immune response to COVID-
19 vaccines: case study of Covaxin. 10
Suggested Reading:

Theory:

1. Immunology: A short course by R. Coico. 8th edition. Wiley- Blackwell Scientific


Publication, UK. 2021

2. Cellular and Molecular Immunology by A.K. Abbas, A.H. Lichtman and S. Pillai.
10th edition.Elsevier, USA. 2021.

3. Kuby Immunology by J. Punt, S. Stranford, P. Jones and J. Owen. 8 th edition.


W.H. Freemanand Company, USA. 2018.

4. Roitt’s Essential Immunology by P. Delves, S. Martin, D. Burton and I.M. Roitt.


13th edition.Wiley- Blackwell Scientific Publication, UK. 2017.

5. Janeway’s Immunobiology by K. Murphy and C. Weaver. 9th edition. Garland


Science Publishers, USA. 2016.

6. Basic and Clinical Immunology by M. Peakman and D. Vergani. 2nd edition.


ChurchillLivingstone, UK. 2009.

82
7. Immunology by C. Richard and S. Geoffrey. 6th edition. Wiley- Blackwell Scientific
Publication, UK. 2009.

Practicals:
1. A Handbook of Practical and Clinical Immunology Volumes I & 2 by G. P. Talwar and
S.K. Gupta. 2nd edition. CBS Publishers, India. 2017.

2. Practical Immunology, A Laboratory Manual by S. Balakrishnan, K. Karthik and S.


Duraisamy. Lambert Academic Publishing, India. 2017.

3. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 11th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2016.

4. Laboratory Manual on Immunology and Molecular Biology by D. Dwivedi and V.


Singh. Lambert Academic Publishing, India. 2013.

5. Practical Immunology by F.C. Hay, M.R. Olwyn and M.R. Westwood. 4th edition. Wiley
Blackwell Publishing. 2002.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Cou Course Learning Teaching and Assessment Tasks


Outcomes Learning Activity

1 Discuss the generation of Descriptive lectures on Group discussion on


humoral and cell-mediated the types Immunity and the defence system of
immune response and the generation of killing the body
killing mechanisms available mechanisms
within the host body.

2 Outline immunity disorders like Pictoral presentation and Match the following
hypersensitivity, autoimmunity theory lectures on types exercise for the
and immunodeficiency. of hypersensitivity. diseases, their types
Familiarizing students and causes.
with various
autoimmune and
immunodeficiency
disorders.

3 Explain organ transplantation Detailed lecture on Class test on


and the role of the immune immune response in transplantation
system in acceptance or organ transplantation immunology.
rejection of the grafts, and and the current
ways to manage it. strategies for graft
acceptance.

83
4 Comprehend types of Class lectures on MCQs on tumor
cancers, the antigens and different aspects of antigens, evasion
immune response involved, cancer immunology mechanisms,
tumor evasion mechanisms, including treatment and
diagnosis and treatment. immunotherapy diagnosis.

5 Elaborate on vaccine Lecture cum videos on Presentation on any


formulation and its types, different types of one vaccine listed in
adjuvants, and National vaccines. Detailed National
Immunization Schedule. discussion on National immunization
Immunization Schedule. Schedule.

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary.

84
MICROB-DSC603

INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The major objective of this course is to give students an overview of the applications of
fermentation processes in industry. The students will gain in-depth knowledge of different
types of fermentation processes, fermenter designs and operations. They will become
aware of large scale culturing methods of microorganisms for production of bioactives of
industrial importance.. Students will also gain an insight into steroid biotransformation and
enzyme immobilization.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to:

CO1: Converse about important developments in industrial microbiology and can give
an overview of different types of fermentation processes.

CO2: Discuss the design, operations and applications of different types of fermenters
and the measurement and control of fermentation parameters.

CO3: Use various methods to isolate, screen, preserve and maintain industrially
important microbial strains. Can give knowledge of the different types of media used in
fermentation processes.

CO4: Use various techniques for the recovery and purification of industrial products
produced by microorganisms.

CO5: Explain the principles of large-scale microbial production and recovery of


industrial products.

CO6: Perform microbiological transformations of steroids and use the methods of


enzyme immobilization to exploit their advantages and applications in the industry.

Contents:

Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: Development of industrial microbiology: Important developments in industrial


microbiology and contribution of following scientists: Louis Pasteur, Carl Wilhelm
Scheele, Casimir Funk, Alexander Fleming, Selman A. Waksman, Howard W Florey and
Ernst B Chain. Types of fermentation processes: aerobic and anaerobic fermentations,
solid-state and liquid-state (stationary and submerged) fermentations, batch, fed-batch
and continuous fermentations. 7

Unit 2: Bioreactors and analysis of fermentation parameters: Parts of a typical


fermenter. Types of bioreactors and their applications: Laboratory, pilot-scale and
production fermenters, continuously stirred tank reactor, air-lift fermenter. Measurement
and control of parameters: pH, temperature, dissolved oxygen, foaming and aeration. 10
85
Unit 3: Selection of industrially important microbial strains: Sources of industrially
important microorganisms, their isolation and screening (primary and secondary).
Preservation and maintenance of stock and working cultures. Crude and synthetic
fermentation media, inoculum and production media. Crude media components:
molasses, corn-steep liquor, sulphite- waste liquor, whey, yeast extract. , peptone and
tryptone. 7

Unit 4: Recovery methods for fermentation products: Physiochemical and biological


methods for cell disruption, centrifugation, batch filtration, precipitation, solvent-solvent
extraction spray drying and lyophilization. 4

Unit 5: Upstream and downstream processing of microbial products, steroid


biotransformation and enzyme immobilization: Citric acid, ethanol, glutamic acid,
Vitamin B12, Wine (white, rose & red), beer, antibiotics (penicillin,streptomycin) and
enzymes (amylase, protease, lipase and glucose oxidase). Microbiological
transformation of steroids and its applications. Methods of enzyme immobilization: cross
linking, entrapment, adsorption and covalent bonding. Advantages and applications of
immobilized enzymes: glucose isomerase and penicillin acylase. 17

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Aerobic fermentation processes: Microbial production of enzymes


(amylases/lipase/protease) by liquid-state static /submerged fermentation and its
detection by plate-assay method using an agar-based medium. Estimation of enzyme
activity spectrophotometrically. Production of amino acids (glutamic acid /lysine) using a
suitable bacterial culture, its detection by paper chromatography and its colorimetric
estimation using buffered ninhydrin reagent. Microbial production of citric acid by solid-
state /liquid state fermentation using Aspergillus niger, its detection by chromatographic
techniques and its quantitative estimation by titration. 18

Unit 2: Anaerobic fermentation processes: Ethanol production by submerged


fermentation using Saccharomyces cerevisiae, its detection by qualitative tests and its
estimation spectrophotometrically using a suitable reagent.

A visit to any educational institute/industry to understand different types of fermenters/


bioreactors: laboratory-scale, pilot-scale and production fermenter, and their components
(spargers, baffles, impellers etc. 12

Suggested Reading:

Theory:

1. Industrial Microbiology by A.H. Patel. 2nd edition. Laxmi publication Pvt Ltd/Trinity
Press. 2022.

2. Industrial Microbiology by L.E. Casida. 2nd edition. New Age International publisher.
2019.

3. Modern Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology by N. Okafor and B.C. Okeke.


2nd edition. CRC press, UK. 2018.

4. Crueger’s Biotechnology: A Textbook of Industrial Microbiology by W. Crueger,


A. Crueger and K.R.Aneja. 3rd edition. Medtech Publisher, India. 2017.

86
5. Biotechnology Industrial Microbiology. A textbook by W. Clarke. CBS
Publishers, India.2016.

6. Industrial Microbiology by K.L. Benson. CBS Publishers &Distributors. 2016.

7. Principles of Fermentation Technology by P.F. Stanbury, A.Whitaker and S.J.


Hall. 3rd edition. Elsevier Science Ltd, Netherlands. 2016.

8. Microbial technology. Vol I- Microbial processes and Vol II -Fermentation


technology edited by H.J. Peppler and D. Perlman. 2nd edition. Academic Press,
USA. 2009.

9. Industrial Microbiology: An Introduction by M.J. Waites, N.L. Morgan, J.S . Rockey


and G.Higton. Wiley –Blackwell. 2001.

10. Microbial Biotechnology: Fundamentals of Applied Microbiology by A.N.


Glazer and H.Nikaido. 1st edition. W.H. Freeman and Company, UK.1995.

Practicals:

1. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

2. Laboratory manual of Microbiology and Biotechnology by K.R. Aneja. 2nd edition.


Scientific International Pvt. Ltd., Delhi. 2018.

3. Manual of Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology edited by R.H. Baltz, A.L.


Demain, and J.E. Davies. 3rd edition. American Society for Microbiology. 2010.

4. Microbial technology. Vol I- Microbial processes and Vol II -Fermentation


technologyedited by H.J. Peppler and D. Perlman. 2nd edition. Academic Press,
USA. 2009.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

S. Course Learning Teaching and learning Assessment Tasks


no. Outcomes Activity
1 Converse about important Class room lectures on history Make a list of commercially
developments in industrial and development of industrial available industrial
microbiology and can give microbiology. productsproduced by
an overview of different microorganisms
types of fermentation Detailed discussion on different
processes. types of fermentation
processes their applications,
advantages and drawbacks

2 Discuss the design, Class lectures supplemented Preparation of charts or


operations and with visual aids of different models of different types of
applications of different types of fermenters and their fermenters and their
types of fermenters and components. components
the measurement and
control of fermentation Demonstration of the
parameters. operation of a Bench-top
fermenter in a virtual lab

87
3 Use various methods to Classroom lectures on the Assignments comprising of
isolate, screen, preserve isolation,screening and short notes.
and maintain industrially preservation methods.
important microbial
strains. Can give Discussion on different types of
knowledge of the different media.
types of media used in
fermentation processes.
4 Use various techniques Use of audio-visual aids on Oral quiz/class test
for the recovery and downstream processing
purification of industrial techniques
products produced by
microorganisms.

5 Explain the principles of Detailed class lectures about Draw the flow chart for the
large scale microbial the microbial production of production and recovery of
production and recovery industrial products listed out in different metabolites with
of industrial products. the syllabus suitable examples
discussed in the class.

6 Perform microbiological Theory classes on steroid A short PPT by student on


transformations of transformation and methods of industrial applications of
steroids and use the enzymes immobilization with steroid transformation and
methods of enzyme main focus on the underlying immobilized enzymes
immobilization to exploit principles and uses.
their advantages and
applications in the
industry.

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative, and may vary

88
MICROB-DSC701

MICROBIAL GENETICS AND GENOMICS

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is for the students to acquire a clear understanding of the
genetic make-up of microorganisms, the organization of microbial genomes and their
structure-function analysis, as well as the maintenance of genome integrity through various
repair mechanisms. They will gain insights into how microorganisms evolve by horizontal
transfer of genetic material, thus also leading to greater biodiversity. Students will recognize
the importance of microorganisms as model systems in exploring the structure, function, and
regulation of genes. Students will learn to design basic experiments in microbial genetics
relating phenotypes with the genotypes through the use of mutants.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to:

CO1: Explain the organization of bacterial, viral, eukaryotic and organelle genomes. Can
discuss the methodology employed in studying structural and functional genomics.

CO2: Converse about various natural plasmids, their functions and their significance.

CO3: Discuss the fundamentals of different types of transposons and mechanisms of


transposition.

CO4: Discourse on the various mechanisms of natural gene transfer in bacteria and fungi
and is able to solve problems in genetic analysis particularly related to genetic mapping and
strain construction.

CO5: Comprehend and can convey to others the importance of mutations and the repair
mechanisms that operate in cells to maintain genome integrity. Can use the microbial test for
detecting the carcinogenic/mutagenic potential of chemicals.

CO6: Discuss the alternate life styles of phage lambda. Realizes the potential of the
CRISPR-Cas bacterial defense mechanism and can convey to others the applications of the
CRISPR-Cas system in making gene knockouts.

Contents:
Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: The organization and structure of genomes and extrachromosomal elements:


Genome sizes and gene densities. Genome organization in bacteria (E.coli) and eukaryotic
microorganisms (Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Neurospora). Introduction to methods in
genomics: structural and functional genomics and analysis.

Plasmids: circular and linear (with examples). Host range: broad and narrow (with
examples). Properties and importance of: R Plasmids, F plasmids, colicinogenic plasmids,
degradative plasmids, yeast 2μ plasmid. Plasmid replication mechanisms: theta
(unidirectional and bidirectional) and rolling circle. Plasmid partitioning. Plasmid
amplification. Plasmid incompatibility, regulation of plasmid copy number, plasmid curing. 10
89
Unit 2: Bacteriophage genetics: Genome organization of MS2, T4 and lambda phages.
Regulation of lytic- lysogeny switch in lambda phage. 4

Unit 3: Transposable elements: Bacterial transposons: insertion elements, composite and


non-composite transposons. Mechanism of transposition: Replicative and non-replicative
transposition. Mu transposon. Eukaryotic transposable elements: yeast (Ty retrotransposon),
Drosophila (Copia elements and P elements in hybrid dysgenesis), Maize (Ac/Ds and
Spm/dSpm). Applications of transposons. 9

Unit 4: Genetic transfer mechanisms: Horizontal gene transfer in bacteria and its
significance, Bacterial transformation: competence and mechanism. Bacterial conjugation: Hfr
and F’ strains, conjugation mechanism, use of interrupted mating technique for gene mapping.
Bacterial transduction: generalized and specialized transduction, gene mapping by
recombination and co-transduction of markers. Integrons as agents of bacterial evolution.
Fungi: Homologous recombination, evidence of horizontal gene transfer in fungi. 10

Unit 5: Mutations and DNA repair: Types of mutations: spontaneous and induced. Physical,
chemical and biological mutagens. Base substitutions, frameshifts, deletions, insertions,
duplications, inversions, silent mutations, missense mutations, nonsense mutations,
conditional and lethal mutations. Loss- and gain-of-function mutants. Reversion and
suppression: true revertants, intra- and inter-genic suppression. Mutator genes. Uses of
mutations. Ames Test.
Repair mechanisms: photoreactivation, recombination-dependent repair, SOS repair,
mismatch repair, excision repair, NHEJ repair. Site directed mutagenesis. 12

Practicals: 30 hours

Unit 1: Mutations and mutagenesis:

Preparation of master and replica plates. Study of the effect of mutagens on bacteria: effect
of ethidium bromide-induced mutagenesis (chemical mutagenesis) on bacterial growth and
survival – analysis by plating of serial dilution followed by cfu counts. Effect of UV irradiation
(physical mutagenesis) on bacterial growth and survival – analysis by preparation of survival
curve. Ames Test by virtual lab and / or demonstration. 20

Unit 2: Methods of genetic transfer:

Group experiment: transfer of genetic material between bacteria by conjugation.


Transformation of plasmid DNA.
Bacterial transduction by virtual lab. 10

Suggested Reading:

Theory:

1. Lewin’s Essential Genes by J. Krebs, E. Goldstein and S. Kilpatrick. 4th edition.


Jones andBartlett Publishers, USA. 2020.

2. Snyder and Champness Molecular Genetics of Bacteria by T.M. Henkin and J.E.
Peters. 5th edition. ASM Press. 2020.

90
3. Concepts of Genetics by W.S. Klug, M.R. Cummings, C. Spencer and M.
Palladino. 11th edition. Pearson Education, USA. 2018.

4. Genetics: A Conceptual Approach, by B.A. Pierce. 7th edition. W.H. Freeman


and Co, UK. 2019.
5. Principle of Genetics by D.P. Snustad and M.J. Simmons. 7th edition. John
Wiley and Sons,UK. 2015.

6. Molecular Biology of the Gene by J.D. Watson, T.A. Baker, S.P. Bell, A. Gann,
M. Levine and R. Losick. 7th edition. Pearson Education, USA. 2014.

7. iGenetics- A Molecular Approach by P.J. Russell. 3rd edition. Benjamin


Cummings, USA.2009.

8. Microbial Genetics by S. Maloy, J. Cronan and D. Friefelder. 2nd edition. Jones and
Barlett, USA. 2004.

Practicals:

1. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual by M. Green and J. Sambrook


Volumes 1-3. 4th edition. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, USA. 2012.

2. Benson’s Microbiological Applications, Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology by


A. Brown and H. Smith. 15th edition. McGraw-Hill Education, USA. 2022.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Teaching and Assessment


no. Outcomes learning Tasks
Activity
1 Explain the organization of Lecture/ presentation Quiz on different
bacterial, viral, eukaryotic on organization of features of
and organelle genomes. various genomes. genomes.
Can discuss the
methodology employed in Video tutorials of Interactive session
studying structural and techniques to study on genomics.
functional genomics. genomes Comparison of
Structural vs
Functional Genomics
2 Converse about various Powerpoint Students will be
natural plasmids, their presentations with asked to tabulate
functions and their diagrams showing the features of
significance. features of plasmids. different plasmids
Discussion on and their hosts
properties of various
plasmids and Interactive quiz on
animations on possible uses of
replication plasmids in
mechanisms. biotechnology.

91
3 Discuss the fundamentals of Lecture and audio- Interactive and
different types of transposons visual -based discussion problem- based
and mechanisms of on transposition and questions on
transposition. various transposon transposons and
types. their uses.
4 Discourse on the various Various mechanisms of Drawing flowcharts
mechanisms of natural gene natural genetic for transfer of
transfer in bacteria and fungi exchange in bacteria plasmids into
and is able to solve problems will be explained bacterial cells.
in genetic analysis particularly through powerpoint
related to genetic mapping presentations and Multiple problems on
and strain construction. animations. gene mapping using
interrupted mating..
Bacterial conjugation:
Group experiment will
be performed.
5 Comprehend and can Pictorial and audio- MCQ on mutagens
convey to others the visual presentations on and mutations they
importance of mutations mutations and cause.
and the repair mutagenesis.
mechanisms that operate Group discussion
in cells to maintain genome Virtual lab on Ames test on various repair
integrity. Can use the systems.
microbial test for detecting
the carcinogenic/mutagenic
potential of chemicals.

6 Discuss the alternate life Lectures/presentation Objective type


styles of phage lambda. with animations on questions for lambda
Realizes the potential of lytic vs lysogeny cycle. phage gene
the CRISPR-Cas bacterial regulation
defense mechanism and Research material to
can convey to others the be shared with respect Interactive quiz on
applications of the to latest developments potential
CRISPR-Cas system in on CRISPR-Cas applications of
making gene knockouts. CRISPR- cas
*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative, and may vary.

92
MICROB-DSC801

PRINCIPLES OF RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 75 marks Duration: Theory = 45 hours (3 credits)


Practicals = 25 marks) Practicals = 30 hours(1 credit)

Course Objectives: The main objective of this course is to ensure that the students
develop a clear comprehension of the concepts of recombinant DNA technology and
identify its potential. Students will get acquainted with the major tools used to manipulate
DNA, and will become familiar with various methods and applications of cloning. They will
be brought abreast with recent high throughput technologies and gain knowledge of
recombinant products of agricultural and human importance. Students will be able to
design a suitable strategy towards developing a genetically modified organism.

Pre-requisite: Student should have passed MICROB-DSC501 and MICROB-DSC701.


Course Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Carry out simple DNA cloning and use DNA restriction and DNA modifying enzymes.

CO2: Discuss the use of cloning and expression vectors

CO3: Explain various gene delivery methods and basic as well as high throughput methods
of DNA, RNA and protein analysis.

CO4: Elaborate on DNA amplification and DNA sequencing methods.

CO5: Work towards construction and screening of genomic and cDNA libraries.

CO6: Evaluate the applications of recombinant DNA techniques in the areas of


agriculture and pharmaceuticals.

Contents:
Theory: 45 hours

Unit 1: Concept of gene cloning and enzymes used in recombinant DNA technology:
Introduction to genetic engineering. Restriction endonucleases (RE), its types and
nomenclature. Role of Type II enzymes in gene cloning: generation of cohesive and blunt
ends, frequency of recognition sequences in a DNA molecule, star activity, isoschizomers
and neoschizomers, partial and double digestion. DNA modifying enzymes: DNA
polymerase I, Klenow fragment, alkaline phosphatase, T4 polynucleotide kinase, terminal
deoxynucleotidyl transferase, DNA ligase. 6

Unit 2: Cloning vectors and expression systems: Cloning vectors: nomenclature and
properties. Plasmid vectors: pBR, pUC and pGEM series. Phage vectors: lambda
(insertion and replacement) vectors, M13-based vectors. Phagemids, cosmids, artificial
chromosomes. Conversion of blunt-ended DNA into DNA with cohesive ends via linkers,
adaptors, and homopolymer tailing. Screening and selection of recombinants: insertional
inactivation (including alpha complementation and inactivation of drug resistance
cassette), use of suicide genes for counterselection of nonrecombinants. Expression

93
vectors and its components: strong promoters (prokaryotic and eukaryotic), re p o rte r
g e n e s , and gene fusions. Expression systems in S. cerevisiae (YIp, YEp, YRp and YCp
vectors), Pichia pastoris, baculovirus-based expression vectors, mammalian SV40 based
expression vectors. 9

Unit 3: Introduction of DNA into living cells and analysis of DNA, RNA and proteins:
Physical methods of introduction of DNA into cells: microinjection, electroporation, biolistic
particle delivery. Chemical methods: Calcium chloride-based method, liposome-mediated
delivery. Biological Methods: viral-mediated delivery, Agrobacterium - mediated gene
transfer.

DNA and RNA analysis by agarose gel electrophoresis, Southern Blotting and Northern
Blotting. Protein analysis by SDS-PAGE and western blotting. Probes labelling by
random priming and nick translation. Techniques to identify interaction of DNA with
proteins: Gel Retardation Assay and DNA Footprinting. Transcriptome analysis by
Microarrays. Phage display. 10

Unit 4: Amplification and Sequencing of DNA and Construction of DNA libraries:

PCR: Basic Reaction, primer designing, RT-PCR, Real-Time PCR. Applications of PCR.

DNA Sequencing: by Sanger’s Method. Automated DNA sequencing. Primer walking.


Hierarchical versus whole genome shotgun sequencing. Human Genome Project.
Introduction to Next Generation Sequencing (NGS) method: Illumina platform.

Genomic and cDNA libraries: Construction and uses of genomic and cDNA libraries,
their screening by colony hybridization, colony PCR, immunoscreening and bioactivity
assays. 14

Unit 5: Applications of recombinant DNA technology: Recombinant Products of


human therapeutic value: Insulin, recombinant vaccines. Gene therapy: Somatic and
germline, strategies, applications, and current status. Gene cloning in agriculture: Bt
cotton, antisense RNA technology (FlavrSavr tomato). Safety concerns with GM crops.
Applications in forensics: DNA fingerprinting by RFLP. 6
Practicals: 30 hours
Unit 1: Analysis of DNA fragments by agarose gel electrophoresis:
Determination of molecular weight of given DNA against a standard DNA molecular weight
ladder by resolution on agarose gel electrophoresis followed by graphical analysis of the
migration patterns.
Restriction digestion analysis of given plasmid DNA: comparison of RFLP patterns between
vector and gene clone (vector plus insert) by analysis on agarose gel electrophoresis.

Ligation of Lambda HindIII fragments: comparative analysis of DNA before and after ligation
by analysis on agarose gel electrophoresis.

Cloning of GFP gene in bacteria OR cloning of gene into suitable vector followed by selection
using alpha-complementation. 15

94
Unit 2: DNA sequencing and DNA amplification:

Introduction to DNA sequencing by Sanger’s method using virtual lab and videos: traditional as
well as automated methods. Interpretation of sequencing results: reading a sequence off a
traditional autoradiogram as well as current sequencing electropherogram.

Introduction to PCR: designing primers for amplification of a fragment of genomic DNA. Group
experiment: amplification of bacterial rDNA using 16S rDNA primers- performance of PCR
and analysis of results by agarose gel electrophoresis. 15

Suggested Reading:

Theory:
1. Molecular Biotechnology: Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA by B.R.
Glickand C.L. Patten. 6th edition. ASM Press, USA. 2022.

2. Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis: An introduction by T. A. Brown. 8th edition. Wiley-
Blackwell Publishing, UK. 2020.

3. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

4. Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics by S.B. Primrose and


R.M. Twyman. 8th Edition. Blackwell Publishing, UK. 2016.

5. Biotechnology by D.P. Clark, N.J. Pazdernik. 2nd edition. Academic Press, USA.
2015.

Practicals:

3. Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis: An introduction by T. A. Brown. 8th edition. Wiley-
Blackwell Publishing, UK. 2020.

4. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual by M. Green and J. Sambrook Volumes


1-3. 4th edition. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, USA. 2012.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Learning Assessment Task


Activity
Chalk and talk sessions, Multiple choice
1 Carry out simple DNA cloning powerpoint presentations question-type quiz
and use DNA restriction and
and classroom discussion on
DNA modifying enzymes.
major milestones, and Worksheets on
basics of gene cloning. enzymatic reactions.
Performance of restriction
digestion.
Performance of simple Problems solving on
restriction mapping
95
DNA cloning.

Detailed discussion on Class test to evaluate the


2 Discuss the use of cloning and comprehension of various
development, maps and
expression vectors. cloning vectors and
characteristics of various
selection methods.
cloning and expression
vectors.
Comparison of cloning
capacities and their suitability
for various applications
Explain various gene delivery Traditional classroom Analysis through flow
3 methods and basic as well as lectures/presentations as charts, and interactive
high throughput methods of well and showing common session on trouble
DNA, RNA and protein analytical techniques shooting of these
analysis. through virtual labs techniques.

Classroom lecture/ Worksheets on primer


4 Elaborate on DNA amplification presentations using designing.
and DNA sequencing methods. audiovisual tools and
learning videos. Interpretation of
sequencing gel
Performance of PCR. electropherogram
(Sanger’s method).

Worksheets on PCR
reaction and its
applications.
Interactive lectures and Assignment to design
5 Work towards construction and powerpoint presentations. a library construction
screening of genomic and workflow plan.
cDNA libraries.
Discussion on comparison of
genomic and cDNA library Interactive session on
how to screen the
library for finding a
particular gene

Evaluate the applications of Lectures and power point Class tests for RDT
6 recombinant DNA techniques presentations on strategies of strategies.
in the areas of agriculture and developing genetically Group discussions on
pharmaceuticals. modified organisms and published success
useful biotechnological stories of recombinant
products.
Discussion on challenges of
gene therapy and use of GM
organisms.

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative, and may vary.

96
MICROB-DSE1

EUKARYOTIC MICROBES: BIOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of the course is to make students familiar with eukaryotic microorganisms
namely algae, protozoa and fungi. They will become aware of their characteristics and
applications in various fields such as industry, food, environment and medical science. They
will understand how eukaryotic microbes can be used to develop eco-friendly and sustainable
solutions to problems we are encountering in various fields.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: Will have learnt about the characteristics of major algal types and will get acquainted
with the applications of micro and macro algae in different fields. They will also gain insights
into algae mass cultivation methods.

CO2: Will be familiar with different types of protozoa and their salient features. They will also
have acquired an overview of the significance of protozoa in medical, environmental and other
fields.

CO3: Will be aware of the characteristics of different types of fungi, their benefits and harmful
effects. They will have gained knowledge of the biology and commercial importance of
mushrooms.

CO4: Will have had hands-on training in the isolation and identification of green algae from
pond water and in the extraction and analysis of chlorophyll pigment. They will be acquainted
with thallus organization of different types of algae and have an understanding of the
taxonomic position of Euglena.

CO5: Will be able to identify different types of protozoa and be familiar with their major
characteristics. They will understand the life cycles of some protozoa which cause diseases
transmitted through insects or by contaminated food and water.

CO6: Will have acquired knowledge about different types of fungi and will be able to identify
them based on their macroscopic and microscopic characteristics. They will have had hands-
on training in fungal techniques. They will understand the difference between edible and
poisonous mushrooms. They will get first-hand experience of steps of mushroom cultivation
through visit to mushroom cultivation centre.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1. Algae structure, ecology and significance: General characteristics and brief
account of habitat and thallus organization of major algal types: Chlorophyta, Bacillariophyta,
Dinoflagellates, Xanthophyta, Phaeophyta and Rhodophyta. Applications of algae in
wastewater treatment, biofuel and bioenergy products, pharmaceutical industries and food
and feed sectors with reference to Chlorella, Euglena, Dunaliella, Porphyra, Gracilaria,
diatoms, Sargassum and Laminaria. Mass cultivation of algae in open and closed
photobioreactors. 10
97
Unit 2. Protozoa structure, ecology and significance: An overview of habitat, cell structure,
locomotion, and nutrition of different protozoa: Entamoeba, Plasmodium, Giardia,
Tetrahymena, Trypanosoma and Leishmania. Disease causing protozoa: list of diseases,
causative agent, mode of transmission, preventive measures currently in use (if any).
Significance of protozoa in food web and water purification. Marine protozoa as source of
filtering agents, chalk, abrasive and building material. Role of protozoa in symbiosis therapy
and drug discovery. Role of Tetrahymena as model organism. 10

Unit 3. Fungal structure, ecology and significance: An overview of habitat, thallus


structure, nutrition and positive and negative importance (ecological, industrial, and medical)
of different fungi: Neocallimastix, Saccharomyces, Penicillium, Neurospora, Agaricus and
Armillaria. Detailed account of biology and commercial importance of Mushrooms: History,
classification and distribution, life cycle, cultivation, nutrient and medicinal values; Edible and
poisonous mushrooms. 10

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Isolation, identification and pigment analysis of algae: Study of the following algae
by temporary mounts/permanent slides/photographs (at least one alga to be studied by
making temporary mounts): Chlorella, Porphyra, Gracilaria, diatoms, Sargassum, Dunaliella,
Caulerpa, Ulva. Comparison of the vegetative thallus organization. Isolation of green algae
from pond water and their identification by making temporary mounts. Recording of
macroscopic and microscopic characterteristics of isolated algae. Extraction of pigment
(chlorophyll) from algae and its analysis using chromatography or spectrophotometry. Study
of the structure of Euglena cell highlighting its algal and protozoa characteristics discussion of
its ‘taxonomic enigma’ status. 24

Unit 5. Identification of protozoa and their importance: Study of different protozoa


(Entamoeba, Plasmodium, Giardia, Tetrahymena, Trypanosoma and Leishmania) with the
help of permanent slides / photographs. Comparison of their structure and important
characteristics. Study of the different stages of disease cycles of arthropod-borne protozoal
diseases (Plasmodium, Trypanosoma and Leishmania) with the help of pictorial aids. Student
research study project: Transmission, symptoms, prevention and cure of these diseases.
Study of food and water-borne diseases caused by protozoa (Entamoeba and Giardia) in
reference to life cycle, transmission, symptoms, prevention and cure. Comparison of the
disease cycles of Entamoeba and Giardia. 16

Unit 6. Identification of fungi and their importance: Study of fungi by temporary mounts/
permanent slides/photographs (at least one fungus to be studied by making temporary
mounts): Neocallimastix, Saccharomyces, Penicillium, Neurospora, Agaricus and Armillaria.
Observation of macroscopic and microscopic identifying characteristics. Preparation of spore
suspension of fungus (Aspergillus niger) and counting of spores / ml using hemocytometer.
Study of edible and poisonous mushrooms with the help of samples/photographs. Visit to
mushroom cultivation center to learn various steps involved in mushroom cultivation. 20

Suggested Reading:

1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and


D. Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

2. A Textbook on Mushroom Cultivation: Theory and Practice by A. Aggarwal, Y. P.


Sharma, and E.Jangra.1st edition. Newrays Publishing House, India. 2021.

98
3. Prescott’s Microbiology by J.M.Willey, K.Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition. McGraw
Hill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

4. Paniker’s Textbook of Medical Parasitology by C.K. J. Paniker and S. Ghosh.8th


edition. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers, India. 2018.

5. Laboratory Manual for Algae and Fungi by B.K.Chetri.1st edition.Lulu.com


publisher.2018.

6. Textbook of Algae by O.P.Sharma. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, India. 2017.

7. Algae Biotechnology: Products and Processes by F.Bux, and Y. Chisti (Eds.) 1st
edition. Springer International Publishing, USA. 2016.

8. Algae: Anatomy, Biochemistry, and Biotechnology by L. Barsanti and P.Gualtieri. 2nd


edition.CRC Press, Taylor and Francis group,USA. 2014.

9. Introductory Mycology by C.J. Alexopoulos, C.W. Mims and M. Blackwell. 4th edition.
John Wiley and Sons, New York. 2012 (reprint).

10. Manual of Soil Fungi by J.C. Gilman. 1st edition. Biotech Books, India. 2012 (Reprint).

11. Introduction to Fungi by J. Webster and R.W.S. Weber. 3rd edition. Cambridge
University Press. USA. 2007.

12. The Fungi by G.Sumbali. 2nd edition. Narosa Publishing India House, India. 2005.

13. Protozoa by R.L. Kotpal. 12th edition. Rastogi Publication, India. 2006.

14. Manual of Phycology by G.M.Smith.1st edition. Scientific Publishers Journals,


India.1994

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes


Unit Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and learning Assessment Task
no. activities
1. Will have learnt about the Presentation on habitat and Class test on different
characteristics of major algal thallus organization of different characteristics of major
types and will get acquainted algal groups. algal types.
with the applications of micro
and macro algae in different Interactive discussion of role of Group presentations
fields. They will also gain algae in solving various on practical
insights into algae mass problems. applications of algae.
cultivation methods.
Video on mass cultivation of
algae.

99
2. Will be familiar with different Lecture on types of protozoa Quiz/MCQ on various
types of protozoa and their highlighting their major aspects of Protozoa
salient features. They will also characteristics and
have acquired an overview of
significances.
the significance of protozoa in
medical, environmental and
other fields.
3. Will be aware of the Presentation on different types Assignment on
characteristics of different types of fungi and their importance different types of fungi
of fungi, their benefits and with the help of pictures. and their importance.
harmful effects. They will have
Demonstration of the process
gained knowledge of the biology
and commercial importance of of formation of mushrooms
mushrooms. with video or by visiting
Mushroom cultivation center.
4. Will have had hands-on training Hands on training for isolation, Practical based test
in the isolation and identification identification, and pigment involving spot
of green algae from pond water extraction by using appropriate identification, viva and
and in the extraction and
methods. making temporary
analysis of chlorophyll pigment.
They will be acquainted with Will make temporary mounts slides.
thallus organization of different of algae or study their
types of algae and have an characteristics with the help of Assessment of
understanding of the taxonomic permanent slides or practical file
position of Euglena. photographs.

5. Will be able to identify different Pictorial lecture/ video Practical based test
types of protozoa and be presentation to study different involving spot
familiar with their major types of protozoa and their identification, and viva
characteristics. They will
importance.
understand the life cycles of
some protozoa which cause Assessment of
diseases transmitted through practical file
insects or by contaminated food
and water.

6. Will have acquired knowledge Hands on training for formation Practical based test
about different types of fungi and of fungal spore suspension involving spot
will be able to identify them and guiding the students to identification, and viva
based on their macroscopic and
use Hemocytometer.
microscopic characteristics.
They will have had hands- on To differentiate between edible Assessment of
training in fungal techniques. and poisonous mushrooms practical file.
They will understand the with the help of photographs.
difference between edible and Visit to mushroom cultivation Submission of report of
poisonous mushrooms. They center. visit to Mushroom
will get first-hand experience of Cultivation Center
steps of mushroom cultivation
through visit to mushroom
cultivation centre.

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative, and may vary.

100
MICROB-DSE2
BIOTECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTATION

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this paper is to develop a strong understanding of the principles and
applications of some basic and advanced techniques frequently used in sciences dealing with
biological systems. This will allow the students to relate the concepts of the various areas
being taught to them with the working and applicability of the instruments and techniques
involved.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the students:

CO1: Will have learnt about the main components, working principles, and applications of
different types of microscopes. The student will also be familiarized with the preparation of
samples and staining for microscopy.

CO2: Will have gained knowledge of basic concepts, applications, merits and limitations
of various bio separation techniques like chromatography, electrophoresis and centrifugation.

CO3: Will be acquainted with the principles and applications of some analytical techniques
like X-ray diffraction and UV-visible spectrophotometry. Will have been introduced to the
concepts of advanced techniques like circular dichroism, NMR spectroscopy and mass
spectrometry.

CO4: Will be able to use the microscope to determine the size of microbial cells applying the
technique of micrometry. Will also be able to separate biomolecules using planar (paper
chromatography/ TLC) and column chromatography.

CO5: Will have gained hands-on experience of separation of mixtures using gel
electrophoresis techniques (PAGE/Agarose) and laboratory centrifuges. Will have gained
knowledge of working of density gradient centrifugation with the help of virtual lab / videos.

CO6: Will be able to determine the λmax for an unknown sample and be able to calculate
its extinction coefficient using a spectrophotometer. Will get familiar with the technique of
autoradiography and NMR spectroscopy with the help of virtual lab / videos.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1. Principles and applications of microscopy: Concept of resolving power and


magnification. Principles, working, and applications of : Bright-field and dark-field microscopy,
phase contrast microscopy, fluorescence microscopy, confocal microscopy, electron
microscopy (scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, and cryo-
electron microscopy). 10

Unit 2. Principles and applications of separation techniques: Partition chromatography:


thin layer chromatography. Column chromatography: gel filtration, ion-exchange, affinity and
101
HPLC. Differential and density gradient centrifugation, ultracentrifugation. Agarose gel
electrophoresis. Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. 12

Unit 3. Principles and applications of other analytical techniques: UV-Visual


spectrophotometry (Beer and Lambert Law), X-ray diffraction, circular dichroism, nuclear
magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy, mass spectrometry. 8

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Micrometry and chromatography: Principle of micrometry. Determination of the


sizes of different microbial cells by micrometry. Separation of complex mixtures of
biomolecules by paper chromatography/ Thin Layer Chromatography. Group project: Packing
and running column chromatography. Determination of molecular weight of a protein using gel
filtration chromatography. 24

Unit 5. Electrophoresis and centrifugation: Separation of DNA by agarose gel


electrophoresis. Separation of proteins by SDS-PAGE. Separation of components of a given
mixture using a laboratory scale centrifuge using various rotors. Understanding density
gradient centrifugation with the help of virtual lab. 20

Unit 6. Imaging and advanced analytical techniques: Using spectrophotometer to


determine λmax for an unknown sample and calculation of extinction coefficient. Principle and
working of autoradiography. Demonstration of autoradiography using virtual lab / video.
Understanding NMR spectroscopy with the help of virtual lab / video. 16

Suggested Reading:

1. Wilson and Walker’s Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
edited by A. Hofmann and S. Clokie. 8th edition. Cambridge University Press, UK.
2018.

2. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGraw Hill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

3. The Cell: A Molecular Approach by G.M. Cooper. 8th edition. Sinauer Associates, UK.
2018.

4. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry by D.L. Nelson and M.M. Cox. 7th edition. W.H.
Freeman and Company, UK. 2017.

5. Biophysical Chemistry by D. Klostermeier and M.G. Rudolph. 1st edition. CRC press,
UK. 2017.

6. Principles of Instrumental Analysis by D.A. Skoog, F.J. Holler and S.R. Crouch. 7th
edition. Cengage Learning, USA. 2017.

7. Techniques and Methods in Biology. K. L. Ghatak. PHI Learning Private Limited, India.
2011.

8. Lab Manual in Biochemistry, Immunology and Biotechnology by A. Nigam and A.


Ayyagari. Tata McGraw Hill, India. 2007.

9. Physical Biochemistry- Application to Biochemistry and Molecular Biology by D.


Freifelder. 2nd edition. W.H. Freemen and Company, USA. 1982.

102
Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Teaching and Learning Assessment Tasks*


no. Outcomes activity
1. Will have learnt about the Video/PowerPoint Quiz on identification
main components, working presentation showing of microscopy used by
principles, and applications components of various showing pictures of
of different types of microscopes and explaining samples.
microscopes. The student the applications,
will also be familiarized with advantages and Test based on ray
the preparation of samples disadvantages of different diagrams and different
and staining for microscopy techniques. parts of microscopes.
microscopy. .
2. Will have gained knowledge Theory class on principles Assignment on
of basic concepts, and applications of comparison of
applications, merits and chromatography, chromatographic and
limitations of various bio electrophoresis and electrophoretic
separation techniques like centrifugation. techniques and
chromatography, Video demonstration of Mathematical
electrophoresis and performance of all the problems on RCFand
centrifugation. techniques. Interactive angular velocity
session on visializationof
DNA, RNA and Proteins in
gel.

3. Will be acquainted with the Chalk and board teaching Oral discussion and
principles and applications of about principal, applications, short test to evaluate
some analytical techniques merit and demerits of the principles and
advanced biotechniques.
like X-ray diffraction and UV- utility of analytical
visible spectrophotometry. techniques in
Will have been introduced to modern science.
the concepts of advanced
techniques like circular
dichroism, NMR
spectroscopy and mass
spectrometry.
4. Will be able to use the Hands on experience on Recorded precision,
microscope to determine determination of size of accuracy, and
the size of microbial cells microbial cells and paper reproducibility of results
applying the technique of chromatography for while performing
micrometry. Will also be separation of biomolecules. microscopy or
able to separate chromatography
biomolecules using planar
(paper chromatography/
TLC) and column
chromatography.
5. Will have gained hands-on Practical exercise on Group discussion on
experience of separation of separation of biomolecules the principal and the
mixtures using gel mixtures by using separation pattern of
electrophoresis techniques PAGE/Agarose and
(PAGE/Agarose) and centrifugation. protein mixture in
laboratory centrifuges. Will PAGE, DNA in
have gained knowledge of Agarose and

103
working of density gradient centrifugation.
centrifugation with the help Diagrams on
of virtual lab / videos. functioning of various
rotors.
6. Will be able to determine Performance of λmax Oral discussion and
the λmax for an unknown determination in the Lab. short test to evaluate
sample and be able to Demonstration on the principles and
calculate its extinction Autoradiography, NMR utility of
coefficient using a through virtual lab / video. spectrophotometery,
spectrophotometer. Will autoradiography and
get familiar with the NMR techniques in
technique of modern science.
autoradiography and NMR
spectroscopy with the help
of virtual lab / videos.
* Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

104
MICROB-DSE3

PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this course is for students to gain knowledge of the major concepts of
genetics. Students will build a foundation for understanding the basic principles of inheritance
and heredity starting from classical genetics, and will gain insights into chromosomal
behaviour, rearrangements and their consequences. Students will also learn about complex
multifactorial quantitative genetics and population genetics in relation to survival and evolution.
Through this course the students will develop a better understanding of life processes, survival
and maintenance.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: Will be familiar with the laws of inheritance, linkage, crossing over and its application to
gene mapping.

CO2: Will be conversant with mechanisms for extranuclear inheritance.

CO3: Will have learnt of complex traits and population genetics principles.

CO4: Will have learnt about model organisms of genetic research.

CO5: Will have acquired knowledge about pedigree analysis. Will have gathered an
understanding of aberrations in chromosomal structure and number as well as learnt the
techniques of karyotyping and chromosome banding.

CO6: Will have learnt about the giant chromosomes.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1. Introduction to basics of Genetics: History: A brief account of early genetic


experiments: Mendel’s work. Studying variation: phenotype and genotype. Single gene
inheritance pattern: concept of alleles, allelic interactions, autosomal and X-linked inheritance.
Concept of segregation, penetrance, expressivity. Test for allelism: complementation. Two-
gene inheritance pattern: independent assortment versus linkage. Molecular basis of
phenotypic variation and inheritance patterns. Introduction to genetic maps: three point test
crosses. 12

Unit 2. Extra-nuclear inheritance and epigenetics: Introduction and rules of extra-nuclear


inheritance. Organelle heredity: chloroplast mutations in Chlamydomonas and Mirabilis jalapa.
Maternal effect: shell coiling in Limnaea peregra. Infectious heredity: Kappa particles in
Paramecium. 9

105
Unit 3. Quantitative and Population Genetics: Polygenic inheritance, Johannsen pure-line
theory, multiple factor hypothesis. Types of quantitative traits, heritability and its
measurements. Genetic structure of populations, gene pool, genotype frequencies, allele
frequencies. Hardy–Weinberg Law: Assumptions and Predictions. 9

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. A review of model organisms for genetic analysis: Student group research study:
Organisms for genetic research: Escherichia coli, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Neurospora
crassa, Drosophila melanogaster, Caenorhabditis elegans, Arabidopsis thaliana,
Tetrahymena thermophila. Case studies highlighting one major biological finding from studies
with each of these organisms.

Understanding genetic analysis through problem solving: statistical analysis of given genetic
data by Chi-Square Analysis. 30

Unit 5. Studying inheritance in humans: Pedigree analysis: chromosomes and aberrations


through karyotyping and chromosome banding techniques. 20

Unit 6. Study of Giant Chromosomes: Polytene and Lampbrush chromosomes. Preparation


of temporary mounts of salivary glands of Chironomus / Drosophila larvae, and their
visualization by bright field microscopy. Study of lampbrush chromosomes through permanent
mounts. 10

Suggested Reading:

1. Introduction to genetic analysis by A. Griffiths, J. Doebley, C. Peichel and D.


Wassarman. 12th edition. Macmillan Learning. 2020.

2. Laboratory Manual for Principles of Genetics by W. Mhiret. Lap Lambert Academic


Publishing. 2020.

3. Concepts of Genetics by W.S. Klug, M.R. Cummings, C. Spencer


and M. Palladino. 12th edition. Pearson Education, USA. 2019.

4. Genetics: A Conceptual Approach By B. Pierce. 7th edition. W.H. Freeman and Co.
2019.

5. Genetics: Analysis of Genes and Genomes by D. Hartl and B. Cochrane. 9th


edition. Jones and Bartlett Learning, USA. 2017.

6. Introducing Epigenetics : A graphic guide by C. Ennis. Icon Books Ltd, India.


2017.

7. iGenetics- A Molecular Approach by P.J. Russell. 3rd edition. Pearson Education


India. 2016.
8. Principles of Genetics by D. Snustad and M. Simmons. 7th edition. Wiley and Sons,
UK. 2015.

106
Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Teaching and Learning Assessment Tasks*


no. Outcomes Activity
1. Will be familiar with Classroom lecture and Quiz on contributions of
the laws of powerpoint presentations on scientists and model
inheritance, linkage, Mendel’s laws using Punnett organisms.
crossing over and its square diagrams.
application to gene Diagrams/pictures and Assessment through
mapping videos on mechanisms of multiple problems based on
linkage and crossing over. Mendel’s laws and linkage

2. Will be conversant Classroom lectures and Assessment based on ten


with mechanisms for PowerPoint presentations minutes oral PowerPoint
extranuclear on types, mechanisms with presentation on a given
inheritance. examples on extranuclear trait by student
inheritance and
epigenetics with examples.
3. Will have learnt Classroom lectures and Assessment through
of complex power point presentations on Interpretation of given
traits and polygenic inheritance with quantitative trait data and
population examples from plants and problems based on Hardy
genetics humans. Applying Hardy Weinberg Law.
principles. Weinberg law to populations.

4. Will have learnt about Student group research study Presentations of student
model organisms of on the use of model systems group research studies.
genetic research. in genetics. Use of chi findings. Problems
square analysis in genetics
based on genetic crosses
data.

5. Will have acquired Practicals on karyotyping Test on identification of


knowledge about and chromosome banding. chromosomal aberrations
pedigree analysis. Will Identification of chromosomal and preparation of
have gathered an aberrations. karyogram from given
understanding of metaphasic spread
aberrations in pictures.
chromosomal
structure and number
as well as learnt the
techniques of
karyotyping and
chromosome
banding.
6. Will have learnt about Hands-on activity in preparing Test on identification of
the giant temporary mounts of salivary giant chromosomes and its
chromosomes. glands of Drosophila and their parts
visualization.

*Assesment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary.

107
MICROB-DSE4
MICROBIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this course is to give students an overview of the beneficial role of
microbial biotechnology in the welfare of humankind. They will learn about harnessing the
power of microorganisms to manufacture medicinal, industrial, and agricultural products.
Students will be acquainted with the large-scale culturing of microorganisms to produce
various metabolites at a commercial scale. Students will gain hands-on experience in
screening samples for enzyme and pigment producers and dye degrading microorganisms.
They will learn to immobilise enzymes and cells and use enzyme-based biosensors for
analytical purposes. The students will get conversant with applications of bioremediation and
the protection of intellectual property rights.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the students:

CO1: Will have acquired an overview of the emerging biotechnology industries at the national
and international level. Will know about the use of microbe-based technologies and
innovations for the benefit of mankind.

CO2: Will be conversant with the potential use of high-yielding microorganisms to commercially
produce human therapeutics and industrial products. Will have gained knowledge of
biosensors and steroid biotransformation.

CO3: Will have learnt how microorganisms are utilized for the industrial production of
biofertilizers and biopesticides. Their potential use in environmental pollution management
shall be studied.

CO4: Will have acquire hands-on experience in the immobilization of biocatalysts (whole
cells/enzymes) and will understand how this technology can find applications in large-scale
enzymatic reactions, bioremediation and designing of biosensor-based kits.

CO5: Will have learnt about screening of environmental samples to isolate organisms with
desired properties (enzyme production, pigment production, dye degradation).

CO6: Will be familiar with research work involving GMOs and approvals required thereof and
will appreciate the importance of protecting Intellectual Property Rights.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1. Microbial Biotechnology as an emerging Industry: Global Biotechnology industries


and their products. Biotechnology trends in India with particular reference to our country's
premier biotechnology institutes and industries and their products : Biocon, Serum Institute of

108
India, Bharat Biotech and Hindustan Antibiotics Ltd. Innovations and Startups based on
Microbial Biotechnology. Biotechnology in mass production of valuable products using
microorganisms and advantages of using microorganisms (Laboratory, pilot and industrial-
scale bioreactors). 4

Unit 2. Microbial Biotechnology in the development of human therapeutics and


industrial products: Prokaryotes and eukaryotes as expression hosts for heterologous
proteins. Microbial production of therapeutic recombinant products: hormones (insulin, human
growth hormone), thrombolytic agents (streptokinase and tPA) and vaccines (Hepatitis B and
Covid-19 vaccines). Industrial bulk products: Production of microbial polysaccharides (xanthan
gum and agar-agar), bioplastics (PHB), food-grade pigments/colorants (phycocyanin and
Beta-carotene/lycopene), high fructose corn syrup. Development and functioning of enzyme-
based biosensors (GOD and cholesterol oxidase). Microbial transformation of steroids.
14

Unit 3. Role of Microbial Biotechnology in agriculture and environment management:


Biofertilizers: liquid and carrier-based biofertilizers. Mass production of Rhizobium,
Acetobacter diazotrophicus, Azotobacter sp. Commercial production of Biocontrol agents
(Bacillus thuringiensis & Trichoderma harzianum).

Development of transgenic crops with particular emphasis on insect resistance, viral resistance
and nutritional quality enhancement (Bt-brinjal, Roundup-ready crops and golden rice). RNAi
and its application in crop improvement.

Edible vaccines, synthetic meat and Single Cell Protein (Spirulina & Fusarium graminearum),
biodiesel production (algal biofuel). Microbial bioremediation of oil spills using genetically
modified organisms (GMOs) and microbial consortia. Microorganisms in the removal of heavy
metals from aqueous effluents and copper bioleaching. 12

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Immobilization of enzymes, cells and biosensors: Immobilization of yeast cells


(Saccharomyces cerevisiae) by entrapment using calcium alginate beads/agarose/agar and
determination of the invertase activity of the immobilized cells by carrying out an invertase
assay. Immobilization of an enzyme (amylase/urease/invertase) using calcium alginate/
agarose/ agar and study of its long term storage stability using enzyme assays. Use of an
enzyme-based biosensor (glucose oxidase/glucose-1-dehydrogenase based devices to
monitor glucose uptake/consumption during a fermentation; cholesterol oxidase/beta-
hydroxybutyrate dehydrogenase-based kits to monitor changes in levels of the substrate over
a period of time) 18
Unit 5. Screening for enzymes and pigment-producer / dye-degrading microorganisms,
and expression of a cloned gene: Primary screening of soil samples to isolate
microorganisms that produce hydrolytic enzymes (any one): amylase, protease, lipase, CM
cellulase, xylanase. Isolation of pigment-producing microorganisms from the environment and
laboratory-scale production of any pigment using the shake-flask technique OR Screening for
dye-degrading (methylene blue/ methyl orange/ Rhodamine B, etc.) microorganisms from the
environment using plate assays and study of the absorption spectra of any dye. Transformation
and expression studies of a given plasmid (expressing Green Fluorescent Protein) in the BL21

109
strain of E coli, analysis of protein expression using SDS-PAGE. 30

Unit 6. An orientation to the biosafety regulatory framework for Genetically Modified


Organisms (GMOs) in India: An introduction to different methods of protecting Intellectual
Property in India (Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Geographical Indications, Industrial
Design and New Plant Varieties). Filing applications for approval of research proposals by the
concerned regulatory bodies. Filing of a patent application to the regulator for the protection of
a GMO. Student group research project: Case study of any microbial consortium available
in India for environmental bioremediation. 12

Suggested Reading:
1. Industrial Microbiology by A.H. Patel. 2nd edition. Laxmi publication Pvt Ltd/Trinity
Press. 2022.

2. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

3. Industrial Microbiology by L.E. Casida. 2nd edition. New Age International Publisher.
2019.

4. Intellectual Property Rights in India. Pidigam Saidaiah and K. Ravinder Reddy.


International Books and Periodical Supply Service. 2020.
5. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.
McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

6. Crueger’s Biotechnology: A Textbook of Industrial Microbiology by W. Crueger,


A. Crueger and K.R.Aneja. 3rd edition. Medtech Publisher, India. 2017.

7. Principles of Fermentation Technology by P.F. Stanbury, A.Whitaker and S.J.


Hall. 3rd edition. Elsevier Science Ltd, Netherlands. 2016.

8. Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology


by A.E. Brown and H. Smith. 15th edition. Mc-Graw Hill Education, USA. 2022.

9. Manual of Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology by R.H. Baltz, A.L.Domain, and


J.E. Davies. 3rd edition. American Society for Microbiology. 2010.

10. Molecular Biotechnology by B.R. Glick, J.J. Pasternak and C.L. Patten. 4th edition,
ASM Press, USA. 2009.

11. Microbial Biotechnology: Fundamentals of Applied Microbiology by A.N. Glazer and


H. Nikaido. 2nd edition. W.H. Freeman and Company, UK. 2007.

12. Manual of Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology by A.L. Demain, J.E. Davies
and R.M. Atlas. 2nd edition. ASM Press, USA. 1999.

13. The DBT portal: https://dbtindia.gov.in/regulations-uidelines/regulations/biosafety-


programme

110
14. Intellectual Property Rights: Chapter III on the INFLIBNET portal:
http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/205165/7/chapter%20iii.pdf

Facilitating the Achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Learning Assessment Tasks*


No. Activity

1 Will have acquired an overview of Traditional teaching using Brief topic wise oral
the emerging biotechnology chalk and board, presentations on the
industries at the national and PowerPoint presentations prospects of microbial
international level. Will know and class discussions. biotechnology industries and
about the use of microbe-based discussion on successful
technologies and innovations for Indian Startups
the benefit of mankind.

2 Will be conversant with the Conventional chalk and talk Analysis through flow charts,
potential use of high-yielding lectures followed by assignments, discussions
microorganisms to commercially slideshows and videos. and MCQs.
produce human therapeutics and
industrial products. Will have
gained knowledge of biosensors
and steroid biotransformation.

3 Will have learnt how Traditional classroom Assignments and


microorganisms are utilized for lectures, PowerPoint presentations by the students
the industrial production of presentations and of the subtopics, followed by
biofertilizers and biopesticides. educational videos. interactive sessions in the
Their potential use in end.
environmental pollution
management shall be studied.

4 Will have acquire hands-on Classroom lectures, Practical assignments and


experience in the immobilization PowerPoint presentations presentations. Analysis of
of biocatalysts (whole and educational videos to results of performed
cells/enzymes) and will augment hands-on experiments, and recording
understand how this technology experimentation in of observations
can find applications in large- immobilization by
scale enzymatic reactions, entrapment technique to
bioremediation and designing of demonstrate reusability of
biosensor-based kits. enzymes and whole
microbial cells.

Use of hand-held
glucometers to monitor
sugar utilization during

111
mass culturing of
microorganisms.

5 Will have learnt about screening Planning and execution of Preparation of flowcharts for
of environmental samples to experiments for primary various protocols and
isolate organisms with desired screening of soil samples in quizzes. Analysis and
properties (enzyme production, order to isolate good recording of observations and
pigment production, dye microbial producers of results of performed
degradation). enzymes/pigments/dye experiments.
degrading microorganisms
by using plate assays/shake
flasks/study of absorption
spectra

6 Will be familiar with research work Seminar on introduction of Class discussion based on a
involving GMOs and approvals concept, need and types of suitable case study,
required thereof and will IP protection; A step-by-
Presentations on IPR and
appreciate the importance of step familiarization with the
GMOs especially in the
protecting Intellectual Property procedure of filing a patent
Indian context
Rights. and the DBT portal
https://dbtindia.gov.in/regula
tions-
guidelines/regulations/biosa
fety-programme

*Assessment tasks listed here are solely indicative, and may vary

112
MICROB-DSE5
APPLICATIONS OF INFORMATICS IN BIOLOGY
Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)
Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this paper is to enable the students to develop a clear understanding of
the various concepts and applications of bioinformatics, a field which encompasses diverse
applied disciplines such as molecular biology, genomics, proteomics, transcriptomics and
systems biology. Students will also learn applications of artificial intelligence in bioinformatics.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: Will be acquainted with the goals of bioinformatics and its applications. Will have gained
in-depth knowledge of diverse types of biological databases. Will have learnt the concept and
significance of sequence alignment, phylogeny, types of phylogenetic trees.

CO2: Will have gathered understanding of diversity of viral, prokaryotic, eukaryotic genomes
and their organization. Will understand proteomics along with the details of structure of
proteins, protein structure prediction, and energy minimizations.

CO3: Will have understood the significance of artificial intelligence and machine learning in
various biological applications. Will have learnt about computer-aided drug discovery. Will be
familiar with epitope prediction and its significance in vaccine development and allergen
prediction.

CO4: Will have gained hands-on training on biological databases, similarity searches,
sequence alignments and phylogenetic analysis.

CO5: Will have gained hands-on training on genomic databases and analysis, gene prediction
and other features, and concepts of primer designing.

CO6: Will have gained hands-on experience in identifying secondary structural features of
proteins, prediction of protein structure models from amino acid sequences, molecular
docking and epitope prediction.

Contents:
Theory: 30 hours
Unit 1. Fundamentals of bioinformatics, sequence alignment and phylogeny: Aims and
scope of bioinformatics. Concepts of genome, transcriptome, proteome, systems biology,
metabolome, interactome and neural network. Biological databases and types. Sequence
similarity and Sequence alignment (Local and Global Sequence alignment), pairwise and
multiple sequence alignment. Phylogeny, rooted and unrooted trees. 10

Unit 2. Genomics and Proteomics: Features of the viral, prokaryotic (E. coli) and eukaryotic
(human) genomes. Gene Ontology, Hierarchy, and features of protein structure, Structural
classes, motifs, folds and domains. Homology modelling of tertiary structure of protein,
113
Molecular dynamic simulations and energy minimizations, Evaluation by Ramachandran plot.
10
Unit 3. Artificial Intelligence in bioinformatics: Role of AI and machine learning in biology
(proteomics, structural biology, disease management, drug discovery and genomics).
Computer-aided drug discovery and design. Bioinformatics in epitope mapping for vaccine
design and allergen prediction. 10

Practicals: 60 hours
Unit 4: Biological Databases, similarity search, sequence alignments and phylogenetic
analysis: Study of bioinformatics databases, File formats: FASTA, GenBank. Sequence
submission tools: NCBI, PDB. Sequence retrieval and similarity search using BLAST, Multiple
sequence (DNA/Protein) alignment using CLUSTAL omega. Phylogenetic analysis using
MEGA. 24

Unit 5: Identification and analysis of genome features: Picking out a given gene from
genomes using GENSCAN or other software (promoter region identification, repeats in the
genome, ORF prediction, Gene finding tools), Genome browsing using Ensemble/Genome
Data Viewer (NCBI) for features of E. coli and Human Genome (Search a genomic assembly
to display a region annotated with a particular gene), Design and analysis of PCR primers
using PRIMER BLAST or any other tool. 16

Unit 6. Protein structure prediction and evaluation, molecular docking, epitope


prediction: Primary structure analysis. Secondary structure prediction using psi-pred.
Molecular visualization using JMOL/PyMOL, protein structure model evaluation, virtual
screening of drugs using AUTODOC-VINA/ any other software, Demonstration of IEDB
(https://www.iedb.org) server for the prediction of HLA class I and II binding epitopes. 20
Suggested Reading:

1. Bioinformatics: Tools and Techniques edited by L. Baker. 1st edition. Callisto. 2018.

2. Applied Bioinformatics: An Introduction by P. Selzer, R. Marhöfer and O. Koch. 2nd


edition. Springer, USA. 2018.

3. Bioinformatics Techniques for Drug Discovery: Applications for Complex Diseases by


A. Kaushik, A. Kumar, S. Bharadwaj and R. Chaudhary. 1st edition. Springer
International, UK. 2018.

4. Foundations of Computing by P. Sinha and P.K. Sinha. 6th edition. BPB Publications,
India. 2017.

5. Basic Applied Bioinformatics by C. Mukhopadhyay, R. Choudhary and M.A. Iquebal.


1st edition. Wiley-Blackwell, USA. 2017.

6. Bioinformatics: Principles and Applications by Z. Ghosh and V. Mallick. 1st edition.


Oxford University Press, India. 2015.

7. Introduction to Bioinformatics by M.Lesk. 4th edition. Oxford Publication, UK. 2014.

114
8. Bioinformatics: methods and applications, genomic, proteomics and drug discovery
by S. Rastogi, N. Mendiratta and P. Rastogi. 4th edition. Prentice Hall India
Publication. 2007.

Facilitating the Achievement of Course Learning Objectives

Unit Course learning Teaching and learning activities Assessment tasks*


outcomes

1 Will be acquainted Class room lecture on MCQ on various


with the goals of introduction and scope of Databases.
bioinformatics and its Bioinformatics, ICT/live Group task on
applications. Will have session on features of Identifying the
gained in-depth different types of biological database with the
knowledge of diverse databases. help of a pictorial
types of biological Detailed discussion of aligning quiz. Mathematical
databases. Will have sequences in various ways problem on
learnt the concept and including pairwise, local, global and construction a
significance of multiple sequence alignments. phylogenetic
sequence alignment, Class discussion on appropriate tree using the given
phylogeny, types of tree construction strategies set of sequences.
phylogenetic trees. with the given sequences and class
lecture on molecular clocks.

2 Will have gathered Example-based MCQ on features of


understanding of teaching on viral, bacterial and bacterial, viral and
diversity of viral, eukaryotic genomes. Interactive eukaryotic genomes.
prokaryotic, eukaryotic discussion on Problem solving
genomes and their genome organization and question of gene
organization. Will the recent developments in this prediction from a
understand proteomics field. Class lecture on hierarchy of genomic sequence.
along with the details protein structures, discussion on Pictorial Quiz on
of structure of domains, folds and motifs. Practical identification of
proteins, protein example based teaching on secondary
structure prediction, prediction of protein and super
and energy structure. Demonstration of secondary
minimizations. molecular simulations and energy structures.
minimizations in drug development.
prediction of protein structure and
on evaluation using Ramachandran
Plot

3 Will have understood Practical example based Group discussion on


the significance of Approaches and discussion on AI and machine
artificial intelligence using AI and machine learning in Learning applications.
and machine learning different aspects of biology and A quiz on various
in various biological Disease management. Using open resource
applications. Will have specific online softwares, mapping softwares
learnt about computer- epitope o f an unknown p r o t e i n available for drug
aided drug discovery. Sequence and finding allergen designing and
Will be familiar with discovery. Giving

115
epitope prediction and features which is useful in vaccine individual protein
its significance in development sequences and
vaccine development testing student ability
and allergen prediction. in epitope prediction
of an unknown
protein sequence.

4 Will have gained Demonstration/live session on Group


hands-on training on features of NCBI, PDB presentation on
biological databases, databases, ICT/live session on one small project
similarity searches, features of different types of on sequence
sequence alignments biological databases, Hands on retrieval from
and phylogenetic session/video on NCBI, similarity
analysis. tools/softwares for uploading search using
and downloading data from BLAST, Clustal W
NCBI, PDB and create a
Practical example based phylogeny tree
teaching on sequence retrieval
using BLAST,
Video tutorial on ClustalW and
MEGA

5. Will have gained Practical example-based Find and report


hands-on training on demonstration of GDV/Ensemble gene/proteins and
genomic databases with an example each from viral, their homologs from
and analysis, gene bacterial and eukaryotic genomes. GDV.
prediction and other Practical example based primer Exercise on primer
features, and designing and gene prediction design to isolate a
concepts of primer mRNA
designing. Individual written
assignment on gene
prediction from a
given sequence.

6. Will have gained Practical example based Poster


hands-on teaching on prediction of submission on
experience in protein structure from primary prediction of
identifying sequence. protein structure
secondary structural Demonstration of evaluation of from a given
features of proteins, a model, 3D structure viewers primary
prediction of protein (RasMOL, PyMOL). sequence
structure models Hands-on homology modelling
from amino acid using SWISS MODEL. Report
sequences, Video tutorial on Molecular submission in
molecular docking Docking, live session on use of the form of
and epitope IEDB individual
prediction. assignment on
molecular
docking and
IEDB
*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary

116
MICROB-DSE6

ADVANCES IN MICROBIOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this course is to educate students about the latest developments in the
field of microbiology and apprise them of the cutting-edge technologies being used for
research and development. They will learn the uses of omics approaches, meta-omics,
systems biology, and synthetic biology. They will become familiar with the development and
applications of CRISPR-Cas technology and will gain insights into the versatile field of
microbial nanotechnology.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.


Course Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student:
CO1: Will have gained knowledge about the host-microbe arms race. Will be familiar with
newer methods to combat challenges of antimicrobial resistance and biofilms.
CO2: Will know about the use of meta-omics approaches in research. Will be aware of the
latest cutting-edge technology of CRISPR-Cas and its applications.
CO3: Will have gained knowledge about Systems and Synthetic Biology and their applications.
Will have learnt the principles, techniques, and applications of the versatile field of
nanobiotechnology.
CO4: Will have acquired practical training in soil metagenomics and PCR-based taxonomy
analysis. Will become familiar with major metagenomics projects worldwide through case
studies.
CO5: Will have learnt to synthesize and test silver nanoparticles with antimicrobial properties
from plant, fungal/bacterial extracts. Will also learn about the analytical research tools to
characterize the nanoparticles.
CO6: Will be acquainted with Poliovirus synthesis, mRNA vaccine synthesis and Genome
synthesis of mycoplasma through case studies.
Contents:
Theory: 30 hours
Unit 1. Host- microbe interactions and use of microbes in healthcare: Host-Microbe arms
race, genome- pathogenicity islands, Type Three Secretion System (T3SS), Quorum Sensing,
and Biofilm formation in bacteria. Viral zoonosis and pandemics. Gene for Gene hypothesis,
hypersensitive response, plant resistance genes, and signal transduction mechanism.
Addressing the challenges of Anti-Microbial Resistance (AMR) and biofilms by phages, and of
cancer through oncolytic viruses. 10
Unit 2: Modern molecular techniques in Microbiology: Meta-Omics technology
(Metagenomics, Metatranscriptomics, Metaproteomics, and Metabolomics): Principles,
techniques deployed, and applications. CRISPR-Cas technology- History, mechanism,
applications (in Health, Agriculture and other Industries) and limitations of this technology. 10

117
Unit 3: Systems biology, Synthetic biology, and Nanobiotechnological Approaches in
Microbiology: Systems biology approach for holistic perspectives and better outcomes.
Types of Biological Networks. Cell signaling and interaction networks. Synthetic biology:
principles and applications. Concept, methodology, and applications of Microbial
Nanotechnology in health, agriculture, and food industry. Applications of Viral and Viral-like
Nanoparticles. 10
Practicals: 60 hours
Unit 4: Metagenomic technique to study soil microorganisms: Hands-on training in extraction
of DNA from soil, and PCR amplification of metagenomic DNA using universal16S ribosomal
gene primers. Student group project: Research and review on major metagenomic projects
(Sargasso Sea Project, Viral Metagenomics and Human Microbiome Project) 20

Unit 5: Synthesis and analysis of silver nanoparticles from plants extracts and
microbes (fungi/bacteria). Hands-on training in synthesis of silver nanoparticles by any one
method. Testing of antimicrobial properties of synthesized silver nanoparticles.
Characterization of nanoparticles by UV-vis Spectroscopy, X-ray Diffraction (XRD), Scanning
and Transmission Electron Microscopy (SEM and TEM) through virtual labs / videos. Visit to
Sophisticated Instrumentation Facility of a research institution. 25

Unit 6: Student research study project: Poliovirus Synthesis: a case study to understand
how the poliovirus was synthesized in the laboratory. mRNA-Vaccine Synthesis: a case study
of the steps involved in synthesis of mRNA vaccine and testing its efficacy. Student group
project: Covid19 mRNA vaccines in the market in India and overseas. Genome synthesis of
mycoplasma: a case study to develop a synthetic genome of mycoplasma. 15
Suggested Reading:
1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan, and J.M. Martinko. 16th edition.
Pearson., USA. 2021.
2. Microbiomes: Current Knowledge and unanswered Questions by E. Rosenberg.
Springer Nature, Switzerland. 2021.
3. An Introduction to Systems Biology: Design, Principles of Biological Circuits by Uri
Alon, 2nd edition. CRC Press. 2020.
4. Antimicrobial Resistance: Global Challenges and Future Interventions edited by Sabu
Thomas. Springer. 2020.
5. Biological Synthesis of Nanoparticles and Their Applications, by L. Karthik, A. Vishnu
Kirthi, S. Ranjan, V. M. Srinivasan. CRC Press, Taylor and Francis, USA. 2020
6. Genomic Engineering via CRISPR-Cas 9 system edited by Vijay Singh and Pawan K.
Dhar. Academic Press. 2020
7. Microbial Nanotechnology edited by M. Rai and Golinsky P. CRC Press. 2020
8. Bacterial Pathogenesis: A Molecular Approach by B.A. Wilson, A.A. Salyers, D. D.
Whitt, and M.E. Winkler. 4th edition. ASM Press, USA. 2019.
9. Implications of Quorum Sensing and Biofilm formation in Medicine, Agriculture and
Food Industry by P. V. Bramhachari. Springer. 2019.
10. Nanotechnology in Food: Concepts, Applications, and Perspective by H.J. Malmiri.
Springer. 2019.
11. Quorum Sensing: Molecular Mechanism and Biotechnological Applications by G.
Tommonaro. Academic Press, USA. 2019.

118
12. Agricultural Nanobiotechnology: Modern Agriculture for a Sustainable Future by F.
Lopez-Valdez and F. Fernandez-Luqueno. Springer. 2018.
13. Implications of Quorum Sensing System in Biofilm Formation and Virulence by
Bramhachari. Springer. 2018.
14. Nanobiotechnology: Human Health and the Environment by A. Dhawan, S. Singh, A.
Kumar, and R. Shanker (editors). CRC Press, USA. 2018.
15. Synthetic Biology: Omics Tools and their Applications by Shailza Singh. Springer. 2018
16. Viral Metagenomics: Methods and Protocol by V. Pantaleo and M. Chiumenti. Springer
Protocols. Humana Press. 2018.
17. Virus Derived Nanoparticles for Advanced Technologies-Methods and Protocols by C.
Wege and G. Lomonsoff. Humana Press, Springer, USA. 2018.
18. Microbial Biofilms: Omics Biology, Antimicrobials and Clinical Implications by C. J.
Seneviratne. CRC Press. 2017.
19. Precision Medicine, CRISPR, and Genome Engineering: Moving from Association to
Biology and Therapeutics by S. H. Tsang. Springer. 2017.
20. Systems Biology: A textbook by E. Klipp et al. 2nd edition. Wiley-VCH. 2016.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcome


Unit Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and learning Activity Assessment Tasks*
no.

1 Will have gained knowledge Analysis of microbial evolution. Assignments, MCQs,


about the host-microbe arms Understanding of host-microbe Tests, seminar
race. Will be familiar with newer arms race. Learning of AMR exercise
methods to combat challenges and biofilm problem through
of antimicrobial resistance and PPT, classroom lectures,
biofilms. animated videos, pictorial
representations
2 Will know about the use of Understanding of different Meta- Assignments,
meta-omics approaches in Omics approaches used in Presentations, Quiz,
research. Will be aware of the scientific research. Gain Classroom tests
latest cutting-edge technology of understanding about the gene
CRISPR-Cas and its editing technology-CRISPR-Cas
applications. through videos, PPT, lectures,
and pictorial representations.
3 Will have gained knowledge The latest developments in Presentations,
about Systems and Synthetic Systems, Synthetic biology and Assignments,
Biology and their applications. Nanobiotechnology, and their Worksheets
Will have learnt the principles, applications will be discussed
techniques, and applications of through interactive sessions,
the versatile field of PPT, animations and pictorial
nanobiotechnology. representations.
4 Will have acquired practical Hands-on training in isolation of Discussions on
training in soil metagenomics genomic DNA from soil sample important software/
and PCR-based taxonomy and PCR amplification of 16S tools for
analysis. Will become familiar rDNA metagenomics.
with major metagenomics Practical record
projects worldwide through case submission and
studies. assessment.
Presentations

119
5 Will have learnt to synthesize Learn the different biological Interactive sessions on
and test silver nanoparticles with
routes of nanoparticle synthesis understanding the
antimicrobial properties from and its characterization using lab synthesis mechanisms
plant, fungal/bacterial extracts.
sessions, lectures, videos, PPT, of nanoparticles.
Will also have learnt about thepictorial representations. Practical record
analytical research tools to Hands-on training on synthesis submission and
characterize the nanoparticles.of silver nanoparticles. assessment.
6 Will be acquainted with Learn the developments in Presentations and
Poliovirus synthesis, mRNA synthetic biology using the case Questions related to
vaccine synthesis and Genome studies of poliovirus synthesis, case studies. Practical
synthesis of mycoplasma mRNA vaccine synthesis and record submission and
through case studies. genome synthesis of assessment.
mycoplasma through PPT,
videos, lectures, e-content etc.
*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

120
MICROB-DSE7

APPLICATIONS OF STATISTICS IN BIOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this course is to enable the students to understand the basic concepts
of statistics and how statistics helps in analysing biological data by using simple examples.
Students will learn to handle biological data using statistical tools and to draw appropriate
conclusions from the analysis.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.


Course Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: Will understand the collection and analysis of data through descriptive statistics
CO2: Will learn about measures of skewness and kurtosis, Discrete and Continuous
Random variable; with emphasis on examples from biological sciences.

CO3: Will gain an understanding of correlation and regression.


CO4: Will have in-depth understanding of various Discrete and Continuous Distributions
namely Binomial, Poisson, Exponential and Normal distribution.
CO5: Will have learnt different statistical methods, principles of statistical analysis of
biological data, sampling parameters.
CO6: Will have learnt about large sample test based on normal distribution, and small
sample test based on t-test and F test
Contents:
Theory: 30 hours
Unit 1. Data collection and handling: Collection, Classification, Tabulation and Graphical
representation of Data. Measure of central tendency and dispersion. Correlation and
Regression analysis: Relation between two variables, curve fitting, two regression lines, Karl
Pearson’s coefficient of correlation. 10

Unit 2: Probability, variables and types of distribution: Probability theory and concept of
Random Variable (discrete and continuous), Standard distributions: Exponential distribution,
Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, Normal distributions. 10

Unit 3: p-value and sample tests: Sampling Distributions, Testing of Hypothesis, Level of
Significance and Degree of Freedom; Interpretation and significance of p-value. Large Sample
Test based on Normal Distribution, small sample test based on t-test and F test. 10
Practicals: 60 hours
Unit 4: Handling of data, dispersion, Karl Pearson coefficient, and regression analysis
using Excel: Handling of data using measures of central tendency; handling of data using

121
measures of dispersion; finding Karl Pearson correlation coefficient and interpretation of
result; Spearman rank correlation with and without ties; how to obtain regression lines. 20
Unit 5: Distributions (Practical Using Excel): Fitting of binomial distributions for n and p =
q = ½ given; fitting of Poisson distributions for given value of lambda; application problems
based on binomial distribution; application problems based on Poisson distribution; problems
based on area property of normal distribution; finding the ordinate for a given area for normal
distribution; application based problems using normal distribution 20

Unit 6: Sample tests and their applications (Practical Using Excel): Problems based on
Large Sample Tests and interpretation of result; estimators of population mean when
Population is large; Tests of hypotheses for the parameters of a normal distribution- Single
Mean; Tests of hypotheses for the parameters of a normal distribution -Difference of Means;
application of t-test- single mean, difference of means and Paired t-test; application of F-
test and interpretation of result on given data set. 20

Suggested reading:
1. Introduction to the Theory of Statistics by A.M. Mood, F.A. Graybill and D. C. Boes. 3rd
edition (Reprint). Tata McGraw-Hill, India. 2017.
2. An Introduction to Medical Statistics by M. Bland. 4th edition. Oxford University Press
USA, 2015.
3. An Introduction to Biostatistics by N. Gurumani. 2nd edition. MJP publishers, India.
2014.
4. An introduction to Biostatistics and Research Methods by PSS Sunder Rao and J.
Richard. 5th edition. PHI learning, India. 2012.
5. Fundamentals of Statistics (Vol. I & II) by A. M. Goon, M. K. Gupta and B. Dasgupta.
8th edition. The World Press, India. 2008.
6. Mathematical Statistics with Applications by I. Miller and M. Miller. 7th edition, Pearson
Education, Asia. 2006.
7. Biostatistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences by Daniel, Wayne W.
John Wiley, UK. 2005.
8. Fundamentals of Biostatistics by Irfan A Khan. Ukaaz Publications, India. 1994.

Facilitating the Achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Assessment Tasks*


No. learning
Activity
1 Will understand the collection and Classroom Participation in class
analysis of data through lectures and discussion and completion
descriptive statistics Practical work of assignments/MCQ, short
using Excel. quiz.
2 Will learn about measures of Classroom Participation in class
skewness and kurtosis, Discrete lectures and discussion and completion
and Continuous Random variable; Practical work of assignments/MCQ, short
with emphasis on examples from using Excel. quiz.
biological sciences.
3 Will gain an understanding of Classroom Participation in class
correlation and regression lectures and discussion and completion

122
Practical work of assignments/MCQ, short
using Excel. quiz.
4 Will have in-depth understanding Classroom Participation in class
of various Discrete and lectures and discussion and completion
Continuous Distributions namely Practical work of assignments, MCQ
Binomial, Poisson, Exponential using Excel.
and Normal distribution.
5 Will have learnt different statistical Classroom Participation in class
methods, principles of statistical lectures and discussion.
analysis of biological data, Practical work (ii) Ability to apply concepts
sampling parameters. using Excel. in practical examples
6 Will have learnt about large Classroom Participation in class
sample test based on normal lectures and discussion, identification of
distribution, and small sample test Practical work appropriate tests based on
based on t-test and F test using Excel. sample size, interpretation
of results and conclusion.

*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

123
MICROB-DSE8

PLANT-PATHOGEN INTERACTIONS

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this course is to provide the students with an overview of the
interactions of pathogenic microbes with their host plants, and how these interactions
lead to plant disease. The students will become aware of the biochemical basis of plant-
pathogen interactions, the production of virulence factors by pathogens, and thei
defence mechanisms induced in plants in response to infection. They will learn about
the genetic basis of disease resistance. They will be able to identify plant pathogens
from the symptoms and microscopic study of infected plant specimens.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: Will have been introduced to the important terms related to plant diseases. Will be
acquainted with the scientific contributions of prominent plant pathologists.

CO2: Will understand how microbes attack plants using enzymes, toxins, growth
regulators etc., thereby affecting their physiological processes. Will also understand
how plants defend themselves upon attack by pathogens. Case studies of some
important plant diseases will help them understand plant –pathogen interactions clearly.

CO3: Will have acquired knowledge about the genetics of plant disease and resistance,
and will have learnt about developing disease-resistant transgenic plants.

CO4: Will learn to identify plant pathogens by observing symptoms of diseased plants,
cutting sections/ preparing whole mounts of diseased plant material, and observing
microscopically.

CO5: Will study the etiology, symptoms and control measures of specific bacterial,
phytoplasma, virus and viroid diseases with the help of photographs of diseased plants.
Will also familiarize themselves with the common disease symptoms observed in locally
grown plants during a field visit.

CO6: Will understand the concept of Koch’s postulates using pathogen-infected plant
material.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1. Introduction to plant pathology: Concepts and history: Concept of disease


and pathogenesis. Causal organisms and symptoms associated with common plant
diseases: rust, smut, blight, chlorosis, necrosis, gall, mosaic and wilt. Contributions of
the following plant pathologists: E. J. Butler, Anton DeBary, Alexis Millardet, E. Smith,
T. O. Diener, E. C. Stakman, J. E. Vanderplank, B. B. Mundkur, J. F. Dastur. 5

Unit 2. Physiochemical basis of host-pathogen interactions: Virulence factors of

124
pathogens - Enzymes: pectinases, cellulases. Toxins: host-specific (HV, T-toxin) and
non-specific (tabtoxin, tentoxin). Growth regulators: auxin, gibberellin. Virulence factors
in viruses: replicase, coat protein, silencing suppressors. Host physiological processes
affected by pathogens - photosynthesis, respiration, cell membrane permeability,
translocation of water and nutrients, plant growth and reproduction. Defense
mechanisms in plants - Inducible structural defenses (histological: cork layer, abscission
layer, tyloses,gums), inducible biochemical defenses (hypersensitive response (HR),
systemic acquired resistance (SAR), phytoalexins, pathogenesis-related (PR) proteins).
Study of some important diseases (etiology, epidemiology, symptoms and control
measures): bacterial (crown gall), fungal (black stem rust of wheat), viral (Tobacco
mosaic virus, Banana bunchy top). 19

Unit 3. Genetics of plant disease resistance: Gene for gene hypothesis: concept of
resistance (R) gene and avirulence (avr) gene, the gene for gene hypothesis. Types of
plant resistance: true resistance– horizontal and vertical, apparent resistance-disease
escape, disease tolerance. Genetic engineering for disease resistance in plants: with
plant-derived genes and pathogen-derived genes. 6

Practicals: Duration: 60 hours

Unit 4. Identification of plant pathogens examining infections microscopically:


Principle and working method of lactophenol cotton blue staining. Preparation of whole
mount of plant material, followed by staining with lactophenol cotton blue and
microscopic observation for identification of the pathogen. Cutting fine transverse
sections of infected plant material, staining with lactophenol cotton blue and observing
the slide microscopically for identification of the pathogen. Any four from: Albugo/
Puccinia/ Ustilago/ /Phytophthora/Fusarium / Peronospora. 24

Unit 5. Study of plant diseases: Study of the etiology, symptoms and control
measures of the following diseases. Bacterial: angular leaf spot of cotton, citrus canker.
Phytoplasma: aster yellow, citrus stubborn. Viral: rice tungro disease, papaya ring spot,
leaf curl of tomato. Viroid: potato spindle tuber, coconut cadang cadang disease.

Field visit to a local park/college garden, to study common plant disease symptoms in
plants. Recording observations in files with photographs of the diseased plants.
Study research study project: History, etiology, symptoms, control measures, and
economic impact if any, of any four rare plant diseases. 24

Unit 6. Demonstration of Koch’s postulates using a fruit/ vegetable infected with


a plant pathogen: Observation of symptoms, isolation of pathogen by inoculation on
potato dextrose agar plates, microscopic identification of the pathogen. Reinoculating
it on a healthy fruit/vegetable to observe for similar symptoms, followed by reisolating
it and observing microscopically in order to prove Koch’s postulates. 12

Suggested Reading:

1. Fundamental of Plant Pathology Practical Manual by S. Singh, A. Kumar, A.K.


Mishra. 1st edition. Deepika Book Agency, India. 2021.

2. Practical lab manual for Microbiology and Plant pathology by Huma Naaz, Hadi
Husain Khan, Chandan Kumar Singh. 1st edition. AkiNik Publications, India.
2018.

125
3. Plant Diseases by R.S. Singh. 10th edition. MedTech, India. 2017.

4. Introduction to Principles of Plant Pathology by R.S. Singh. 5th edition.


MedTech, India.2017.

5. Plant Pathology by R.S. Mehrotra and A. Aggarwal. 3rd edition. Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, India. 2017.

6. Diseases of Crop Plants in India by G. Rangaswami and A. Mahadevan. 4th


edition. Prentice Hall, India. 2005.

7. Plant Pathology by G. N. Agrios. 5th edition. Elsevier Academic Press, USA.


2005.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Assessment Tasks


no. Learning Activity *
1. Will have been introduced to Interactive lecture on MCQ/ Match the
the important terms related to importance of plant following based on
plant diseases. Will be diseases and how this symptomsm and
acquainted with the scientific field developed with contributions of
contributions of prominent emphasis on scientists.
plant pathologists. contributions of
various scientists.
2. Will understand how microbes A detailed lecture Class presentations
attack plants using enzymes, explaining different based on different
toxins, growth regulators etc., weapons of pathogens sub-topics of the
thereby affecting their and defence unit and QUIZ
physiological processes. Will mechanisms of plants based onvarious
also understand how plants with the help of fungal and bacterial
defend themselves upon diagrams. diseases.
attack by pathogens. Case Slide presentation of
studies of some important various diseases.
plant diseases will help them
understand plant –pathogen
interactions clearly.
3. Will have acquired knowledge Class lecture in detail on Class
about the genetics of plant the genetics types of test/assignments
disease and resistance, and will resistance mechanisms in based on the topics
have learnt about developing plants, Flor’s hypothesis taught.
disease-resistant transgenic and development of
plants. transgenic plants.
4. Will learn to identify plant Section cutting and Observation of
pathogens by observing preparation of whole slides for
symptoms of diseased plants, mounts followed by microscopic view.
cutting sections/ preparing staining of infected plant Recording
whole mounts of diseased specimens and experiment in the
plant material, and observing microscopic observations. file.
microscopically.

126
5. Will study the etiology, Videos showing the Quiz on the topics
symptoms and control etiology, symptoms and taught. Preparing
measures of specific control of the plant practical files by
bacterial, phytoplasma, diseases. recording the
virus and viroid diseases with Students will be taken to experiment.
the help of photographs of he garden in the college to
diseased plants. Will also study common plant
familiarize themselves with the disease symptoms.
common disease symptoms
observed in locally grown
plants during a field visit.
6. Will understand the Isolation of pathogen from Recording the
concept of Koch’s infected fruit/vegetable experiment in the
postulates using and re-inoculating in practical file.
pathogen-infected healthy plant Assignment on the
plant material. topic taught
*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

127
MICROB-DSE9

BIOSAFETY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of the course is to introduce students to the fundamental aspects of
biosafety and Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) to enable them to understand concerns related
to safety from biological hazards and to gain an overview of the biosafety regulatory
framework. They will be introduced to the importance of protecting intellectual property and
become familiar with all aspects of the IPR Acts. Through case studies in law and scientific
research students will understand the applications of the legal concepts in the space of
scientists, scientific discoveries and innovations.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: Will have gained an understanding of how national and international biosafety
regulations are formulated and implemented at the level of research institutes and
laboratories locally, so as to safeguard the handlers as well as the environment from
potential pathogens.

CO2: Will have learnt about the role of an IBSC in the biosafety regulatory framework and
how to file an application seeking approval of a research proposal involving an LMO.

CO3: Will have a broad understanding of guidelines and precautions that need to be followed
during the handling of radioisotopes.

CO4: Will appreciate concepts of Intellectual Property Rights, learning how they are protected
through patents. Will learn how to file a patent application.

CO5: Will be acquainted with some International Agreements, Treaties and Acts
governing protection of IPR.

CO6: Will have learnt basic concepts of protection of IP through Copyright, Trademarks,
Geographical indications, Industrial designs, Traditional Knowledge and New Plant Varieties
along with specific biotechnological cases.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1. Biosafety: Biosafety levels and risk groups. Role of Institutional Biosafety
Committees (IBSC). GMOs/LMOs: Concerns and Challenges. GRAS microorganisms. Risk
Analysis, and Assessment for Environmental release of GMOs, Cartagena Protocol.
AERB/RSD/RES guidelines for using radioisotopes in laboratories and precautions to be

128
taken. 12
Unit 2. Intellectual Property Rights and its types: Introduction and need for intellectual
property rights (IPR). Patents: Types of inventions protected by a patent. Prior art search,
patent applications and its types, patenting process. Patent infringement, Rights and Duties
of patent owner. Patent Publications. Trade secrets and know-how agreements. Budapest
Treaty on international recognition of the deposit of microorganisms. Patenting life: legal
protection of biotechnological inventions- World Intellectual Property Rights Organization
(WIPO) TRIPS, compulsory licensing, Patent Co-operation Treaty (PCT) 12

Unit 3. Copyrights, Trademarks, Geographical indications, Industrial designs and New


Plant Varieties and Traditional knowledge: Concepts, need, coverage and duration.
Commercializing Biotechnology Invention. Case studies of Biotechnology. 6

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Biosafety levels and guidelines: Study of the layout and design of BSL-1, BSL-2,
BSL-3 and BSL-4 laboratories and precautions to be followed according to the level of
containment. Filing applications for approval from the Institutional Biosafety Committee
(IBSC). Student group project: the emergence of biotechnology as the most important tool
used to combat the Covid19 pandemic, biosafety protocols in handling Sars-CoV2. 24

Unit 5. Genetically Modified Organism: Designing a suitable strategy to protect a


genetically modified organism. Case study of the release of GMO Bt Cotton. Status of Bt
brinjal and GM mustard in India. 16

Unit 6. Patent applications and related case studies: The procedure for filing a patent
application. Case study of patenting of basmati rice (GI). Case study of turmeric/ neem
(traditional knowledge). Student group project: Preparation of patent application 20

Suggested Reading:

1. Intellectual Property Rights in India by P. Saidaiah and K. Ravinder Reddy.


International Books and Periodical Supply Service, India. 2020.

2. The Blessing and Curse of Biotechnology: A Primer on Biosafety and Biosecurity,


article by R. Langer and S. Sharma.
https://carnegieendowment.org/2020/11/20/blessing-and-curse-of-biotechnology-
primer-on-biosafety-and-biosecurity-p. 2020.

3. Intellectual Property Rights at a Glance by P. Singh and R.Singh. Daya Publishing


House, New Delhi. 2018.

4. Biological Safety: Principles and Practices by D.P. Wooley and K.B. Byers. 5th
edition. ASM Press, USA. 2017.

5. Fundamentals of Intellectual Property Rights: For Students, Industrialist and


Patent Lawyers by B. Ramakrishna and H.S. Anil Kumar. 1st edition. Notion Press,
India. 2017.

129
6. Biotechnology and Intellectual Property Rights: Legal and Social Implications by
K. K Singh. Springer, India. 2015.

7. IPR, Biosafety and Bioethics by D. Goel and S. Parashar. 1st edition. Pearson
Education, India. 2013.

8. Law Relating to Patents, Trade Marks, Copyright, Designs and Geographical


Indications by. B.L.Wadehra. Universal Law Publishing, India. 2004

9. Encyclopedia of Ethical, Legal and Policy issues in Biotechnology edited by T.


M Murrayand M.J. Mehlman. John Wiley and Sons, UK. 2000.

10. http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/205165/7/chapter%20iii.pdf

11. https://dbtindia.gov.in/regulations-guidelines/regulations/biosafety-programme

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Teaching and Assessment


no. Outcomes learning Tasks *
Activity
1 Will have gained an Class room lecture on Posters on biosafety
understanding of how biosafety, Pictures/videos based on various
national and international on the usage of different levels of
biosafety regulations are types of biosafety containment;
formulated and implemented cabinets; Lecture/Seminar strategies of risk
at the level of research on the Cartagena protocol. assessment and
institutes and laboratories management
locally, so as to safeguard
the handlers as well as the
environment from potential
pathogens.
2 Will have learnt about the role An introduction to the Presentations and
of an IBSC in the biosafety roles of the roles played Group discussion;
regulatory framework and by the DBT, IBSC, Debates and group
how to file an application RCGM, GEAC in discussions based
seeking approval of a research implementing the on case studies (Bt
proposal involving an LMO. biosafety program in cotton, Bt brinjal,
India; filing an application GM mustard)
seeking approval of a
research proposal
involving an LMO.
https://dbtindia.gov.in/regul
ations-
guidelines/regulations/bios
afety-programme
3 Will have a broad Learning how to respond in Mock drill
understanding of guidelines the case of an accidental
and precautions that need spill or event of exposure.
to be followed during the
handling of radioisotopes.
130
4 Will appreciate concepts A step-by-step Debates and group
of Intellectual Property familiarization with the discussions based
Rights, learning how they procedure of filing a on case studies
are protected through patent. Case studies:
patents. Will learn how to basmati rice, turmeric,
file a patent application. neem.
5 Will be acquainted with some Group discussions on MCQ
International Agreements, WIPO, TRIPS, PCT, Assessment
Treaties and Acts Budapest Treaty, etc.
governing protection of IPR.

6 Will have learnt basic Student seminars on Class test on types


concepts of protection of IP various forms of IP of IPR
through Copyright, protection with many
Trademarks, Geographical suitable examples and
indications, Industrial specific references to
designs, Traditional biotechnological
Knowledge and New Plant inventions
Varieties along with specific
biotechnological cases.
*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative, and may vary.

131
MICROB-DSE10
APPLICATIONS OF MICROBES IN BIOREMEDIATION AND PETROLEUM INDUSTRY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this paper is to provide students with a comprehensive understanding
of the process of bioremediation, its strategies, and the role played by microorganism in
dealing with environmental pollutants of concern. This course highlights the applications of
microbes in Microbial Enhanced Oil Recovery (MEOR), clean-up of oil spills, and the
detoxification of heavy-metal contaminated environment. Students will acquire hands-on
training in the above-mentioned areas.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the student:
CO1: Will have gained in-depth knowledge of microbial bioremediation, its strategies and its
applications.
CO2: Will have learnt about the microbiology of oil fields and will also be familiar with Microbial
Enhanced Oil Recovery (MEOR) and role of microbes in cleaning up of oil-spills.
CO3: Will be acquainted with the use of biosensors in detection of heavy metals. Will have
acquired knowledge of the heavy metal tolerance in microorganisms and the application of
microbes in the detoxification of such contaminated sites.
CO4: Will have acquired the practical skills to isolate hydrocarbon-degrading microorganisms
and assess their degradation potential.
CO5: Will have learnt how to detect and screen biosurfactant-producing microorganisms in
the laboratory.
CO6: Will have acquired hands-on-training on the isolation of heavy metal tolerant
microorganisms. Will also be conversant with case-studies on Microbial Enhanced Oil
Recovery.
Contents:
Theory: 30 hours
Unit 1. Microbes and Bioremediation: Concept of bioremediation. Abiotic and biotic factors
affecting bioremediation by microorganisms. In-situ bioremediation strategies: Biosparging,
Bioventing, Bioslurping, Biostimulation, Bioaugmentation, and Bioattenuation. Ex-situ
bioremediation techniques: Bioreactor, Biopiling, Landfarming, composting and Biofilters. Use
of genetic engineered microorganisms (GEMs). Advantages, disadvantages and applications
of bioremediation. 12
Unit 2. Bioremediation of oil spills and microbial enhanced oil recovery: Microbiology
of oil fields: introduction to oil fields, formation of oil reservoirs, oil production, indigenous
microbial communities in oil fields. Hazards of petroleum hydrocarbon contamination.
Microbial degradation of petroleum hydrocarbons (aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic). Abiotic and
biotic factors affecting the degradation of petroleum hydrocarbons. Strategies used to clean
132
up oil spills using microorganisms. Applications of microbial consortia and oil-eating
superbugs in bioremediation. Enhanced oil recovery (EOR) versus Microbial Enhanced Oil
Recovery (MEOR) Microorganisms and microbial products used in MEOR (biomass, bio-
surfactants, biopolymers, solvents, acids, and gases). Technologies used in ex-situ and in -
situ MEOR applications. 12
Unit 3. Heavy metal remediation by microbes: Sources and hazards of heavy metal
pollution (As, Cu, Pb, Cd, Hg). Metal-microbes interaction and heavy metal tolerance by
microorganisms. Applications of microbes in biosorption and detoxification of environment
contaminated with heavy metal(s). Use of biosensors in detection of heavy metal
contamination. 6
Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Isolation and detection of hydrocarbon-degrading microorganisms: Sample


collection from an oil - contamination site, enrichment, isolation on a suitable minimal medium
containing petroleum hydrocarbon, identification of isolates by suitable staining and
microscopic observation. Detection of hydrocarbon degradation by the isolates using the
redox dye Dichlorophenol-indophenol (DCPIP). 20

Unit 5. Detection and screening of bio-surfactant producing microorganisms: Detection


of biosurfactant production by hydrocarbon-degrading microorganisms using oil spread
method. Screening and selection of the biosurfactant-producing microbes by the following
hydrophobicity tests: (1) Drop-collapse method using positive control (Tween-80) and negative
control (distilled water) (2) Toluene test (spectrophotometric measurement) and (3) by
hydrophobic interaction column chromatography (using Octyl-Sepharose resin). 20
Unit 6. Isolation of heavy metal-tolerant microorganisms and case-studies: Sample
collection from potential heavy metal-contamination sites (soil/sewage/water bodies/mines),
isolation on minimal medium with increasing concentrations of the heavy metal, identification
of isolate by suitable staining and microscopic observation. Screening of the isolates for their
metal tolerance in broth cultures containing heavy metals.
Case studies on ex-situ and in-situ Microbial Enhanced Oil Recovery by discussions and with
the help of visual aids. 20

Suggested Reading:

1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M. T. Madigan, K.S. Bender, D.H. Buckley, W.M.


Sattele and D. A. Stahl 16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.
2. Microbiology: A Lab Manual by J. G. Cappuccino and C. T. Welson. 12th edition. Pearson.
2020.
3. Waste Water Microbiology by D. H. Bergey. 2nd edition. MedTech, India. 2019.
4. Practical Environmental Bioremediation: The Field Guide by R. B. King, J. K. Sheldon and
G.M. Long. 2nd edition. CRC Press, USA. 2019.
5. Prescott’s Microbiology by J.M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition. McGraw
Hill Higher Education. USA. 2019
6. Soil Microbiology by N. S. Subba Rao. 5th edition. MedTech, India. 2017

133
7. Environmental Microbiology by I. L. Pepper, C. P. Gerba and T.J. Gentry. (Ed). 3rd edition.
Academic Press, USA. 2014.
8. Environmental Microbiology of Aquatic and Waste Systems by N. Okafor. Springer, USA.
2011.
9. Advances in Applied Bioremediation by A. Singh, R. C. Kuhad and O. P. Ward. Springer-
Verlag, Germany. 2009.
10. Environmental Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by I. L. Pepper and C. P. Gerba 2nd
edition. Elsevier Academic Press, USA. 2004.
11. Microbial Ecology: Fundamentals and Applications by R. M. Atlas and R. Bartha. 4th
edition. Benjamin Cummings, USA. 2000.
12. Guide to Bioremediation: Bioremediation Benefits and uses
https://www.waste2water.com/bioremediation-benefits-and-uses/
13. Ecology Virtual Lab: Biotechnology and Biomedical Engineering: https://vlab.amrita.edu

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit no. Course Learning Teaching and learning Assessment Tasks*


Outcomes Activity

1 Will have gained in-depth Class lecture on microbial Short notes and
knowledge of microbial bioremediation with the help objective types
bioremediation, its of visual aids. Use of power questions
strategies and its point presentations to
applications. explain various
bioremediation methods.

2 Will learn about the Discussion on the role of Quiz based on role of
microbiology of oil fields microbes in oil recovery and microbes in
and will also be clean-up of oil spills. enhancement of oil
conversant with Microbial recovery & preparation
Enhanced Oil Recovery of posters or charts
(MEOR) and role of
microbes in cleaning up
of oil-spills.

3 Will be acquainted with Interactive session with Assignment based on


the use of biosensors in class discussion on heavy metal tolerance
detection of heavy biosensors with the help of in microbes.
metals. Will have visual aids. Demonstrative
acquired knowledge of lecture on biosorption. Group discussions and
presentations based
the heavy metal
Class discussion on on heavy metals
tolerance in
bioremediation of remediation.
microorganisms and the
application of microbes environmental pollutant of
in the detoxification of concern.
such contaminated sites.

4 Will acquire the practical Sample collection, Record of


skills to isolate enrichment and isolation by observations,

134
hydrocarbon degrading spread plate method interpretation of results
microorganisms and followed by microscopic obtained and
assess their degradation observation. Detection of submission of practical
potential. hydrocarbon degradation by records.
use of a redox dye (DCPIP).

5 Will have learnt how to Detection of biosurfactant Record of


detect and screen production by oil spread observations with the
biosurfactant-producing method. help of photographs.
microorganisms in the
laboratory. Hydrophobicity tests to be Discussion of the
performed by Drop collapse results obtained.
method using Tween-80, Submission of
spectrophotometrically by practical records and
Toluene test and by viva -voce.
hydrophobic interaction
chromatography using octyl
-Sephrose resin.

6 Will have acquired Sample collection, isolation Record of


hands-on-training on the by spread plate method on observations,
isolation of heavy metal minimal medium containing interpretation of results
tolerant microorganisms. different concentrations of obtained and
Will also be conversant heavy metal. Identification submission of practical
with case-studies on of isolate by suitable records
Microbial Enhanced Oil staining and microscopic
Recovery. observation. Screening of Short presentation of
case study by
isolates in broth containing
heavy metal. students.

Case studies on ex-situ and


in-situ MEOR by
discussions and with the
help of visual aids.

*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

135
MICROB-DSE11
MICROBIAL DIAGNOSIS AND PUBLIC HEALTH MANAGEMENT

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this course is to introduce the students to diagnostic microbiology and
public health management. Students will be exposed to various methods of sampling of
specimens for laboratory diagnosis. They will be introduced to various automated systems
and methods of pathogen identification and microbial typing. Students will develop an
understanding of basic concepts of epidemiology. They will be introduced to the role of
environment in human health and key aspects of disaster management.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.


Course Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student:
CO1: Will have acquainted themselves with the methods of collection and transport of clinical
specimens. Will have learnt about automated systems for pathogen identification and various
methods of microbial typing.
CO2: Will have gained knowledge about epidemiology, types of epidemics and pandemics.
Will understand the epidemiology of infectious diseases and will become familiar with the
reservoirs of infectious agents and modes of transmission of various diseases.
CO3: Will understand the concept of one health. Will learn about various types of zoonoses.
Will also have gained an overview of air and water pollution and its impact on human health.
Will become aware of the key aspects of disaster management.
CO4: Will understand the significance of various parameters determining health. Will be
introduced to the methods of blood sampling used for various animals and gain hands on
training on rapid diagnostic techniques.
CO5: Will learn to analyze epidemiological data to calculate mortality and morbidity rates. Will
become aware and learn about epidemics through case studies.
CO6: Will have a fair understanding of various disease control regulatory agencies (National
and International), genome and disease surveillance.
Contents:
Theory: 30 hours
Unit 1. General principles of diagnosis and microbial typing methods: Challenges of
diagnosis. General principles of specimen collection. Choice of clinical samples and methods
of collection. Transportation of clinical samples. Evaluation of a diagnostic test based on
specificity, sensitivity, positive predictive value, negative predictive value. Automated systems
of pathogen identification: a brief outline of BACTEC, MALDI-TOF, VITEK, and their
advantages and disadvantages. Microbial typing: phage typing, bacteriocin typing, serotyping,
antibiogram typing, plasmid profile analysis. 10
Unit 2. Basic concepts of epidemiology: Definitions: health, epidemiology, prevalence, birth
rate, morbidity, mortality, sero-prevalence, genome surveillance, Ro value, quarantine,

136
endemic, epidemics and types (common source, propagated/progressive, mixed), pandemic,
travel notice, public health guidelines. Uses of epidemiology. Infectious disease epidemiology.
Modes of transmission of disease and its dynamics, human reservoirs, animal reservoirs,
carriers. Investigation of an epidemic. Role of immunization in public health. Clinical trials:
randomized control trials (multiple treatment arms, factorial design, cluster design),
nonrandomized trials. 12

Unit 3. Environment and Health: The concept of one health. Definition, history and socio-
economic impact of zoonotic diseases. Classification of zoonoses with examples (based on
transmission cycle: orthozoonoses, cyclozoonoses, metazoonoses, saprozoonoses; based on
reservoir hosts: anthrapozoonoses, zooanthroponoses, amphixenoses). Air pollution and its
effects. Water pollution and its effect. Disaster management: key aspects. 8

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Health indicators, blood sampling methods and diagnostic methods: Student
individual project: preparation of a short report on indicators of health. Guidelines and
collection sites for sampling of blood from humans, cattle, sheep and goat. Student group
study project: preparation of a flow chart for detection of microbial pathogens for two
diseases prevalent in India.
Principles and working of rapid antibody detection test using COVID-19 as example.
Principles and working of antigen and antibody detection kits for HIV. Principle and
working of slide agglutination test for typhoid. Principles and working of quantitative real
time PCR test for COVID-19 through virtual lab. 30
Unit 5. Epidemiological Data Analysis: Student group research study: Case studies of a
common source epidemic (Cholera outbreak, London, 1854) and progressive epidemic (SARS
2002, MERS 2012, and COVID-19). Student group research project: Measurement of
disease: determination of morbidity and mortality rates/ratios. Generation of epidemiological
protocols and reports. 15
Unit 6: Case Studies through student group research projects: INSACOG: role in SARS-
CoV-2 genome surveillance, Role of WHO and National Centre for Disease Control in disease
management, AMR stewardship and National Action Plan, CDC –EOC levels (www.cdc.gov).
15
Suggested Reading:

1. Park’s Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine by K. Park. 26th edition.


Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers, India. 2021.

2. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan, K.S. Bender, D.H.


Buckley, W.M.Sattley and D.A. Stahl. 16th edition. Pearson Education, USA.
2021.

3. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

4. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

137
5. National Centre for Disease Control: Anti-Microbial Resistance and COVID National
Action plan: https://ncdc.gov.in/index1.php?lang=1&level=2&sublinkid=389&lid=347

6. Microbiology: An Introduction by G.J. Tortora, B.R. Funke,and C.L. Case. 13th


edition. Pearson, USA. 2018.

7. Textbook of Microbiology by R. Ananthanarayan and C.K.J. Paniker. 10th


edition.Universities Press, India. 2017.

8. Veterinary Microbiology by D. Scott McVey, Melissa Kennedy and M.M. Chengappa.


3rd edition. Wiley – Blackwell, USA. 2013.
9. An Introduction to Public Health and Epidemiology by S. Carr, N. Unwin and T. Pless-
Mulloli. 2nd edition. Open University Press, UK. 2007.
10. Handbook of Good Dairy Husbandry Practices. National Dairy Development Board
(NDDB).
https://www.nddb.coop/sites/default/files/handbook_of_good_dairy_husbandry_pr
actices_low.pdf

11. Mackie and McCartney Practical Medical Microbiology by J. Collee, A. Fraser, B.


Marmion and A. Simmons. 14th edition. Elsevier. 1996.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Teaching and learning Assessment


no. Learning Activity Tasks
Outcomes
1. Students will have Class room lectures on Test and quiz on
acquainted themselves diagnostic microbiology. sample collection,
with the methods of Videos/ pictorial automated systems
collection and transport of representation of various and microbial
clinical specimens. They methods of specimen typing methods.
will learn about automated collection. Videos of various
systems for pathogen automated systems for
pathogen identification and
identification and various
microbial typing.
methods of microbial
typing.

2. Will gain knowledge about Class room lectures on the Test and quiz on
epidemiology, types of concepts of epidemiology, epidemics,
epidemics and pandemics. types of epidemics. reservoirs and
They will understand the Videos/pictorial transmission
epidemiology of infectious representation of reservoirs modes.
diseases and will become and modes of transmission
familiar to the reservoirs of of diseases.
infectious agents and
modes of transmission of
various diseases.

3. Will understand the Class room lectures and Test and quiz on
concept of one health. videos on various types of zoonoses, air &

138
They will learn about zoonoses, air & water water pollution
various types of zoonoses. pollution and disaster and disaster
They will also have an management. management.
overview of air and water
pollution and its impact on
the human health. They will
become aware of the key
aspects of disaster
management.

4. Will understand the Class room lecture on Test and quiz


significance of various indicators of health. based on
parameters determining Videos/pictorial indicators of
health. Will be introduced representation of blood health and
to the methods of blood sampling methods. Hands sampling
sampling used for various on training on rapid methods. Hands
animals and gain training diagnostic techniques. on exercises.
on rapid diagnostic
techniques

5. Will learn to analyse Class room Numerical


epidemiological data to teaching/Numerical exercises and
calculate mortality and exercises for data analysis case studies. To
morbidity rates. They will and calculation of derive inferences
become aware and learn mortality/morbidity from case
about epidemics through rate/ratio. Case studies of studies/data.
case studies. various types of epidemics.

6. Will have a fair Case studies and group Exercises based


understanding of various project preparation and on presentations.
disease control regulatory presentations by students. To derive
agencies (National and inferences from
International), genome and case studies/data
disease surveillance

* Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

139
MICROB-DSE12

MICROBIAL QUALITY CONTROL IN FOOD AND PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRIES


Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)
Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is for students to develop an understanding of the concept
and implementation of microbial quality control in the food and pharmaceutical industries.
Students will gain insights into how the final products obtained for human and animal
consumption are consistent, certified as safe for human consumption, and compliant with
microbial standards.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the students:

CO1: Will know the parameters and techniques of Good Laboratory and Microbiological
practices. Will understand sources of contamination, microbial monitoring of the environment
and the concept of clean areas in the industry.

CO2: Will have learnt the techniques of collecting and processing food, water and
pharmaceutical samples for bioburden testing. Will have gained insights into various
microscopic, culturing, biochemical, molecular and immunological testing techniques used for
assessing the presence of microbes/pathogens as well as the toxic microbial products.

CO3: Will have learnt how Total Quality Management (TQM) system and Standard Operating
Procedures (SOP) for fulfilling the requirements of Quality Control (QC) are created. Will
understand and have learnt about various microbiological standards and certifications by
accrediting bodies for food and pharmaceutical industries.

CO4: Will have learnt the techniques for checking milk quality by performing rapid and
standard laboratory tests. Will be acquainted with the method of testing of microbiological
quality of water samples (Most Probable Number).

CO5: Will have learnt how the food sample is processed for the detection of microorganisms.
Will know about various differential and selective media to detect and identify different
microorganisms present in a food sample. Will learn to do sterility testing of various food and
pharmaceutical products under different conditions.

CO6: Will be able to develop HACCP flow charts for different products. Will understand the
application of various standards in quality regulation in food and pharma products with the
help of case studies.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1. Microbiological safe practices for food and pharmaceutical industry: Laboratory
practices for safety and quality (GLP and GMLP). Concept of Biosafety cabinets. Biosafety

140
levels (BSL-I to BSL-IV): designs, specifications and uses. Concept of Clean Area and its
classification. Microbial monitoring of controlled environments (bioburden). Sources of
contamination in food and pharmaceutical industries. Steps to avoid contamination. Food
Safety, Sanitation Standard Operating Procedure (SSOP) and Personal Hygiene. 8

Unit 2. Monitoring and analysis of microbiological quality of food and pharmaceutical


samples: Types of products in food and pharmaceutical industries. Bioburden testing for food,
beverages and medical devices. Collection and processing of samples for microbiological
monitoring. Detection of microorganisms by microscopic method (fluorescence-based Direct
Microscopic Count). Detection of microorganisms by cultural methods: enrichment technique,
standard plate count, the concept of differential and selective media for detection of pathogens
(XLD agar, Salmonella-Shigella agar, Mannitol salt agar, EMB agar, McConkey agar).
Microbiological examination of non-sterile pharmaceutical products, concept of microbial
limits, sterility testing (its objectives and significance). Molecular, biochemical and
immunological methods for detection of microorganisms and their products (Nucleic acid
probes, PCR, biosensors, Limulus lysate test, pyrogen testing). Significance of rapid detection
methods (Clot on Boiling Test, dye reduction test by Resazurin) in food industry. 14

Unit 3: Microbial quality standards and management: Introduction and importance of


quality standards. Concepts and approaches of Total Quality Management (TQM), Quality
Management System, ISO 9001:2000, Quality Assurance and Quality Control. Development
of Standard Operating Procedures. Hazard analysis of critical control point (HACCP):
principles, applications and limitations. Concept of Codex Alimentarius and Codex Standards.
Role of accredited certification bodies (BIS, Agmark, FSSAI, ISO) in maintaining product
quality. 8

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Testing of quality of milk and water samples: Checking the effectiveness of
pasteurization of milk: Alkaline phosphatase test. Detection of microbiological quality of milk
sample through Triphenyltetrazolium chloride (TTC) test, Clot on boil (COB) test and dye
reduction test (Resazurin). Determination of microbiological quality of water sample by MPN
method. 20

Unit 5: Microbiological quality of food and pharmaceutical products: Sample processing


for detection of microorganisms in food (one solid: Bread/idli batter/cheese/ biscuits/ pizza
base/salad/cake etc. and one liquid:juice/ butter milk/ energy drink etc. sample/s.) Detection
and Identification of microorganisms present in processed food samples through different
types of media (XLD agar/Salmonella-Shigella agar, Mannitol salt agar, EMB agar, McConkey
agar). Sterility testing of food (canned food/tetrapak drink) and pharmaceutical products (eye
drops/injection ampoule) for aerobic microbes using cultural methods. Demonstration to test
the presence of anaerobic microbes by virtual lab/video .Principle and concept of Limulus
lysate (LAL) test for detecting the presence of endotoxin in consumable products by virtual
lab/video. 30

Unit 6: Quality regulation of food and pharmaceutical products: Study of HACCP of


milk/dairy product with the help of flow chart. Student group project: applications of various
standards (BIS, Agmark, FSSAI, ISO) in quality regulation in food and pharma products: case
studies involving at least one food and one pharma product. 10

141
Suggested Reading:

1. Analytical Food Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by A.E. Yousef, J.G. Waite-Cusic


and J.J. Perry. 2nd edition. Wiley Publishers, UK. 2022.

2. Essentials of Pharmaceutical Microbiology by A. Kar, 2nd edition. New Age


International. India. 2020.

3. Food Safety and Quality Control by P. Mathur. 1st edition. The Orient Blackswan,
India. 2018.

4. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Fundamentals and Applications by J.A.D. Crommelin,


R. D. Sindelar, and B. Meibohm.(Eds.) 4th edition. Springer, Germany. 2016.

5. Manuals of methods of analysis of foods and water by Food Safety and Standards
Authority of India, Ministry of health and family welfare, Government of India, 2016.
https://old.fssai.gov.in/Portals/0/Pdf/Draft_Manuals/WATER.pdf
https://old.fssai.gov.in/Portals/0/Pdf/Manual_Fruits_Veg_25_05_2016.pdf

6. Pharmaceutical Microbiology: Essentials for quality assurance and quality control by


T. Sandle. 1st edition. Woodhead Publishing. UK. 2015.

7. Fundamentals of Food Microbiology by Bibek Ray and A. Bhunia. 5th edition. CRC
Press UK. 2013.

8. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Concepts and Applications by G. Walsh. 1st edition.


John Wiley & Sons Ltd. USA. 2011.

9. Modern Food Microbiology by J.M. Jay, M.J. Loessner and D.A. Golden. 7th edition.
CBS Publishers and Distributors, India. 2006.

10. Handbook of Microbiological Quality control in Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices.


R.M Baird, N.A Hodges, and S.P Denyer (Eds) 2nd edition. Taylor and Francis Inc.,
USA. 2005.

11. Hugo and Russell’s Pharmaceutical Microbiology by S.P. Denyer, N.A. Hodges and
S.P. Gorman. 7th edition. Blackwell Science. 2004.

12. Microbiological Analysis of Food and Water: Guidelines for Quality Assurance by N.F.
Lightfoot and E.A. Maier. 1st edition. Elsevier Science. 1998.

13. Quality control in the Pharmaceutical Industry by M.S. Cooper (Ed). Vol.2. Academic
Press,USA.1974.

Facilitating the achievement of course learning objectives

Unit Course learning outcomes Teaching and learning Assessment tasks*


No. activities

1. Will know the parameters and Classroom lectures on Assignment based on


techniques of Good Laboratory Good laboratory and Good laboratory and
and Microbiological practices. Microbiological Microbiological

142
Will understand sources of Practices, biosafety, Practices, SSOPs,
contamination, microbial sterile areas and SSOPs. biosafety and sterile
monitoring of the environment areas.
Discussion of different
and the concept of clean areas in
biosafety levels and their Quiz on categorizing
the industry. uses with the help of different microbes into
virtual lab/videos. Biosafety levels

2. Will have learnt the techniques Discussion on types of Assessment through


of collecting and processing food and pharmaceutical class test and quiz on
food, water and pharmaceutical samples, their collection microbiological,
samples for bioburden testing. and processing. biochemical,
Will have gained insights into molecular and
various microscopic, culturing, Teaching various immunological testing
biochemical, molecular and conventional and techniques for
immunological testing advanced microbiological analysis of food, water
techniques used for assessing techniques, and tools and pharmaceutical
the presence of through flow charts and sample.
microbes/pathogens as well as power point
the toxic microbial products. presentations.

Study of toxic microbial


products with the help of
relevant available
material and videos.

Lecture on bioburden
and sterility testing.

3. Will have learnt how Total Detailed class Presentations/quiz/


Quality Management (TQM) discussions on control, MCQ’s on various
system and Standard Operating regulation and inspection aspects of microbial
measures of food and quality control and
Procedures (SOP) for fulfilling
pharmaceutical products regulation and
the requirements of Quality that ensure safe and management in food
Control (QC) are created. Will effective end products of and pharmaceutical
understand and have learnt good microbiological industries.
about various microbiological quality.
standards and certifications by
accrediting bodies for food and Talk/ Video lecture of
experts from Food/
pharmaceutical industries. Pharmaceutical
industries.

4 Will have learnt the techniques Different tests will be Practical Test/VIVA
for checking milk quality by performed by the based on principles
performing rapid and standard students in the laboratory and procedures of
for assessing the quality various techniques
laboratory tests. Will be
of milk and water. performed.
acquainted with the method of
testing of microbiological quality Submission of
of water samples (Most Probable practical file.
Number).

143
5 Will have learnt how the food Discussion on principles Spotting/Viva based
sample i s processed for the of dilution method and on colony
detection of microorganisms. different types of media characteristics of the
Will know about various used. microbes on
differential and selective media appropriate media.
to detect and identify different Processing of food
microorganisms present in a sample and isolation Submission of
food sample. Will learn to do andidentification/ assignment based on
sterility testing of various food detection of flow charts for
and pharmaceutical products microorganisms present assessing sterility of
under different conditions. Will in the sample. food/pharmaceutical
learn about the significance and products.
Testing of sterility of
procedure of endotoxin testing in
relevant food and Interpretation and
a product.
pharmaceutical products analysis of the result
by detecting the based on provided
presence of aerobic data for LAL test.
bacteria and fungi.
Submission of
Use of virtual lab/video to practical file.
study the detection of
anaerobic microbes in
any sample.

Detection of presence of
endotoxin by Limulus
lysate test with the help
of virtual lab/video.

6 Will be able to develop HACCP Designing of HACCP Submission of flow


flow charts for different flow charts for different chart and case study
products. Will understand the food products. reports.
application of various standards
in quality regulation in food and Students will be guided Submission of
pharma products with the help to learn about standards practical file.
of case studies. applied to at least one
food and one
pharmaceutical product
for maintenance of
quality in the industry.

*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

144
MICROB-DSE13

AGRICULTURAL MICROBIOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this paper is to enable students to develop a clear understanding of the
importance of microbes in agriculture to enable them to find eco-friendly solutions to
agricultural problems. Students will get an overview of soil characteristics and the role of
microbes and plant-microbe interactions in soil fertility. Students will study about the production
and application of different types of commercial biofertilizers, become familiar with microbial
biocontrol agents, and gain knowledge of composting, and organic farming. They will gain
insights into recent trends in agriculture including agrowaste management and transgenics.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the students:

CO1: Will have gained knowledge of soil and its characteristics. Will be aware of important
microorganisms involved in mineralization of essential nutrients present in the soil and their
significance in agriculture. Will understand plant-microbe interactions including symbiotic and
asymbiotic associations. Will gain insights into the commercial production of biofertilizers and
method of composting.

CO2: Will have learnt eco-friendly ways to control agricultural pests and pathogens. Will
understand the mode of action, mass production and field applications of various biocontrol
agents.

CO3: Will be able to explore the recent trends in agricultural microbiology with reference to
agrowaste management, organic farming and transgenic plants.

CO4: Will get hands-on training in the isolation and screening of various microbes important in
soil fertility (PGPR, VAM). Will learn about the isolation of microorganisms from commercially
available biofertilizers.

CO5: Will gain knowledge of the different stages of nodule development in leguminous plant
roots and will observe nodule-forming bacteria under the microscope. Will become aware of
the antagonistic potential of Trichoderma spp. as biological control agent against other fungi.

CO6: Will understand composting as one of the ways of agrowaste management. Will know
the role of thermophiles in composting and the different enzymes involved in biodegradation.
Will learn steps of mass production of blue green algae and application of microbes in organic
farming/biogas production.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1. Soil fertility and Biofertilizers: Physical and chemical characteristics of different types

145
of soil. Macro and micronutrients in soil. Role of NPK and biogeochemical cycles in soil fertility.
Scope of microbes as biofertilizers and their advantages over chemical fertilizers. Isolation,
characteristics, mass production and field applications of biofertilizers- Symbiotic: Rhizobium,
Frankia, Acetobacter diazotrophicus, Anabaena, Mycorrhizal associations with special
emphasis on VAM/AM fungi. Asymbiotic: Nitrogen-fixing bacteria (Azospirillum, Azotobacter),
Plant growth promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR). Composting: types, methods, applications. 14

Unit 2. Biocontrol agents and Biopesticides: Importance, potential and types of biocontrol
agents. Microbes used as biopesticides, their mode of action, and advantages over chemical
pesticides. Mass production and field applications of Bacillus thuringiensis, Baculoviruses,
Beauveria bassiana, Metarhizium anisopliae and Trichoderma spp. 8

Unit 3. Recent trends in Agriculture Microbiology: Agrowaste management and its


significance: Biofuel, Bioenergy, Animal Feed. Organic farming: types, methods and
advantages. Development of transgenic plants: Agrobacterium-mediated plant transformations
with specific example of Bt cotton. 8

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Isolation of microbes important in soil fertility: Isolation and screening of plant
growth promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR) from soil. Isolation of microbes from commercially
available biofertilizers using solid media. Isolation of VAM spores from the soil sample using
“Wet-sieving and decanting technique” for spores extraction and observing them under
microscope. Study of VAM colonization using temporary slides/photographs. 28

Unit 5. Study of microbe interactions in soil: Demonstration of stages of nodule formation


in leguminous plant with the help of photographs. Slide preparation of crushed nodule to
observe nodule forming bacteria. Study of antagonistic activity of Trichoderma sp. against
different fungi (any 2) using dual culture plate technique. Test of antagonistic efficacy on potato
dextrose agar: simultaneous inoculation of antagonist and test fungus at two extreme positions
and recording of zone of inhibition after 5 days of incubation. 16

Unit 6. Agrowaste management: Hands-on training in composting using a variety of


plant/food waste. Isolation of thermophiles from compost and qualitative assay of any two
enzymes (amylase/cellulase/xylanase) using compost sample. Visit to mass production facility
of blue green algae/biogas plant/organic farm. 16

Suggested Reading:

1. Benson’s Microbiological Applications, Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology by A.


E. Brown and H. Smith.15th edition. McGraw-Hill Education, USA. 2022.

2. Biopesticides and Bioagents: Novel tools for pest management by M. A. Anwer. Ist
edition. Apple Academic Press, USA. 2021.

3. Bioprocess Technology by P. T. Kalaichelvan and I. A. Pandi. 1st edition. MJP Publishers,


India. 2021 (reprint).

4. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

146
5. Soil Microbiology by N.S. Subba Rao. 5th edition. Oxford & Ibh Publishing, USA. 2020.

6. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition. McGraw


Hill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

7. Biofertilizers in Agriculture and Forestry by N.S. Subba Rao. 4th edition. Medtech. India.
2019.

8. Advances in soil microbiology: recent trends and future prospects by T.K. Adhya, B. Lal,
B. Mohapatra, D. Paul and S. Das. Volume 2. Springer, Singapore. 2018.

9. Experiments in Microbiology, Plant Pathology and Biotechnology by K. R. Aneja. 5th


Edition. New Age International Publishers, India. 2017.

10. Development of Bioinsecticides by F. Saleem A.R. Shakooori. Lap Lambert Academic


Publishing, European Union. 2012.

11. Advanced Environmental Biotechnology by S.K. Aggarwal. 1st edition. APH publication,
India. 2005.

12. Biotechnology of Biofertilizers edited by S. Kannaiyan. 1st edition. Springer, Netherlands.


2002.

13. Bioinoculants for Sustainable Agriculture and Forestry by S.M. Reddy. 1st edition
Scientific Publishers, India. 2002.

14. Microbial Ecology: Fundamentals and Applications by R.M. Atlas and R. Bartha. 4th
edition. Benjamin Cummings, USA. 2000.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and learning Assessment tasks*


no.
1. Will have gained knowledge of soil Discussion on soil types and Class test based on
and its characteristics. Will be the role of different microbes different plant microbe
aware of important in nutrient cycling. interactions
microorganisms involved in
mineralization of essential Detailed lecture on plant Poster depicting role of
nutrients present in the soil and microbe interactions, microbes in
their significance in agriculture. biofertilizers symbiotic as mineralization.
Will understand plant-microbe well as free living N2 fixers.
interactions including symbiotic MCQ on biofertilizers.
and asymbiotic associations. Will Lecture on different types of
gain insights into the commercial biofertilizers, their Creating awareness
production of biofertilizers and commercial production, field about biofertilizers by
method of composting. application and their benefits making
over chemical fertilizers. posters/brochures.

147
2. Will have learnt eco-friendly ways Interactive session with class Presentations based
to control agricultural pests and discussing various pest and on commercially
pathogens. Will understand the pathogens related problems available biocontrol
mode of action, mass production and their control by agents/biopesticides.
and field applications of various biocontrol agents.
biocontrol agents.
3. Will be able to explore the recent Class discussion on recent Quiz on recent trends
trends in agricultural microbiology trends in agriculture in agricultural
with reference to agrowaste microbiology. microbiology.
management, organic farming and
transgenic plants. Presentation on microbes Students will make
involved in agrowaste poster on
management and organic Agrobacterium
farming. Lecture on mediated plant
Agrobacterium transformation
mediated transformation

4. Will get hands-on training in the Hands on training for Students will record
isolation and screening of various isolation and screening of the results and make a
microbes important in soil fertility microbes important for plant well labelled diagram
(PGPR, VAM). Will learn about fertility. of microorganisms
the isolation of microorganisms “Wet-sieving and decanting observed.
from commercially available technique” for spores Discuss the results in
biofertilizers. extraction and observing file.
them under microscope.
Observation of VAM Submission and
colonization in roots. Assessment of
practical file.
5. Will gain knowledge of the different Observation of different Students will draw a
stages of nodule development in stages of root nodules of well labeled diagram of
leguminous plant roots and will leguminous plant roots. stages of root nodule
observe nodule-forming bacteria Study of antagonistic activity formation.
under the microscope. Will of Trichoderma sp. against
become aware of the antagonistic different fungi (any 2) using Observation and
potential of Trichoderma spp. as dual culture plate technique discussion of the
biological control agent against antagonistic activity of
other fungi. Trichoderma spp.
using dual culture plate
by recording zone of
inhibition.

Submission and
Assessment of
practical file.
6. Will understand composting as Steps involved in composting Students will draw flow
one of the ways of agrowaste using variety of plant/food chart for different steps
management. Will know the role waste. of composting and
of thermophiles in composting and discuss role of
the different enzymes involved in Isolation of thermophiles Microbes in
biodegradation. Will learn steps of from compost and qualitative composting.

148
mass production of blue green assay of any two enzymes
algae and application of microbes (amylase/cellulase/xylanase) Viva based on role of
in organic farming/biogas using compost sample. enzymes in
production. biodegradation.
Students will prepare
temporary mounts of Students will record
thermophilies and observe microscopic
under microscope. observations of
thermophiles.
Visit (physical/virtual) to
mass production facility of Submission and
blue green algae/biogas Assessment of
plant/organic farm. practical file.
Submission and
assessment of report
of the visit.

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary.

149
MICROB-DSE14
MICROBIOME IN HEALTH AND DISEASE

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this course is to introduce the human microbiome to students and give them
an understanding of its dynamics and function in maintaining homeostasis. Students will gain an
understanding of the diversity of microbial communities present in various organs in humans.
They will gain insights into our current understanding of the impact of microbiome alterations on
host health and disease. Students will become aware of techniques used to analyze large omics
data sets in investigating microbial communities colonizing humans.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: Will have learnt about human microbiome and methods to study microbiomes

CO2: Will be able to understand the link between human microbiome and diseases

CO3: Will be able to understand microbiome-based therapeutic approaches and their challenges

CO4: Will have learnt about human microbiome project and various databases and software for
microbiome analysis

CO5: Will be familiar with the basic workflow in a typical microbiome study and skills to analyze
microbiome data

CO6: Will have gained insights into current knowledge on the role of microbiome in various
diseases

Contents:

Theory 30 hours

Unit 1: The human microbiome: Understanding microbiome, importance of microbiome


research, development of the microbiome. Vertical and horizontal transfer of human microbiomes,
source of the organisms in the human microbiome. Diversity in oral, gut, respiratory and skin
microbiome. Microbiome-Gut-Brain Axis. Methods to study the human microbiome: DNA-based
analysis of microbial communities, 16S rDNA gene amplicon sequencing and whole metagenome
shotgun sequencing methods. Data pre-processing and quality control. Microbiome data analysis:
clustering and OTU picking, taxonomic analysis, alpha and beta-diversity. Comparing microbial
communities: phylogenetic trees, UniFrac, principal coordinate analysis, Venn diagrams, heat
maps. Functional and comparative analysis: metatranscriptome, metabolome, metaproteome. 14

Unit 2: Microbiome and its relation to health and disease: Dysbiosis, correlation of dysbiosis
with disturbance in microenvironment. Dysbiosis in progression of non-communicable diseases

150
such as cancer, Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD), obesity, diabetes, Alzheimer’s, and
incommunicable diseases such as COVID-19, tuberculosis and typhoid. Nutritional modulation
of the gut microbiome. Prakriti and gut bacteria: perspective of traditional ayurveda. Microbiome
and host immune system interaction. Effect of antibiotics on microbiota, oral dysbiosis and oral
diseases, skin microbiome alterations and cutaneous allergic diseases. 10

Unit 3: Microbiome-based therapeutic approaches: Maintaining and restoring a healthy


microbiome. Additive, subtractive, and modulatory microbiome-based therapies. Health benefits
of prebiotics and probiotics. Fecal transplant and its applications. Challenges in the field of
microbiome therapeutics. Microbiome-based diagnostics. 06

Practicals 60 hours

Unit 4: Tools and techniques to study microbiome: Human Microbiome project. Hands-on
exposure to various databases (NCBI, HOMD) and opensource software related to microbiome
analysis (microbiome analyst, QIIME 2.1, galaxy). 20
Unit 5: Research strategy and experimental design in a typical microbiome study: Sample
collection, DNA extraction, library preparation and DNA sequencing through virtual lab. Data
analysis. Comparison of alpha and beta diversity in given data sets. Interpretations of given heat
maps. 20
Unit 6. Student group research study projects: Current knowledge on the role of microbiome
in respiratory health, the impact of the human microbiome on auto-immune diseases, the
interplay of bacteria and eukaryotic microbes in the human gut: presentation of the findings and
submission of research study report. 20

Suggested reading:
1. Recent Advances in Understanding the Structure and Function of the Human Microbiome
by W. Mousa, F. Chehadeh, and S. Husband. Frontiers In Microbiology, 13. doi:
10.3389/fmicb.2022.825338. 2022.

2. Microbiome-Gut-Brain Axis by R. Sayyed and M. Khan. Springer, Singapore. 2022.

3. Targeting the Gut Microbiota for Remediating Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders
by B. Wang et al. J Nutr. 151:1703-1716. http://doi: 10.1093/jn/nxab103. 2021.

4. The human microbiome and COVID-19: A systematic review by S. Yamamota. PloS One
16;6. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0253293. 2021.

5. Metagenomics: Techniques, Applications, Challenges and Opportunities by R.S. Chopra,


C. Chopra and N.R. Sharma. Springer. 2020.

6. Gut-Brain Axis: Role of Gut Microbiota on Neurological Disorders and How


Probiotics/Prebiotics Beneficially Modulate Microbial and Immune Pathways to Improve
Brain Functions by K. Uganya and B.S. Koo. International journal of molecular sciences,
21(20), 7551. 2020.

7. The Influence of the Gut Microbiome on Obesity in Adults and the Role of Probiotics,
Prebiotics, and Synbiotics for Weight Loss by A. Aoun, F. Darwish and N. Hamod. Prev
Nutr Food Sci., 25(2):113-123. doi: 10.3746/pnf.2020.25.2.113. 2020.

151
8. The gut microbiome in tuberculosis susceptibility and treatment response: guilty or not
guilty? by Eribo, O. A., du Plessis, N., Ozturk, M., Guler, R., Walzl, G. and Chegou, N.
N. Cellular and molecular life sciences : CMLS, 77(8), 1497–1509.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s00018-019-03370-4. 2020.

9. The influence of the microbiome on respiratory health by T.P. Wypych, L.


Wickramasinghe and B. Marsland. Nature Immunology, 20 (10), 1279–1290.
https://doi.org/10.1038/s41590-019-0451-9. 2019.

10. The microbiome, cancer, and cancer therapy by Helmink et al. Nat Med 25, 377–388.
https://doi.org/10.1038/s41591-019-0377-7. 2019.

11. Metagenomics by M. Nagarajan. London: Academic Press. 2018.

12. The human skin microbiome by A.L. Byrd, Y. Belkaid, and J.A. Segre. Nature reviews in
Microbiology, 16(3), 143–155. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrmicro.2017.157. 2018.

13. Insights into the human oral microbiome by D. Verma, P.K. Garg and A.K. Dubey.
Archives of microbiology, 200 (4), 525–540. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00203-018-1505-3.
2018.

14. Human Gut Microbiome: Function Matters by A. Heintz-Buschart and P. Wilmes. Trends
in microbiology, 26(7), 563–574. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tim.2017.11.002. 2018.

15. Functional Metagenomics: Tools and Applications by T. Charles, M. Liles, A. Sessitsch,


Springer. 2017.
Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Teaching and


Assessment Tasks*
no. Outcomes Learning Activity

Interactive lecture/
Student will have learnt powerpoint presentations on Test on concepts related
about human microbiome basic concepts, sequencing to microbiome studies,
1.
and methods to study methodologies and video interpretation of given
microbiomes tutorials of online tools to data sets.
study microbiome data

Student will become


Assessment based on
familiar with dysbiosis and PowerPoint presentations
drawing Flow charts
the role of environment in and class discussion on
2. showing various
the modulation of human how alterations result in
pathways in disease
microbiome and disease changes in human body
manifestation
manifestation

152
Oral presentations (~ 15
Student will be able to
min) on latest research
understand the
PowerPoint presentations papers on microbiome
3. Microbiome based
and class discussion therapeutics and lead critica l
Therapeutic approaches
discussions about the
and its challenges
papers' findings

Student will learn about


human microbiome
Hands on tools for Assessment based on
4. project and various
microbiome analysis online tools
databases and software
for microbiome analysis

Student will learn basic


steps in in a typical PowerPoint presentations Assessment based on
5. microbiome study and and class discussion and interpretation of given
skills to analyze virtual labs datasets
microbiome data

Student will be able to


Self-study student group
understand role of
project reviewing latest Report presentation and
6. microbiome alterations in
articles on given topic and viva
particular disease
discussion in class
manifestation
*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

153
MICROB-DSE15

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of the course is to give the students a broad understanding about research
approaches and tools, and importantly, an ability to deploy them in their degree programme. This
will impart skills for critical reading of research literature, various research methods, including
theory of scientific research and qualitative and quantitative methods and for developing a
research proposal. The course will outline all the fundamentals of carrying out research in an
ethical manner.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: will have gained insights into the basics of research and hypothesis formulation.
CO2: will become familiar with the different approaches of doing research, acquiring data, and
and performing data analysis.
CO3: will be able to understand the process of scientific writing and presenting of research data.
CO4: will know the process of effective literature search and writing a review.
CO5: will acquire skills to analyse datasets and present them through tables, charts and graphs.
CO6: will get knowledge about the process of writing proposals for research grants.

Contents:

Theory 30 hours

Unit 1. Foundation of research and research ethics: What is research, benefits of research.
Selection of research topic. Effective literature search. Problem identification and hypothesis
building. Qualities of a good hypothesis, hypothesis testing, null hypothesis and alternative
hypothesis, logic and importance. Ethics in research: indices for scientific rigor, honesty and
integrity, respect for intellectual property, responsible publication of data. 8

Unit 2. Approaches to research and research methods: Basic and applied research,
descriptive and analytical research, quantitative and qualitative research, experimental and non-
experimental research. Good laboratory practices (GLP): Standard Operating Procedures,
Biosafety, Radiation safety. Experimental Design. Concept of Experiment Controls. Concept of
independent and dependent variables. Recording experimental protocol and data in lab
notebooks, preparation for experiments. Field experiments: sampling, types of sampling studies,
characteristics of a good sample, sampling frame, sample size, sampling error, scales of
measurement, double blind studies. Data analysis and representation: Use of Excel for tables and
charts, Common statistical tests (hypothesis of association, student t test) and introducing popular
154
statistical packages. 14

Unit 3. Research Communication: Knowledge dissemination. Effective presentation in scientific


conferences (Poster/oral). Structure of research paper. Structure of a thesis/dissertation.
Software for scientific paper formatting (LaTeX/MS Office). Software for management of
references (Mendeley/Endnote). Software for image processing. Choosing a journal for
publication. Impact factor of journals. Ethical issues related to publishing, plagiarism, software for
detection of plagiarism. 8

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Literature Search and Review: General Search Engines, Bibliographic Databases,
Digital Libraries, Types of publications, literature search on a given topic and writing a review. 20

Unit 5. Analysis and presentation of given dataset: Training in the use of Microsoft Excel for
data presentations in tables, graphs and charts. Training in the use of Microsoft Powerpoint for
presenting scientific findings at meetings/conferences. Writing an Abstract for paper/conference
based on given data. 20

Unit 6: Planning and writing a research proposal: General considerations, finding a research
problem. Major Funding agencies in India. Mandate of the call for proposals. How to write a
proposal. Student group project: writing a research proposal on a given topic 20

Suggested Reading:

1. Research Methodology for Natural Sciences by S. Banerjee. I.I.Sc. Press, India. 2022.

2. Research Methodology and Scientific Writing by C.G. Thomas. 2nd edition. Ane Books,
India. 2019.

3. Scientific writing and communication by A. Hoffman. 4th edition. Oxford University Press.
2019.

4. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques by C.R. Kothari. 4th edition. New Age
International Publishers, India. 2019.

5. Testing treatments: Better research for better healthcare by I. Evans, H. Thornton, I.


Chalmers and P. Glasziou. 2nd edition. Pinter & Martin Ltd, UK. 2013.

155
Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Teaching and Assessment Tasks*


no. Outcomes
Learning Activity

1. Will have gained insights Interactive lecture/ power Searching keywords for
into the basics of research point presentations on literature, Assessing
and hypothesis formulation the research basics, observation making
literature search, Problem through interactive
Identification & session, writing
Hypothesizing hypothesis for
addressing given
problem

2. Will become familiar with Class lectures/Power Assessment based on


the different approaches point presentations on questionnaire designed
of doing research, types of research in and administered by
acquiring data, and and sciences with students, Data
performing data analysis. examples, Basics of interpretation
sampling with case
studies, and their
analysis using online
tutorials on various
tools available

3. Will be able to understand Interactive session Assessment based on


the process of scientific /Power point presentation Ten minutes PowerPoint
writing and presenting of on structure of scientific presentation prepared by
research data. presentation/ papers, student based on
ethical issues; Videos questionnaire/experiment
tutorials for various al data and activity on
software needed in organising references
publication process; through Mendeley, and
Hands on training in plagiarism check through
preparing a good poster/ use of software
power point presentation

4. Will know the process of Powerpoint presentations Searching keywords,


effective literature search and online tutorials on MCQ/ Match
and writing a review. how to make a good the following based on
keyword search, and various types of scientific
writing reviews literature

156
5. Will acquire skills to Hands on training in Representation of given
analyse datasets and organization of data in data in the form of tables/
present them through charts and tables and graphs
tables, charts and graphs. writing abstract

6. Will get knowledge about Class lectures on how to Interactive session on


the process of writing write a research proposal drafting a research
proposals for research and apply for grant to problem based on a
grants. various funding agencies. given grant call
Group project on writing a
research proposal.

*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

157
MICROB-DSE16

SCIENTIFIC WRITING AND COMMUNICATION

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours (2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this course is to familiarize the students with the basic principles of science
writing and communication. Students will become aware of databases and tools for effective
writing and will be empowered to take up careers as research analysts, technical writers, editors
of journals and books etc. They will gain insights into the process of scientific publication. They
will learn to effectively communicate science to the masses.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.


Course Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: will have learnt how to carry out a literature search, and will be aware of the various types
of scientific writings, structure of scientific manuscript and study design.

CO2: will become familiar with the various types of journals, the concept of impact factors, steps
in publication, and software to detect plagiarism.

CO3: will have acquired knowledge about the process of writing grant applications

CO4: will have learnt how to communicate effectively on scientific issues

CO5: will be able to understand the process of writing research/review articles

CO6: will be able to understand the process of presenting scientific data through poster or oral
presentation.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1. Scientific literature and study design: Understanding research writing. Conducting
literature search, scientific literature databases and gap analysis. Types of contemporary science
writing (original research article, review, systematic review, meta-analysis, commentary, and
opinion). Structure/outline of a research article. Survey study, questionnaire design, using
common statistical tools/software for data analysis and presentation in research articles. 10

Unit 2. Publication process: Identifying relevant journals through online tools. Impact factor, H-
index, citations, Science Citation Index. Steps of the publication process: preparation of
manuscript, textual and graphical abstracts, use of multimedia in scientific writing, editing and
proofreading, referencing styles, authorship, ethical requirements in science publication,
plagiarism detection tools (URKUND/Turnitin), peer review process, predatory publishers and

158
journals, open access publication. 13

Unit 3. Generating funding for research and elements of communication: Introduction to


national (DBT, SERB) and international funding agencies (NIH, Welcome Trust). Basics of grant-
writing, and structuring a research proposal for extramural funding. 7

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Communicating scientific issues to the public: Drafting popular articles (newspaper/
magazines). Multimedia tools for effective writing and communication (creating stories using
photos, illustrations, audio, video, animation). Publishing blogs. 15

Unit 5. Writing original research / review articles: Drafting abstracts. Hands-on training in the
preparation of manuscript text: methods, results, discussion, and conclusion. Presenting data in
tables and figures: use of Microsoft Excel. Hands-on training in the use of Mendeley to insert
references / citations in an article. Writing a review article based on 10 research papers in 1000
words. 30

Unit 6. Presentation of scientific data in conferences/seminars: Designing posters. Training


in oral presentations: use of Microsoft Powerpoint. Presenting the research and main findings of
recent scientific articles through Journal Club. 15

Suggested Reading:

1. Research Methodology and Scientific Writing by C.G. Thomas. 2nd edition. Springer.
2021.

2. Scientific writing and communication by A. Hoffman. 4th edition. Oxford University Press.
2019.

3. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part I: how to get started by D. Kotz
and J.W. Cals. 2013. J Clin Epidemiol. 66(4):397.

4. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part II: title and abstract by D. Kotz
and J.W. Cals. 2013. J Clin Epidemiol. 66(6):585.

5. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part III: introduction by D. Kotz and
J.W. Cals. 2013. J Clin Epidemiol. 66(7):702.

6. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part IV: methods by D. Kotz and J.W.
Cals. 2013. J Clin Epidemiol. 66(8):817.

7. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part V: results by D. Kotz and J.W.
Cals. 2013. J Clin Epidemiol. 66(9):945.

8. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part VI: discussion by D. Kotz and
J.W. Cals. 2013. J Clin Epidemiol. 66(10):1064.

159
9. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part VII: tables and figures by D. Kotz
and J.W. Cals. 2013. J Clin Epidemiol. 66(11):1197.

10. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part VIII: references by D. Kotz and
J.W. Cals. 2013. J Clin Epidemiol. 66(11):1198.

11. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part IX: authorship by D. Kotz and
J.W. Cals. 2013. J Clin Epidemiol. 66(12):1319.

12. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part X: choice of journal by D. Kotz
and J.W. Cals. 2014. J Clin Epidemiol. 67(1):3.

13. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part XI: submitting a paper by D. Kotz
and J.W. Cals. 2014. J Clin Epidemiol. 67(2):123.

14. Effective writing and publishing scientific papers - Part XII: responding to reviewers by D.
Kotz and J.W. Cals. 2014. J Clin Epidemiol. 67(3):243.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Teaching and Assessment Tasks *


no. Outcomes
Learning Activity

1. Will have learnt how to Interactive lecture/ Searching keywords,


carry out a literature power point presentation MCQ/Match
search, and will be on the types of scientific the following based on
aware of the various articles; how to conduct various types of scientific
types of scientific literature search, literature, Assessing
writings, structure of components of a questionnaire developed
scientific manuscript research paper, by students based on
and study design. designing a given research problem
questionnaire based
research.
2. Will become familiar Powerpoint Class presentations
with the various types presentations and online based on steps in
of journals, the tutorials on how to publishing a research
concept of impact search the right journal paper.
factors, steps in for publishing research
publication, and along with the various
software to detect components of a
plagiarism. research paper.; how to
do a plagiarism check
through use of software

160
3. Will have acquired Class lectures on how to Class assignments
knowledge about the write a research proposal based on the topics
process of writing grant and apply for grant to taught.
applications various funding agencies

4. Will have learnt how to Lecture demonstrating Students will be given


communicate effectively writing of popular topics and asked to write
on scientific issues scientific articles and short popular scientific
blogs; use of multimedia articles
tools.

5. Will be able to Hands on training in Representation of given


understand the process writing abstract, research data in the form of tables
of writing research/ article and a review and graphs; Assessment
review articles article; organization of based on how the article
data in charts and tables is written; and its
plagiarism report

6. Will be able to Hands on training in Poster Presentation/


understand the process preparing a poster, power Oral presentation in
of presenting scientific point presentation journal club
data through poster or
oral presentation.

*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

161
MICROB-GE1

INTRODUCTION AND SCOPE OF MICROBIOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of the course is to give students an overview of three major themes: History
and scope of Microbiology, microbial diversity (prokaryotes, eukaryotes, and viruses), and the
role of microbes in human lives. Students will gain insights into how microorganisms affect the
everyday lives of humans in both beneficial and harmful ways. Students will become familiar
with the techniques used in isolation and cultivation of microorganisms, and will learn how to
identify microorganisms in the laboratory.

Pre-requisite: None.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course the student :

CO1: Will become familiar with the history of Microbiology, and understand how Microbiology
developed as a distinct discipline of science during the golden era of microbiology. Will
become familiar with some of the later developments of the 21st century.

CO2: Will acquire an understanding about the placement of microorganisms in the tree of life.
Will know about key differences between prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Will also be
acquainted with structure of viruses, general characteristics and importance of algae, fungi
and protozoa.

CO3: Will understand the importance of microbe-human interactions, becoming aware of


microorganisms as agents of human diseases. Will become aware of the important role that
microorganisms play in food, agriculture, industry, biofuel and in the clean-up of the
environment.

CO4: Will become aware of good microbiological laboratory and safety practices, and be
acquainted with the working of basic microbiological equipment routinely used in the
laboratory. Will also be acquainted with the aseptic techniques used for culturing bacteria and
fungi.

CO5: Will gain hands-on experience in isolation of bacteria and fungi from air and will be
acquainted with staining techniques used for observing bacteria, algae and fungi. Will learn
the use of compound microscope.

CO6: Will get acquainted with different shapes and arrangement of bacteria. Will be able to
identify algae, fungi, protozoa using permanent slides/photographs. Will be able to understand
the structure of viruses using electron micrographs.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1: History of Microbiology: Some key milestones in the field of microbiology:


Contributions of Antonie van Leeuwenhoek. Controversy over spontaneous generation. Louis
Pasteur and concept of pasteurization. Robert Koch and germ theory of diseases, and concept
of pure culture. Edward Jenner and cowpox immunization. Ivanovsky & Beijerinck and the

162
discovery of viruses. Winogradsky and the development of soil microbiology. Golden era of
Microbiology. 8

Unit 2: Microbial Diversity: Position of microorganisms in the living world. Whittaker’s five
kingdom classification. Carl Woese’s three domain classification. Detailed characteristics of
prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms with examples of E. coli (bacterium) and
Saccharomyces (yeast). Acellular organisms: structure and genome of Tobacco mosaic virus,
polio virus and bacteriophage T4. General characteristics, habitat and economic importance
of algae, fungi and protozoa. 12

Unit 3: The impact of microorganisms on humans: Causal organism and transmission of


common human diseases: typhoid, tuberculosis, cholera, malaria, gastroenteritis, influenza.
Microorganisms and their applications in agriculture: nitrogen fixers and mycorrhiza. Role of
microorganisms in the environment: microbial remediation of pollutants. Applications of
microorganisms in food and industry: fermented foods and probiotics, biofuel (biogas),
antibiotics and enzymes. 10

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4: Microbiological laboratory practices, and equipment: Good Microbiology


laboratory practices and general safety measures while working with microbes. Physical and
chemical hazards and immediate first aid. Principle, working and applications of instruments:
autoclave, hot air oven, biosafety hood, incubator and light and compound microscope.
Demonstration and performance of aseptic technique for culturing of bacteria and fungi. 24

Unit 5: Cultivation, isolation and staining of cellular microorganisms: Study of aero


microflora by exposing nutrient agar plate at different locations and comparing diversity on the
basis of colony morphology. Demonstration of bacterial smear preparation from suitable
sample/culture followed by Gram staining and observation under oil immersion objective.
Preparation of stained temporary mounts of any one fungus (Rhizopus/ Penicillium) and any
one alga (Chlamydomonas/ Spirogyra). 16

Unit 6: Study of microorganisms: Study of shape and arrangement of following bacteria /


bacterial structures using permanent slides: bacillus, coccus, spirillum and endospore. Study
of vegetative and reproductive structures of following algae using permanent slides:
Chlamydomonas, Spirogyra and Polysiphonia/Fucus. Study of vegetative and reproductive
structures of following fungi and protozoa using permanent slides: Fungi: Rhizopus,
Penicillium and Agaricus. Protozoa: Amoeba, Paramecium, and Giardia. Study of structure of
the following viruses using electron micrographs: Tobacco mosaic virus, T4 bacteriophage
and poliovirus. 20

Suggested Reading:

1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and


D. Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

2. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

3. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

4. Microbiology: An Introduction by G.J. Tortora, B.R. Funke,and C.L. Case. 13th


edition. Pearson, USA. 2018.

163
5. Benson’s Microbiological applications: Laboratory manual in general microbiology by
A.E. Brown and H. Smith H. 15th edition. McGraw-Hill Education, USA. 2022.

6. Principles of Microbiology by R. M. Atlas. 2nd edition. W.M.T. Brown Publishers,


USA.1997.

7. Microbiology by M. J. Pelczar, E. C. S. Chan and N. R. Krieg. 5th edition. McGraw


Hill,USA. 1993.

Facilitating the Achievement Of Course Learning Objectives

Unit Course learning Teaching and learning Assessment tasks*


outcomes activities

1. Will become familiar Classroom lectures on the Identification of


with the history of discovery of microorganisms, scientists through
Microbiology, and controversy over spontaneous photographs related to
understand how generation, discoveries in the development of
Microbiology developed golden age of microbiology and Microbiology. Home
as a distinct discipline latest developments in 21st assignment on historical
of science during the century. developments that led to
golden era of the development of
microbiology. Will germ theory of disease,
become familiar with pure culture technique
some of the later and immunization.
developments of the
21st century.

2. Will acquire an Lecture on classification of Assignments on


understanding about living organism with emphasis acellular and cellular
the placement of on placement of microbes with
microorganisms in the microorganisms. Presentations examples; comparative
tree of life. Will know on prokaryotic and eukaryotic account of prokaryotic
about key differences microbial cell structure, and eukaryotic cell
between prokaryotic structure of virus and structure. Quiz on
and eukaryotic economic importance of algae, economic importance of
organisms. Will also be fungi and protozoa. algae, fungi and
acquainted with protozoa.
structure of viruses,
general characteristics
and importance of
algae, fungi and
protozoa.

3. Will understand the Presentations on common Quiz on common human


importance of microbe- human diseases with their diseases and their
human interactions, causative agents and mode of agents. Poster making
becoming aware of transmission. Interactive on microorganisms
microorganisms as sessions on the role of used in making of foods,
agents of human different microorganisms in biofuels, enzymes,
diseases. Will become human welfare.

164
aware of the important biofertilizers, and
role that antibiotics.
microorganisms play in
food, agriculture,
industry, biofuel and in
the clean-up of the
environment.

4 Will become aware of Discussion on the importance Making posters on good


good microbiological of safety measures and good microbiology laboratory
laboratory and safety laboratory practices including practices, comparative
practices, and be disposal and proper handling account of various
acquainted with the of microbial cultures. biosafety levels (BSL1
working of basic Discussion and demonstration to BSL4), safety in
microbiological of working and applications laboratories and
equipment routinely of basic microbiological immediate assistance in
used in the laboratory. equipment. Demonstration of case of injury. Viva/quiz
Will also be acquainted aseptic culture technique. on functions of different
with the aseptic components, and
techniques used for applications of
culturing bacteria and instruments.
fungi.

5. Will gain hands-on Laboratory sessions for Students are required to


experience in isolation studying microbial flora of the write a report for all the
of bacteria and fungi air and practicing isolations by exercises in a record
from air and will be aseptic transfer of book. They will submit
acquainted with microorganisms. the practical record on a
staining techniques Demonstration of preparation specified date and will
used for observing of bacterial smears followed by be assessed for their
bacteria, algae and Gram staining. Practical laboratory work and the
fungi. Will learn the use session for staining fungi and practical record work
of compound algae for observing under separately.
microscope. microscope.

6. Will get acquainted with Observing permanent Recording salient


different shapes and slides/photographs/ electron features of various
arrangement of micrographs of various microorganisms
bacteria. Will be able to microorganisms for alongwith well labelled
identify algae, fungi, characteristic identifying diagrams in their
protozoa using features . practical files to be
permanent submitted at an
slides/photographs. informed time and
Will be able to assessing the record
understand the work.
structure of viruses
using electron
micrographs.
*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

165
MICROB-GE2

MICROBES IN HEALTH AND HYGIENE

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this course is to introduce the students to the role of microorganisms in
human health. Students will be exposed to the importance of microbe-human interactions
when learning about the human microbiome. They will become aware of common diseases
caused by microorganisms and will develop an understanding of probiotics and their
importance in human health. They will be introduced to bacteriophages and their application
in treatment/control of bacterial infections.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.


Course Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student:
CO1: Will be acquainted with the importance of the human microbiome including the benefits
as well as possible harmful effects. They will have a fair knowledge of various types of
microorganisms surviving on/in the human body.
CO2: Will have gained knowledge about the spectrum of diseases caused by bacteria, viruses,
protozoa and fungi. They will be familiar with the methods of transmission and control of
various diseases.
CO3: Will understand the role of probiotics in human health. They will have learnt about the
characteristics of probiotic microorganisms and have a fair idea of prebiotics and synbiotics.
They will also have an overview of bacteriophages and their role in therapy.
CO4: Will have hands-on training on isolation of microorganisms from skin and staining of
microorganisms collected from oral cavity, and will be able to check the efficacy of the sanitizer
and antimicrobial action of heavy metals.
CO5: Will become aware of various probiotic products available in the market and the
organisms included in these products. They will receive hands-on training for evaluation of
various probiotic products and microbial strains.
CO6: Will have a fair understanding of bacteriophage typing and will also have hands on
training in the isolation of bacteriophages from sewage samples.
Contents:
Theory: 30 hours
Unit 1: Role of microbiome in human health: Importance of human microbiome in health.
Factors affecting the survival and colonization of microorganisms on various organs including
skin, throat and upper respiratory tract, gastrointestinal tract and genitourinary tract.
Understanding the human microbiome using animal model systems: C. elegans, mice,
zebrafish. Strengths and weaknesses of using these systems for human microbiome studies.
Technologies for assaying the human microbiome: direct observation methods, molecular
profiling techniques, sequencing methods, strengths and weaknesses of the technologies. 8

166
Unit 2: Microorganisms in human diseases: A concise overview of aetiology, symptoms,
transmission and control of some common diseases: bacterial (tuberculosis, cholera, typhoid,
diphtheria), viral (rabies, hepatitis, zika, COVID , polio, AIDS), protozoan (malaria, kala azar)
and fungal diseases (dermatophytoses, candidiasis, aspergillosis). 12

Unit 3: Microbes for maintaining human health: Brief description and distinction between
prebiotics, probiotics and synbiotics. Probiotics for maintaining human health: prerequisite
characteristics of probiotic strains, common probiotic bacterial strains, modes of action of
probiotics, probiotic supplementation for disease management. Bacteriophage therapy:
concept and challenges. A brief account of bacteriophage therapy for various diseases. 10

Practicals: 60 hours
Unit 4. Study of human microflora: Isolation of microorganisms from skin by swab method
using specific media: nutrient agar, mannitol salt agar, potato dextrose agar. Gram staining of
bacterial isolates and lactophenol staining for fungal isolates. Gram staining of dental
scrapings/plaques. Checking the efficacy of sanitizer on skin. study of the oligodynamic effect
of metals on bacterial cultures. Student group project: multiple methods for sampling
microbial biomass specimens for oral, skin, gut and respiratory microbiomes. 25

Unit 5. Study of probiotics: Student group project: Conduction of a market survey to


identify different probiotic products available in the market. Isolation and basic characterization
of bacteria from probiotic products. Bacterial cell surface hydrophobicity (CSH) test to estimate
bacterial adherence. Performance of acid and bile resistance test on bacterial strains. 25
Unit 6. Bacteriophage isolation and typing: Principle, process and limitations of
bacteriophage typing. Isolation of bacteriophages from sewage sample using double layer
technique. Student group project: Phage therapy in India. 10

Suggested Reading:

1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and


D. Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

2. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

3. Textbook of Microbiology by R. Ananthanarayan and C.K.J. Paniker.


10th edition.Universities Press, India. 2017.

4. Jawetz, Melnick and Adelberg’s Medical Microbiology by K.C. Carroll,


S.A. Morse, T.A. Mietzner and S. Miller. 27th edition. McGraw Hill
Education. 2016.

5. Microbiology: An Introduction by G.J. Tortora, B.R. Funke and C.L.


Case. 9thedition.Pearson Education, USA. 2007.

6. Cappucino, J. and Sherman, N. (2014). Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual.


10th edition. Pearson Education, India.

167
7. Collee, J.G., Fraser, A.G., Marmion, B.P. and Simmons, A. (2007). Mackie
and Mccartney Practical Medical Microbiology. Elsevier 14th edition 1996.

8. Randhawa, V.S., Mehta, G. and Sharma, K.B. (2009). Practicals and Viva in
Medical Microbiology. 2nd edition. Elsevier, India.

9. Fuller, R. (2012). Probiotics: The Scientific Basis. Springer Netherlands.

10. Dhanasekaran, D. and Sankarnarayanan, A (2021). Advances in Probiotics,


Microorganisms in Food and Health. Academic Press.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Teaching and learning Assessment Tasks


no. Learning Activity
Outcomes
1. Will be acquainted with Class room lectures on Test and quiz on human
the importance of the human microbiome. microbiome.
human microbiome Pictorial representation
including the benefits as of various organ
well as possible harmful systems with the
effects. They will have a corresponding
fair knowledge of various microflora.
types of microorganisms
surviving on/in the human
body
2. Will have gained Class room lectures Test and quiz on
knowledge about the on the aetiology, symptoms,
spectrum of diseases symptoms, transmission and
caused by bacteria, transmission and control of various
viruses, protozoa and control of various diseases. Match the
fungi. They will be familiar diseases. Pictorial following type quiz on
with the methods of representation of disease and causative
transmission and control various signs and agent.
of various diseases. symptoms of Identification of
diseases. disease based on
photographs of
specific disease
presentation.

3. Will understand the role Class room lectures Test and quiz on role of
of probiotics in human and videos on probiotics, prebiotics,
health. They will have probiotics and synbiotics and
learnt about the bacteriophages. bacteriophages.
characteristics of probiotic
microorganisms and have
a fair idea of prebiotics
and synbiotics. They will
also have an overview of

168
bacteriophages and their
role in therapy.

4. Will have hands-on Class room lecture Demonstration of


training on isolation of and hands-on practical practicals. Quiz on
microorganisms from skin of isolation of bacteria various aspects of
and staining of from skin surface and practicals including
microorganisms collected staining of bacteria principle, observations,
from oral cavity, and will from oral cavity. result and precautions.
be able to check the Determination of
efficacy of the sanitizer sanitizer efficacy on
and antimicrobial action skin.
of heavy metals.

5. Will become aware of Online and offline Demonstration of


various probiotic products survey of probiotic practicals. Quiz on
available in the market products and types of various aspects of
and the organisms probiotic organisms. practicals including
included in these Practical principle, observations,
products. They will demonstration of result and precautions.
receive hands-on training isolation of probiotics
for evaluation of various and study of various
probiotic products and properties.
microbial strains.

6. Will have a fair Classroom lecture on Quiz on various


understanding of bacteriophage typing. aspects of practicals
bacteriophage typing and Practical performance including principle,
will also have hands on of isolation of observations, result
training in the isolation of bacteriophages from and precautions.
bacteriophages from sewage.
sewage samples.

* Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

169
MICROB-GE3

FOOD FERMENTATION AND PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The major objective of this paper is to develop clear understanding about the microorganisms
important in food and various factors affecting their growth. The students will gain in depth
knowledge about food fermentation, their benefits and the processes involved in production of
fermented foods. The concept of probiotic, prebiotic and synbiotics will also be discussed. The
course also deals with the principle and the techniques involved in processing and
preservation of food substances. The students will also be trained and be given hands on
training in various microbiological techniques involved in food fermentation and food
preservation. The course on completion can open many career options.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.


Course learning outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student:
CO1: Will be familiar with the microbes important in food, their morphological, cultural, and
physiological characteristics, and factors influencing their growth
CO2: Will have got an overview of fermented foods and their health benefits. Also, will be
acquainted with the microbes and their processes involved in production of fermented foods.
CO3: Will have learnt about the causes of food spoilage and be aware of different preservation
techniques used to increase the shelf life of food products.
CO4: Will have gained hands on experience in isolating and characterizing microbes from
food.
CO5: Will have become familiar with the principle of food fermentation by production of
fermented foods in the laboratory.
CO6: Will have an insight into various microbiological and biochemical testing techniques
used for assessing the efficacy of various food preservation techniques.
Contents:
Theory: 30 hours
Unit 1: Microorganisms in Food Microbiology: Introduction to microorganisms important
in foods: morphological, cultural and physiological characteristics of moulds (Aspergillus,
Rhizopus), yeast (Saccharomyces), and bacteria (Lactobacillus, Acetobacter), Factors
affecting microbial growth in foods- intrinsic (pH, water activity, mechanical barriers and redox
potential) and extrinsic (temperature, gaseous atmosphere). 6

Unit 2: Food Fermentation: History, definition and benefits of fermented foods. Types of food
fermentations (acid-, yeast-, solid state-, oriental and indigenous fermented foods). Production
and maintenance of microbial cultures involved in food fermentation, starter culture and its
problems. Production of dairy (dahi, yoghurt, kefir, cheese) and non-dairy fermented foods
(dosa, kanji, sauerkraut, tempeh, soy sauce), beverages (beer, wine) and concept of pre-, pro-

170
and syn- biotics. 12

Unit 3: Principles of food preservation: Definition and causes of food spoilage.


Classification of food by ease of spoilage. General principles of food preservation.
Preservation by low temperature: freezing & refrigeration. Preservation by high temperature:
pasteurisation and canning. Preservation by moisture control: drying and dehydration.
Preservation by radiation: Gamma, microwaves and UV rays. Preservation by added food
preservatives: salt, sugar, benzoate, nitrite and nitrate, wood smoke, nisin. Preservation by
developed preservatives, modified atmosphere packaging. 12

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4: Isolation and characterisation of microbes important in food: Isolation and


microscopic examination of fungi from a spoiled bread. Isolation of lactic acid bacteria from
curd using MRS medium and microscopic characterisation by Gram’s staining. Effect of
different temperatures/ salt concentration on microbial growth. 24
Unit 5: Food fermentation: Preparation of kefir using kefir grains/ fermented cabbage
(sauerkraut). Viability test for yeast using methylene blue. Survey on the availability and usage
of various probiotic foods from market. 12
Unit 6: Food Preservation: Effect of blanching on food preservation. Incubation test for cans/
tetrapack to determine sterility. Alkaline phosphatase test to check efficiency of pasteurization
of milk: principle, performance of the test with various pasteurized milk samples, evaluation of
milk quality based on results obtained. Assessment of efficiency of sterilisation of milk:
principle and performance of Turbidity Test and evaluation of milk quality based on obtained
results. 24

Suggested Readings:
1. Food processing and preservation by H. Naik and T. Amin. CRC Press. 2022.

2. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

3. Microbiology and Technology of fermented foods by R. Hutkins. 2nd edition. Wiley


Blackwell, UK. 2019.

4. Food Microbiology by W.C. Frazier, D.C. Westhoff, and N.M. Vanitha. 5th
edition. TataMcGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, India. 2017.

5. Handbook of fermented functional foods by F. Edward. 2nd Edition. CRC press,


UK. 2016.

6. FSSAI Manual of methods of analysis of foods. Food safety and standards


Authority of India, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India,
2015.

7. Advances in Fermented Foods and Beverages by W. Holzapfel. 1st edition.


Woodhead Publishing, USA. 2014.

171
8. Handbook of food and beverage fermentation technology by Y. Hui, L. Meunier-
Goddik, J. Josephsen, W. Nip and P. Stanfield. 1st edition. CRC Press, UK. 2004.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes


S. Course Learning Teaching and Learning Assessment Tasks
No. Outcomes Activity

1. Will be familiar with the Interactive sessions with Assignment and quiz on
microbes important in food, power point presentations the characteristics of
their morphological, cultural, on the morphological, microbes associated
and physiological cultural, and physiological with food and factors
characteristics, and factors characteristics of microbes influencing their growth
influencing their growth important in food

2. Will have got an overview of Classroom lectures and Students to collect


fermented foods and their detailed discussion on the samples of various
health benefits. Also, will be fermentation process fermented foods
acquainted with the through flow charts, power available commercially
microbes and their point presentations and and do market survey on
processes involved in relevant online videos their consumption. Class
production of fermented test / Assignment on
foods
MFC and types of starter
cultures

3. Will have learnt about the Teaching of various Class tests, Quiz and
causes of food spoilage and preservation techniques MCQs on the various
be aware of different through power point preservation methods
preservation techniques presentations and online
used to increase the shelf videos
life of food products.
4. Will have gained hands on Media preparation and Drawing well labelled
experience in isolating and sterilization, isolation & diagrams of microscopic
characterizing microbes identification of various observations of isolated
from food. microbes in food. Also fungi and bacteria from
understanding the food
importance of various
physical- chemical factors
on growth
5. Will have become familiar Hands on training on the Compilation of report on
with the principle of food laboratory preparation of the survey done by the
fermentation by production fermented foods and students to understand
of fermented foods in the survey on the consumption the availability and
laboratory. pattern of fermented foods acceptance of fermented
foods
6. Will have an insight into Laboratory training in Viva voce, multiple
various microbiological and processing and choice questions and
biochemical testing preservation protocols for spotting
techniques used for different food products
assessing the efficacy of
various food preservation
techniques.
*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary

172
MICROB-GE4
MICROBIAL QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING
Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)
Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of the course is to underscore the importance of microbiological quality
control in various sectors. Students will gain in-depth knowledge about criteria and
procedures for safety in quality assurance in water, food and pharmaceutical sector. They
will become proficient in various microbiological techniques used for quality testing of
samples will be discussed. They will gain hands-on training in basic microbiological
techniques used for quality testing.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the students:

CO1: Will have acquired knowledge about microbiological quality through Good
Microbiological laboratory Practices (GMLP), biosafety levels, quality control of
microbiological culture media, sterilization and antimicrobial susceptibility test.

CO2: Will have learnt methods to assess potability of drinking water, and become aware of
Hazard analysis critical control point (HACCP) for food safety, as well as microbial limits in
food and pharmaceutical products. Will be familiar with various microbiological standards and
certifications by accredited certification bodies.

CO3: Will have gained insights into various microbiological, biochemical, molecular and
immunological testing techniques used for assessing quality of drinking water and food
products.

CO4: Will be capable of assessing the potability of water by performing various microbiological
tests.

CO5: Will be capable of performing various biochemical and microbiological tests used to
evaluate the quality of milk, packaged foods, pharmaceutical formulation and will gain
knowledge about using phenol coefficient test for assessing quality of disinfectants.

CO6: Will learn to design HACCP plan for any food product manufacture like milk processing
and packaging.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours
Unit 1: Safety practices and quality control in microbiology: Principles of Good
microbiological laboratory practices (GMLP), Concept of biosafety levels (BSLs), Safety
equipment and protective measures used in different categories of biosafety levels
laboratories. Examples of microorganisms that are classified as BSL-1 to BSL-4. Quality
control of microbiological culture media, sterilization, antimicrobial susceptibility test. 6

Unit 2: Quality control and assurance in water, food and pharmaceutical sector:
Water potability: criteria and procedures for quality assurance of drinking water,
recommended quality control strains for water testing, recommendations of
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for drinking water quality. Food safety and
173
microbiology: overview of health hazards related to food, Hazard analysis of critical control
point (HACCP) for food safety. Role of Codex Alimentarius Commission (CAC) in safety of
food and agriculture products. BIS standards, FSSAI standards, ISO certification. Sterility
testing of food and pharmaceutical products: importance and objectives, microbial limits. 10

Unit 3: Microbial quality control tests: Collection and processing samples for testing.
Detection of microorganisms and sample testing by culture and microscopic methods: direct
microscopic counts (fluorescence-based), standard plate count method, selective media
(Salmonella-Shigella agar, mannitol salt agar, EMB agar, McConkey agar), Bioburden
testing, Most Probable Number (MPN), membrane filtration test, phenol coefficient test.
Detection of microorganisms and sample testing by molecular methods: nucleic acid probes,
PCR-based detection. Biosensors. Detection of microorganisms and sample testing by
biochemical and immunological methods: Endotoxin testing by Limulus lysate test, pyrogen
testing, rapid detection methods by Clot-on-Boiling Test (COB), Resazurin assay. 14

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4: Water potability: Testing potability of water samples by standard procedures: Most
Probable Number method (MPN) /presumptive test, confirmed test, completed test for faecal
contamination: principles of the methods, performance of the tests with various water samples
using differential and selective media, evaluation of the water quality based on the results
obtained. Testing water potability by using standard kits. 20

Unit 5: Food quality control and assurance: Assessment of the microbiological quality of
raw versus pasteurized milk by Methylene Blue Dye Reduction Test (MBRT), evaluation and
grading of milk quality based on the results obtained. Clot on boiling (COB) test of milk
samples: principle, performance of the test with milk samples, and evaluation of milk quality
based on results obtained. Sterility testing of canned food, tetra pack drinks and any
pharmaceutical formulation (eye drops/ injection ampules) by either using the membrane
filtration test or by standard plate count method. Detection of microorganisms in food samples
through any one differential and selective medium. Demonstration of phenol coefficient test to
evaluate efficacy of disinfectants using standard kits. 28

Unit 6: HACCP: Student research study project: Designing of HACCP plan for milk
processing and packaging or any other food product: product description, flowchart of
production, assessing hazards and risks associated with different steps of production till
consumption, identification of critical control points (CCP) and critical limits, suggestive
procedures to monitor CCPs and corrective actions, effective record keeping to document the
HACCP plan, and procedures for verification. 12

Suggested Reading:
1. Analytical Food Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by A.E. Yousef, J.G. Waite-Cusic
and J.J. Perry. 2nd edition. Wiley Publishers, UK. 2022.

2. Laboratory Manual of Food Microbiology by N. Garg, K.L. Garg and K.G. Mukerji.
Dreamtech Press, India. 2021.

3. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

4. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.

174
McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

5. Food Safety & Quality Control by P. Mathur. Orient Black Swan Pvt. Ltd., India. 2018.

6. Manuals of methods of analysis of foods and water by Food safety and standards
authority of India, Ministry of health and family welfare, Government of India, 2016.

7. Food Microbiology by W.C. Frazier, D.C. Westhoff, and N.M. Vanitha.


5th edition. TataMcGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, India. 2013.

8. Handbook of Microbiological Quality Control in Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices


by R.M. Baird and S.P. Denver. 1st edition, CRC Press, U.K. 2000.

9. Microbiological Analysis of Food and Water: Guidelines for Quality Assurance by N.F.
Lightfoot and E.A. Maier. Elsevier Science. 1998.

10. Essentials of Food Microbiology by J.H. Garbutt. 2nd edition. Hodder Arnold Publishers.
1997.

Facilitating the achievement of course learning objectives

Unit Course learning Teaching and learning Assessment tasks*


No. outcomes activities
1. Will have acquired Classroom lectures on Assignment on Biosafety,
knowledge about biosafety and Good Good Microbiological
microbiological quality Microbiological Laboratory Practices
through Good Laboratory Practices (GMLP).
Microbiological (GMLP).
laboratory Practices
(GMLP), biosafety levels,
quality control of
microbiological culture
media, sterilization and
antimicrobial
susceptibility test.
2. Will have learnt methods Detailed discussion on Class test and quiz on
to assess potability of control, regulation and quality assurance and
drinking water, and inspection measures of control.
become aware of Hazard water and food
analysis critical control products that ensure
point (HACCP) for food the consumer receives
safety, as well as products of good
microbial limits in food microbiological quality.
and pharmaceutical
products. Will be familiar
with various
microbiological
standards and
certifications by
accredited certification
bodies.

175
3. Will have gained insights Teaching various Quiz and MCQ’s on various
into various microbiological tests and techniques for
microbiological, examination techniques microbiological
biochemical, molecular and tools through flow assessment of water and
and immunological charts, powerpoint food products.
testing techniques used presentations and
for assessing quality of relevant online videos.
drinking water and food
products.
4. Will be capable of Hands on training to Viva and quiz on various
assessing the potability of
assess the quality of differential and selective
water by performing various water samples media and biochemical
various microbiological by using kits and by tests.
tests. preparing and
inoculating different
differential, selective
and biochemical media
eg. Lactose
fermentation broth,
EMB agar, peptone
water, glucose peptone
broth and Simmons
citrate agar.
5. Will be capable of Practical laboratory A short report on the
performing various sessions on the microbiological quality of
biochemical and evaluation of packaged food items
microbiological tests microbiological quality available in the college
used to evaluate the of milk, various canteen.
quality of milk, packaged packaged foods and
foods, pharmaceutical pharmaceutical
formulation and will gain products. Insight into
knowledge about using the testing of
phenol coefficient test for bactericidal efficacy of
assessing quality of various disinfectants
disinfectants. using phenol coefficient
test.
6. Will learn to design Guiding students in the Posters/charts on HACCP
HACCP plan for any food preparation of a plan.
product manufacture like document in
milk processing and accordance with the
packaging. principles of HACCP
system for a food chain
from primary
production to final
consumption.
*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

176
MICROB-GE5

MICROBES IN ANIMAL HEALTH

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this course is to introduce the students to the importance of
microorganisms in animal health. Students will learn about the interactions of microbes with
various types of livestock and pet animals. Students will be introduced to various bacterial,
fungal, viral and protozoan diseases of animals. They will be introduced to various types of
microorganisms residing in rumen, and learn about various methods for obtaining blood,
rumen fluid and milk samples from animals. They will be introduced to principles of various
diagnostic methods used in lab diagnosis of animal infections. Students will learn about the
vaccination schedule followed for cattle and poultry.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.


Course Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student:
CO1: Will be acquainted with various types of livestock and pet animals, rumen microflora,
and their advantages and disadvantages.
CO2: Will have gained knowledge about the spectrum of diseases caused by bacteria and
fungi in animals, becoming familiar with the symptoms, transmission mode, treatment,
prevention and control of various bacterial and fungal diseases.
CO3: Will understand the symptoms, transmission, treatment, prevention and control of
various diseases caused by viruses and protozoa.
CO4: Will be familiar with various methods of sampling of blood and rumen fluid. Will have
had hands-on training for the detection of mastitis by testing milk samples.
CO5: Will be aware of the principles of serological tests based on agglutination, precipitation,
haemagglutination inhibition, ELISA and lateral flow assays for diagnosis of animal
diseases/infection.
CO6: Will have a fair understanding of vaccination schedule followed for cattle, buffalo and
poultry. They will learn the concept of differentiation between the vaccinated and infected
animals.
Contents:
Theory: 30 hours
Unit 1. Introduction to livestock and rumen microflora: A brief introduction of various types
of livestock and pet animals: cattle, sheep, goat, dogs, cats and poultry. Different types of
microbes in rumen along with their functions: archaebacteria (methanogens), bacteria,
protozoa, fungi (cellulolytic and proteolytic). 8
Unit 2. Bacterial and fungal diseases of animals: A concise overview of aetiological agent,
symptoms, transmission, treatment, prevention and control of the following bacterial and
fungal diseases: anthrax, brucellosis, mastitis, Johne’s disease, campylobacteriosis, black
quarter, haemorrhagic septicemia (HS), aspergillosis and mucormycosis. 12

177
Unit 3. Viral and protozoan diseases of animals: An overview of aetiological agent,
symptoms, transmission, treatment, prevention and control of following viral diseases: foot
and mouth disease (FMD), rinderpest/PPR, blue tongue disease, avian influenza, canine
distemper, rabies, babesiosis, theileriosis and trypanosomiasis. 10

Practicals: 60 hours
Unit 4. Sampling methods for obtaining blood, rumen fluid and milk: Sampling of blood
from cattle, sheep, goat, dog, cat, mice and poultry by virtual lab. Sampling of rumen fluid:
syringe, rumenotomy by virtual lab/video. Sampling of milk: California mastitis test. 15
Unit 5. Serological tests for diagnosis of infectious agent: Principle and working method
of: Agglutination, precipitation, haemagglutination inhibition assay, ELISA, and Lateral flow
assay for antigen detection. 30
Unit 6. Vaccination of livestock animals: Concept of differentiation between infected and
vaccinated animal (DIVA test) for FMD and brucellosis. Student group project: Research
study and review of the vaccination schedules for cattle, buffalo and poultry. 15

Suggested Reading:

1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan, K.S. Bender, D.H.


Buckley, W.M. Sattley and D.A. Stahl. 16th edition. Pearson Education, USA.
2021.

2. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020

3. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

4. Microbiology: An Introduction by G.J. Tortora, B.R. Funke,and C.L. Case. 13th


edition. Pearson, USA. 2018.

5. Textbook of Microbiology by R. Ananthanarayan and C.K.J. Paniker. 10th


edition.Universities Press, India. 2017.

6. Jawetz, Melnick and Adelberg’s Medical Microbiology by K.C. Carroll, S.A.


Morse, T.A.Mietzner and S. Miller. 27th edition. McGraw Hill Education. 2016.

7. Veterinary Microbiology by D. Scott McVey, Melissa Kennedy and M.M. Chengappa.


3rd edition. Wiley – Blackwell, USA. 2013.

8. Handbook of Good Dairy Husbandry Practices. National Dairy Development Board


(NDDB).

9. Practicals and Viva in Medical Microbiology by V. Randhawa, G. Mehta and K.


Sharma. 2nd edition. Elsevier, India. 2009.

10. Mackie and McCartney Practical Medical Microbiology by J. Collee, A. Fraser, B.


Marmion and A. Simmons. 14th edition. Elsevier publications. 1996

178
Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Teaching and learning Assessment


no. Learning Activity Tasks
Outcomes
1. Will be acquainted with Class room lectures on Test and quiz on
various types of livestock livestock, pet animals and livestock, pet
and pet animals, rumen rumen microflora. Pictures of animals and rumen
microflora, and their various animal breeds. microflora.
advantages and
disadvantages.
2. Will have gained Class room lectures on the Test and quiz on
knowledge about the aetiology, symptoms, symptoms,
spectrum of diseases transmission, treatment, transmission
caused by bacteria and prevention and control of and control of
fungi in animals, bacterial and fungal diseases various
becoming familiar with the in animals. Pictorial diseases. Match
symptoms, transmission representation of various thefollowing type
mode, treatment, signs and symptoms of quizon disease
prevention and control of diseases. and causative
various bacterial and
agent.
fungal diseases.
Identification of
disease based
on photographs
of specific
disease
presentation.
MCQson
causation of
disease and
prevention and
control.
3. Will understand the Class room lectures on the Test and quiz on
symptoms, transmission, aetiology, symptoms, symptoms,
treatment, prevention and transmission, treatment, transmission
control of various prevention and control of and control of
diseases caused by viral and protocoan diseases various
viruses and protozoa. in animals. Pictorial diseases. Match
representation of various thefollowing type
signs and symptoms of quizon disease
diseases. and causative
agent.
Identification of
disease based
on photographs
of specific
disease
presentation.

179
MCQson
causation of
disease and
prevention and
control.
4. Will be familiar with Various sampling methods Quiz on various
various methods of through virtual lab / videos. aspects of the
sampling of blood and Performance of California practicals.
rumen fluid. Will have had test for diagnosing mastitis. Recording of
hands-on training for the principle,
detection of mastitis by observations,
testing milk samples. result and
precautions in
practical records.
5. Will be aware of the Various diagnostic methods Quiz on various
principles of serological through virtual lab / videos. aspects of the
tests based on Performance of practicals.
agglutination, ELISA/lateral flow assay. Recording of
precipitation, principle,
haemagglutination observations,
inhibition, ELISA and result and
precautions in
lateral flow assays for
practical records
diagnosis of animal
diseases/infection.

.6. Will have a fair Student group research Quiz on various


understanding of study and group discussion vaccines and
vaccination schedule on vaccination for various concept of DIVA.
followed for cattle, buffalo diseases and concept of
and poultry. They will learn differentiation of infectious
the concept of and vaccinated animals
differentiation between the (DIVA).
vaccinated and infected
animals.

* Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

180
MICROB-GE6
MICROBES IN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of the course is for students to appreciate how various microorganisms
are bestowed with the capacity to modulate the environment. Students will get acquainted with
the role of microbes in biodegradation, biogeochemical cycling, and production of biofuels.
They will become aware of environmental problems and how microorganisms are used to
manage these problems. This course will motivate them to think of novel ways to solve various
environmental issues, including newer challenges such as e-waste management and plastic
degradation using suitable microbes.

Pre-requisite: None.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: Will be aware of the importance of microbes in any ecosystem with reference to nutrient
cycling/ biogeochemical cycling, and will be acquainted with biofuels and the role of microbes
in mineral recovery.

CO2: Will have gained knowledge about BOD, COD and various methods of waste treatment
(solid and liquid) utilizing diverse microorganisms.

CO3: Will have learnt about microbial bioremediation, including petroleum products, microbial
degradation of pesticides, plastics and e-waste management for a cleaner environment.

CO4: Will have understood the concept of potability of water and will have performed various
tests to check the potability of given water samples.

CO5: Will have isolated several microorganisms with special and unique properties from
natural reservoirs of soil and landfills etc., and will understand how they keep reclaiming and
rejuvenating our environment.

CO6: Will be able to combine conventional methods with innovative solutions to preserve
and enhance environmental sustainability.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours
Unit 1: Role of microbes in biodegradation, biofuels and bioleaching: Role of microbes
in biodegradation and maintaining a continuous supply of nutrients like carbon, nitrogen
(nitrogen fixation, ammonification and denitrification) and phosphorus in the ecosystem.
Microbes as sources of Biofuels: bioethanol, algal biofuels, biogas, microbes in mineral
recovery (iron, gold). 10

Unit 2: Microbes in waste management: Sources and types of solid waste, sanitary
landfill, composting. Liquid waste management: composition and strength of sewage
181
(BOD and COD). Primary, secondary (aerobic: Oxidation pond, Trickling filter,
Activated sludge process; anaerobic: Septic tank, Imhoff tank, anaerobic sludge
digestor); and tertiary sewage treatment. 12

Unit 3: Microbial bioremediation: Bioremediation of contaminated soils (heavy


metals and petroleum) and marine pollutants. Microbial degradation of pesticides
(2,4-D and 2,4,5-T). Role of microbes in e-waste management and plastic
degradation. 8

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4: Determination of water potability: Water potability, Safety standards of


drinking (potable) water. Methods to determine potability of water samples, standard
qualitative procedure - presumptive test/MPN test, confirmed and completed tests
for faecal coliforms; membrane filtration technique and Presence/Absence tests for
coliforms using rapid detection kit.
20
Unit 5: Isolation of microbes important in environment management: Detection of
starch/ cellulose-degrading and dye (malachite green/crystal violet/methylene blue)
decolorising microorganisms from the soil. Isolation of heavy metal-accumulating
(copper/nickel/zinc/ cobalt/aluminium) microorganisms from soil, and plastic-degrading
microbes from landfills. 24

Unit 6: Preparation of compost using composting pits on college premises or elsewhere.


Student Idea Presentation on environment protection. Visit to a wastewater treatment
plant/solid waste treatment site. Understanding eutrophication and algal blooms with the
help of pictures. 16

Suggested Reading:

1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and

D. Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

2. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th


edition. McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

3. Soil Microbiology by N.S. Subba Rao. 5th edition. Medtech, India. 2017.

4. Environmental Microbiology edited by I.L. Pepper, C.P. Gerba, T.J.


Gentry. 3rd edition.Academic Press, USA. 2014.

5. Advances in Applied Bioremediation edited by A. Singh, R.C. Kuhad and


O. P. Ward.Springer-Verlag, Germany. 2009.

6. Microbial Ecology: Fundamentals and Applications by R.M. Atlas, R.


Bartha. 4th edition.Benjamin Cummings, USA. 2000.

7. An Introduction to Soil Microbiology by A. Martin. 2nd edition. John Wiley and Sons

Co, UK. 1991.

182
Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning
Outcomes:

Unit Course Learning Teaching and learning Assessment Tasks *


no. Outcomes Activity
1 Will be aware of the Chalk and talk lectures Practice test and
importance of microbes in any on the role of microbes group discussion on
ecosystem with reference to in the environment. the contents of this
nutrient cycling/ Descriptive lectures on unit taught in the
biogeochemical cycling, and the nutrient cycling classroom.
will be acquainted with biofuels pathways.
and the role of microbes
in mineral recovery.
2 Will have gained knowledge Class lectures on BOD and Class test and group
about BOD, COD and various COD. Powerpoint discussion.
methods of waste treatment presentations and
(solid and liquid) utilizing blackboard teaching on
diverse microorganisms. solid and liquid treatments
for a sustainable
environment.
3 Will have learnt about microbial Conventional blackboard Quiz and idea
bioremediation, including teaching of these aspects and presentations by
petroleum products, microbial updated discussion on how to students on these
degradation of pesticides, address these issues environmental issues.
plastics and e-waste including the newly emerged
management for a challenges.
cleaner environment.
4 Will have understood the Hands-on experiments to Making the students
concept of potability of water conduct water potability tests
repeat the experiments
and will have performed specified in the syllabus. A
themselves once they
various tests to trip to a nearby sewage plant.
are conducted under
check the potability of given the instructor's
water samples. supervision.
5 Will have isolated several Hands on experiments on Making students think
microorganisms with special attempting to isolate such and spell out the
and unique properties from microorganisms under specially created
natural reservoirs of soil and specially designed selection conditions for these
landfills etc., and will conditions or unique culture isolations, other than
understand how they keep media. what has been
reclaiming and rejuvenating explained and
our environment. followed by the
instructor.
6 Will be able to combine Outdoor experiment of Continuous monitoring
conventional methods with creating a compost pit and and evaluation of
innovative solutions to commencing a habit of students while
preserve and enhance adding garbage and participating in these
environmental providing the required unique hands-on
sustainability. treatment. activities. Innovative
Explaining the dreaded impact idea presentation on
of plastic waste and e- environment
waste build up. preservation
and group discussion
*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary

183
MICROB-GE7

MICROBES IN INFECTIOUS DISEASES

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The major objective of this course is to gives students of other disciplines an overview of the
fundamentals of principles of immunology, infection and disease. The students will become
aware of the whole spectrum of infectious diseases caused by different classes of microbes.
They will be become familiar with methods of disease diagnosis, the identification of the
causative microbe and the latest immunological techniques.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: Will have acquired knowledge about the basic concepts associated with infectious
diseases and the principles and types of infection.

CO2: Will have been introduced to the different immune organs, immune cells, and their
functions. Will understand the role of antigens and antibodies in fighting infection.

CO3: Will have learnt about the different types of microbial diseases, their symptoms, and
mode of transmission.

CO4: Will know how to determine the complete blood count (TLC and DLC). Will be able to
identify the human blood groups and different immune cells.

CO5: Will have gained knowledge about the different selective and differential media for
culturing bacteria. Will have learnt the principle and working of PCR-based tests for disease
diagnosis.

CO6: Will be able to identify pathogenic bacteria by performing biochemical tests.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1. Introduction to basic concepts of infection and disease: Infection, colonization,


pathogenicity, virulence and its determinants (adhesion, enzymes, toxins - exotoxins and
endotoxins), transmission (direct and indirect) of infectious diseases. Types of infections
(acute, latent, chronic), opportunistic and nosocomial infections. Reservoir and source of
infection. 6

Unit 2. Basic principles of immunology: Basic concepts of innate and adaptive immunity.
Cells and organs of the immune system. Characteristics of antigen (foreignness, molecular
size and heterogeneity), haptens, adjuvant. Structure, types and functions of antibodies. Cell
mediated immunity. Primary and secondary immune response. Principles of immunization and
types of vaccines. 12

Unit 3. Infectious diseases and their transmission: Symptoms and mode of transmission
of diseases. Bacterial : tuberculosis, tetanus, anthrax. Viral: chicken pox, measles, mumps,
polio, COVID-19, AIDS, dengue. Fungal: athlete’s foot, histoplasmosis, candidiasis.
184
Protozoan: malaria, amoebiasis. 12

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Immunological techniques: Use of the haemocytometer. Analyzing total leucocyte


count and differential leukocyte count in blood sample: determining percent count neutrophils,
lymphocytes, eosinophils, basophils and monocytes in a blood smear. Identification of human
blood groups and different immune cells. 20

Unit 5. Culturing of microorganisms and diagnosis: Use of various selective and


differential media for culturing and identification of bacteria: mannitol salt agar,
deoxycholate citrate agar / Salmonella Shigella (SS) agar, MacConkey / EMB Agar. Use
of PCR based techniques to identify the infectious agent. Student group project: Different
methods used to diagnose the following diseases: COVID19, tuberculosis. 20

Unit 6. Biochemical tests for identifying bacteria: Bacterial identification based on


morphological features: Gram staining, capsule, endospore and motility characteristics.
Bacterial identification based on biochemical characteristics: IMViC (Indole test, Methyl
Red test, Voges-Proskauer test, Citrate test), Triple Sugar Iron (TSI) test, and catalase
test.Kit based identification of a microbial pathogen. 20

Suggested Reading:

1. Textbook of Microbiology by R. Ananthanarayan and C.K.J. Paniker. 11th edition.


Universities Press, India. 2020.

2. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman, K. and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGraw Hill Higher Education, USA. 2019

3. Basic Immunology: Functions and Disorders of the Immune System by A. K.


Abbas, A. H. Lichtman, S. Pillai. 6th edition. Elsevier, India. 2019.

4. Kuby Immunology by J. Punt, S. Stranford, P. Jones, and J. Owen. 8th edition.


W.H. Freeman and Company, USA. 2018.

5. Jawetz, Melnick and Adelberg’s Medical Microbiology by K.C. Carroll, S. A. Morse,


T.A. Mietzner, and S. Miller. 28th edition. McGraw Hill Education, USA. 2016.
Immunology by C. Richard and S. Geoffrey. 6th edition. Wiley- Blackwell Scientific
Publication, UK. 2009.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Assessment *


no. learning Activity
1 Will have acquired knowledge Class room lecture Quiz, assignment.
about the basic concepts and PPT, worksheets
associated with infectious
diseases and the principles and
types of infection.

185
2 Will have been introduced to the Pictorial MCQs, worksheets,
different immune organs, representation of assignment and
immune cells, and their these topics and group discussion.
functions. Will understand the Video films for their
role of antigens and antibodies functioning
in fighting infection.
3 Will have learnt about the PPT, pictorial Class test,
different types of microbial representation, video assignment.
diseases, their symptoms, and classes
mode of transmission.
4 Will know how to determine the Performing hands-on Assignments, class
complete blood count (TLC and experiments to count tests and viva,
DLC). Will be able to identify the the total leucocytes. Maintenance
human blood groups and Also different types of Practical record
different immune cells. leucocytes will be along with
recognised and discussion and
counted in the blood interpretation of
sample . results.
5 Will have gained knowledge Discussion on Evaluation through
about the different selective and principle and spotting and hands
differential media for culturing composition of on experiments.
bacteria. Will have learnt the different media used
principle and working of PCR- for the culture and
based tests for disease how to identify a
diagnosis. bacterial isolate.
6. Will be able to identify Hands-on Quiz, class test,
pathogenic bacteria by performance of any viva, Practical
performing biochemical tests. two biochemical tests. record along with
Familiarization with discussion and
other tets using virtual interpretation of
lab. results

*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

186
MICROB-GE8

APPLICATIONS OF MICROBES IN BIOTECHNOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The main objective of this course is to provide the students a clear understanding on
the biotechnological potential of microorganisms in production of important industrial
products like amino acids, antibiotics, vitamins, biopolysaccharides, bioplastics,
pharmaceutical products, high fructose corn syrup, biofertilizers, biopesticides,
transgenic plants, biofuels and biogas. They will also learn about the use of
microorganisms for detoxification of industrial effluents, biogas production and
extraction of metals from even low-grade ores.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the students:

CO1: Will have an overview on the scope and importance of microbes in all domains of
human life ranging over agriculture, environmental management, and human health.
Will become familiar with microorganisms being manipulated for their biotechnological
applications.

CO2: Will be familiar with the concept of genetic manipulation of microbes by metabolic
engineering and the production of important microbial products of immense industrial
and medical/therapeutic value.

CO3: Will understand the use of microbes in agricultural biotechnology for the
formulation of biopesticides, biofertilizers, transgenic plants with desirable traits like
disease resistance etc. Will learn the importance of microorganisms in environmental
management and biofuels production.

CO4: Will learn about whole cell and enzyme immobilization techniques with strategies of
dye decolorization using microorganisms.

CO5: Will learn about the isolation and screening of enzyme producers from soil and
symbiotic & asymbiotic nitrogen fixers.

CO6: Will gain experience in collecting, analyzing and interpreting data on commercially
available microbial products. Will become familiar with cultivation and importance of edible
mushrooms as well as single cell proteins.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1: General Microbial Biotechnology: Scope of microbial biotechnology in


agriculture, healthcare, environmental management, genomics, and proteomics, with
suitable examples. Microbes commonly used in microbial biotechnology: viruses,
bacteria, fungi. Relevance of natural, laboratory-selected mutant and genetically
engineered microbes (GEMs), primary and secondary metabolites, metabolic engineering.
4
187
Unit 2: Biotechnological potential of microbes in industry and medicine: Production
and applications of microbial products: amino acids (glutamic acid), antibiotics
(streptomycin), vitamins (vitamin B12), polysaccharide (xanthan gum), bioplastic (PHB),
high fructose corn syrup using immobilized microbial enzyme glucose isomerase.
Production and applications of important medicinal products: Insulin, recombinant
vaccine (Covishield) and Microbial biosensor (glucose oxidase), gene therapy for SCID
in humans using virus. 12

Unit 3: Agricultural and Environmental Biotechnology: Biofertilizers and


biopesticides in agriculture: definition, classification with examples, advantages and
disadvantages. Fertilizers from agricultural waste. Development of transgenic crops with
important traits such as resistance to insects and viruses, herbicide resistance and
environmental stress (drought and frost). Brief description of Bt cotton and Golden rice.
Biofuel production from lignocellulosic waste and algal biomass, biogas (methane and
hydrogen) production using microbes. Role of microbes in bioremediation (superbug,
oilzapper, concentration of uranium from waste using bacteria). Biodegradation of
xenobiotics (types of xenobiotics, hazards from xenobiotics, origin of microbial capacity
to degrade xenobiotics and suitable examples) and microbial mining (mineral recovery
of metals by bioleaching). 14

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4: Microbial enzyme immobilization and dye degradation: Performing yeast cell
immobilization and enzyme immobilization in suitable polymers by calcium alginate
method, studying the activity and reuse of the immobilized enzyme for recycling purpose,
observing dye decolorization/degradation using bacteria or fungi. 16

Unit 5: Enzymes and microbes from soil: Screening of soil samples for isolation of
hydrolytic enzymes: protease, lipase, cellulase, xylanase (any two) producing
microorganisms using plate assay, isolation of symbiotic nitrogen fixer: Rhizobium from
root nodules, isolation of asymbiotic nitrogen fixers from soil: Azotobacter and Azospirillum.
24

Unit 6: Microbial products: Student group project: Conducting a market survey to identify
any five popular microbial products and working to identify the microbe(s) involved in its
production and the method of its preparation. Study of mushroom cultivation: importance,
types of edible mushrooms and their cultivation, introduction to medicinal mushrooms. Single
cell protein from algae Spirulina & Chlorella: medicinal importance, advantages,
disadvantages and production strategies. 20

Suggested Reading:

1. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th


edition. McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

2. Biotechnology: A Textbook of Industrial Microbiology by W. Crueger, A.


Crueger and K.R.Aneja. 3rd edition. Medtech Publisher, India. 2017.

3. Principles of Fermentation Technology by P.F. Stanbury, A.Whitaker and


S.J. Hall. 3rd edition. Elsevier Science Ltd, Netherlands. 2016.

4. A Textbook of Biotechnology by R.C. Dubey. 5th edition. S. Chand and Co, India.
2014.

188
5. Molecular Biotechnology by B.R. Glick, J.J. Pasternak and C.L. Patten.
4th edition, ASMPress, USA. 2009.

6. Microbial Biotechnology by A.N. Glazer and H. Nikaido. 2nd edition.


Cambridge UniversityPress, UK. 2007.
7. Elements of Biotechnology by P.K. Gupta. 2nd edition. Rastogi Publications, India.
2009.

8. Basic Biotechnology by C. Ratledge and B. Kristiansen. 3rd edition.


Cambridge UniversityPress, UK. 2006.

9. Modern Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology by Naduka Okafor.


Science Publishers, USA. 2007.

10. Manual of Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology by A.L. Demain, J.E.


Davies and R.M. Atlas. 2nd edition. ASM Press, USA. 1999.

Facilitating the Achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Learning Assessment Tasks


no. Activity
1 Will have an overview on the Traditional teaching Poster making/
scope and importance of using chalk and board, assignment on the role
microbes in all domains of PowerPoint of microorganisms in
human life ranging over presentations and class various fields touching
agriculture, environmental discussions. human life.
management, and human
health.
Will become familiar with
microorganisms being
manipulated for their
biotechnological applications.

2 Will be familiar with the Conventional chalk and Preparation of flow


concept of genetic talk lectures followed by chartsdepicting the
manipulation of microbes by slide shows and videos production process of
metabolic engineering and the on the process of important
production of important production of microbial biotechnological
microbial products of products. products.
immense industrial and MCQs based quiz.
medical/ therapeutic value.

189
3 Will understand the use of Traditional classroom Debate/ idea
microbes in agricultural lectures, powerpoint presentation on novel
biotechnology for the presentations, educational environment
formulation of biopesticides, videos. management strategies.
biofertilizers, transgenic
plants with desirable traits like
disease resistance etc. Will
learn the importance of
microorganisms in
environmental management
and biofuel production.
4 Will learn about whole cell Hands-on exposure to Observing the beads
and enzyme immobilization immobilization of formation after
techniques with strategies of microbial whole cell and immobilization,
dye decolorization using enzyme immobilization recording of
microorganisms. and dye degradation. observations and
interpretation of results.

5 Will learn about the isolation Performing practical Observing hydrolytic


and screening of enzyme exercises for detection of activity of enzymes in
producers and symbiotic and enzyme activities and different soil samples
asymbiotic nitrogen fixers. isolation of symbiotic and and interpretation of
asymbiotic nitrogen fixers. results. Recording
characteristic features
of isolated bacteria like
shape, size, gram stain,
mobility etc.
6 Will gain experience in Training for conducting Report from the data
collecting, analyzing and surveys on microbial obtained and pasting
interpreting data on products using different pictures of edible
commercially available resources like research mushrooms and algal
microbial products. Will become papers, review articles, SCPs in practical
familiar with cultivation and books and market surveys) records.
importance of edible mushroom and teaching production
as well as single cell protein. strategies of SCPs from
algae.
*Assessment tasks listed here are only indicative and may vary.

190
MICROB-GE9

FUNDAMENTALS OF AGRICULTURAL MICROBIOLOGY

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The major objective of this paper is to develop clear understanding of the role of soil and soil
microbes in agriculture. The student will get an overview of plant microbe interaction and the role
of microbes in nutrient cycles and their importance in agriculture. The students will have an in-
depth knowledge of biofertilizers, composting and their importance for improving crop productivity.
They will get familiarized with the significance of biocontrol agents and organic farming.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the students:

CO1: Will have acquired an overview of soil and its characteristics and will become aware of the
important microorganisms involved in mineralization of essential nutrients present in the soil and
their significance in agriculture. Students will understand various plant-microbe interactions
including symbiotic and non-symbiotic associations.

CO2: Will study various microorganisms acting as biofertilizers including bacterial, fungal and
algal biofertilizers. Students will understand the benefits of biofertilizers as compared to chemical
fertilizers in terms of increased crop productivity and will become familiar with mass culturing of
biofertilizers. Students will have an in-depth knowledge on various aspects of composting.

CO3: Will understand types and applications of bacterial and fungal biocontrol agents in
agriculture and will get an overview of importance of organic farming.

CO4: Will be able to determine soil type, texture and its characteristics. Students will learn about
the microbial interactions with plants. They will get knowledge about the different stages of
nodules in leguminous plant roots and will observe nodule forming bacteria under microscope.
They will also get to know the stages of Mycorrhizal colonization through pictures.

CO5: Will gain an understanding of soil microbiology and microbial ecology, including the types
of organisms living in soil. Students will get hands-on experience and learn about the presence
of microorganisms in soil by CO2 evolution and enzyme activity.

CO6: Will become aware of recycling of organic matter for an easy and cheap way to make
compost to enhance soil quality. They will also know about the antagonistic potential of
Trichoderma spp. as biological control agent against other fungi.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1: Microbes and soil fertility: Soil formation and its types. Macro and micro nutrients in
soil. Role of microbes in nutrient mineralization of carbon, nitrogen and phosphorus. Symbiotic
microbial associations: Rhizobium and Mycorrhiza. Role of free-living microorganisms:

191
rhizosphere, phylloplane, free-living nitrogen fixers and plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria
(PGPR). Factors influencing microbial population in soil. 12

Unit 2: Biofertilizers and composting: Introduction and scope of biofertilizers. Types,


characteristics, mass production and methods of applications of the following: Bacterial
biofertilizers: Rhizobium, Azotobacter, Azospirillum. Algal fertilizer: blue green algae, Azolla-
Anabaena. Fungal biofertilizers: mycorrhiza. Quality testing of biofertilizers (ISI standards). Role
of microbes in organic matter decomposition and different methods of composting. 12

Unit 3: Biocontrol agents and organic farming: Importance, potential and types of biocontrol
agents. Application of Trichoderma spp. and Bacillus thuringiensis as biocontrol agents in
agriculture. Concept of organic farming, types, methods and advantages. 6

Practicals: 60 hours.

Unit 4: Study of soil properties and microbial interactions: Study of soil types and its texture
with the help of Sieve method/Mason jar method. Hands-on analysis of different soil
characteristics - pH, moisture content, water holding capacity, percolation, capillary action of a
soil sample. Isolation of phylloplane microflora on nutrient agar and potato dextrose agar by leaf
impression technique. Demonstration of stages of nodule formation in leguminous plant with the
help of photographs. Slide preparation of crushed nodule to observe nodule forming bacteria.
Study of mycorrhizal association through pictures. 28

Unit 5: Evaluation of microbial activity in soil: Study of microbial activity in soil by CO2
evolution: determination of CO2 by trapping it in alkali solution and its estimation by titration.
Detection of microbes in soil by Dehydrogenase/Urease/Amylase activity: reduction of triphenyl
tetrazolium chloride (TTC) by dehydrogenases/ detection of ammonia by phenol red or Nessler's
reagent/ detection of amylase using iodine solution. 20

Unit 6: Biodegradation of organic matter and Trichoderma as biocontrol agent:


Demonstration of steps of organic matter decomposition: composting of plant and food wastes
containing organic compounds-lignin, cellulose, hemicellulose, polysaccharides, proteins, lipids,
etc. into simple inorganic compounds/elements to be used as soil conditioner. Demonstration of
antagonistic activity of Trichoderma sp. against different fungi (any 2) using dual culture plate
technique. 12

Suggested Reading:

1. Benson’s Microbiological Applications, Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology by A.


Brown and H. Smith.15th edition. McGraw-Hill Education, USA. 2022.

2. Biopesticides and Bioagents: Novel tools for pest management by M. A. Anwer. 1st
edition.Apple Academic Press, USA. 2021.

3. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and D.


Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

4. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

192
5. Soil Microorganisms and plant growth by N.S., Subba Rao. 4th edition. Oxford & IBH
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. India. 2020.

6. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGraw Hill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

7. Biofertilizers in Agriculture and Forestry by N.S., Subba Rao. 4th edition. Biogreen
Publisher, India. 2009.

8. Agricultural Microbiology by G. Rangaswami. and D. J., Bagyarai. 2nd edition,


Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi. 2005.

9. Principles and Applications of Soil Microbiology by D.M., Sylvia. J.J., Fuhrmann. P.J.
Hartel and D.A., Zuberer. 2nd edition Pearson, Prentice Hall, USA. 2005.

10.Agricultural Biotechnology by S.S., Purohit. 2nd edition. Agrobios Publisher,


Jodhpur, India. 2003.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Teaching and learning Activity


no. Outcomes
1. Will have acquired an Discussion on soil types and Class test based on
overview of soil and its the role of different microbes different characteristics of
characteristics and will in nutrient cycling. soil.
become aware of the
important microorganisms Detailed talk on Rhizobium, Poster depicting role of
involved in mineralization of Mycorrhiza, rhizosphere and microbes in mineralization.
essential nutrients present phylloplane.
in the soil and their MCQ on plant- microbe
significance in agriculture. interactions.
Students will understand
various plant-microbe
interactions including
symbiotic and non-
symbiotic associations.
2. Will study various Lecture on different types of Prepare flow chart for the
microorganisms acting as biofertilizers and their benefits production of different types
biofertilizers including over chemical fertilizers. of biofertilizers and
bacterial, fungal and algal composting.
biofertilizers. Students will Interactive session with class
understand the benefits of discussing the process of
biofertilizers as compared to composting giving example of
chemical fertilizers in terms kitchen waste with the help of
of increased crop visual aids.
productivity and will become
familiar with mass culturing
of biofertilizers. Students
will have an in-depth

193
knowledge on various
aspects of composting

3. Will understand types and Class discussion on various Presentations based on


applications of bacterial and pest and pathogens related commercially available
fungal biocontrol agents in problems and their control by biocontrol agents.
agriculture and will get an biocontrol agents.
overview of importance of Creating awareness about
organic farming. Interaction with students organic farming by making
about the importance of posters/brochures.
organic farming.
4. Will be able to determine Hands-on training on various Analysis of the results and
soil type, texture and its methods used for the observations of the various
characteristics. Students evaluation of soil characteristics of different
will learn about the characteristics. types of soil.
microbial interactions with Observation of root nodules
plants. They will get of leguminous plant roots. Drawing of a well labeled
knowledge about the diagram of root nodule
different stages of nodules formation.
in leguminous plant roots
and will observe nodule Submission and
forming bacteria under assessment of practical
microscope. They will also files.
get to know the stages of
Mycorrhizal colonization
through pictures.
5. Will gain an understanding Practical lab session for Question/Viva/Spots based
of soil microbiology and performing enzyme activity/ on the principle of CO2
microbial ecology, including CO2 evolution for checking evolution and enzyme
the types of organisms the presence of activity.
living in soil. Students will microorganisms in soil.
get hands-on experience Submission and
and learn about the assessment of practical
presence of files.
microorganisms in soil by
CO2 evolution and enzyme
activity.

6. Will become aware of Discussion on the steps of Analyzing and comparing


recycling of organic matter composting and role of different methods of
for an easy and cheap way compost as soil conditioner. composting.
to make compost to
enhance soil quality. They Detection of antagonistic Presentations based on the
will also know about the activity of Trichoderma sp. by practicals performed.
antagonistic potential of using agar plate method.
Trichoderma spp. as Submission and
biological control agent assessment of practical
against other fungi. files.

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary.

194
MICROB-GE10

MICROBIAL PRODUCTS IN THERAPEUTICS

Marks: 100 (Theory = 50 marks Duration: Theory = 30 hours (2 credits)


Practicals = 50 marks) Practicals = 60 hours(2 credits)

Course objectives:
The major objective of this course is to give students an in-depth knowledge of the
commercially available microbial products used in the treatment of human diseases and
their management. Students will be acquainted with the large-scale culturing of
microorganisms to produce various metabolites used for therapeutic purposes. Students
will get an hands-on experience in the production of enzymes by microorganisms and
production of fermented foods. They will learn to use bioassay for detecting an antibiotic
in a sample and they will get familiar with the technique to determine antibiotic sensitivity
of any bacterial culture.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the student would be acquainted with the
following:

CO1: Will learn about the techniques involved in isolation, screening and mass culturing
of microorganisms to produce microbial metabolites at the industrial scale.

CO2: Will become conversant with microbial therapeutics used in the management of
infectious diseases in humans.

CO3: Will become familiar with microbial therapeutics in the treatment of non-infectious
diseases.

CO4: Will learn about extracellular enzyme production by microorganisms and its
detection in the broth. They will also become conversant with the production of fermented
food products involving microorganisms.

CO5: Will be able to understand the concept of bioassay for the detection of an antibiotic in
the sample. They will also be able to differentiate between antibiotic sensitive and antibiotic
resistant bacteria.

CO6: The students will gain experience in data collection and analysis of commercially
available therapeutic products and also on locally available fermented foods.

Contents:

Theory: 30 hours

Unit 1. Isolation, screening and mass culturing of microorganisms to produce


useful metabolites: Sources of industrially important microbes, their isolation and
screening (primary and secondary). Fermentation techniques for large scale culturing:
batch, fed-batch, continuously stirred tank reactor, solid-state fermentation. Different
methods for recovery of microbial products. 10

Unit 2. Microbial therapeutics in the treatment of infectious diseases: Antibiotics:


mode of action, uses, and producer organisms of penicillin, streptomycin, tetracycline,
cephalosporin, neomycin, erythromycin, augmentin, vancomycin and griseofulvin.

195
Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR) phenomenon. Enzybiotics: Mode of action, uses and
producer microorganisms of bacteriocins and lysozyme. Probiotics: Features of effective
probiotics, benefits, commonly used probiotic microorganisms (Lactobacillus sp.,
Bifidobacterium sp., Saccharomyces boulardii). Bacto therapy by microbiota transplant.
10

Unit 3. Microbial therapeutics in the treatment of non -infectious diseases: Mode of


action, uses and producer microorganisms of the following biopharmaceuticals: anti-
inflammatory agents (serratopeptidase and collagenase), thrombolytic agents
(streptokinase, nattokinase, tissue plasminogen activator ), digestive aids (fungal amylase
and lipase), anticancer agents (asparaginase, methioninase), vitamins
(cyanocobalamin,riboflavin), hormones (insulin and somatostatin). Production of steroid-
based pharmaceuticals by microbial transformation: dehydrogenation (cortisol to
prednisolone), hydroxylation (progesterone to11α hydroxyprogesterone). 10

Practicals: 60 hours

Unit 4. Production of enzymes and fermented foods: Production of amylase from fungi
and its detection in the culture broth: medium preparation, sterilization by autoclaving,
inoculation, fermentation under specified condition of temperature and product harvesting
from the broth by filtration. Production of any fermented product having probiotic bacteria or
yeast (sauerkraut /curd / kanji ). Estimation of lactic acid produced during curd formation by
titration. 24

Unit 5. Detection of antibiotics and determination of antibiotic susceptibility: Bioassay


to detect the presence of an antibiotic in the broth/ provided samples: spreading an antibiotic
sensitive bacterial culture on nutrient agar plates, making wells in the plates and dispensing
antibiotic dilutions in the wells. Measuring zone of inhibition following incubation .
Determination of the sensitivity of a bacterial culture to antibiotics using Kirby -Bauer disc
diffusion method:spreading a bacterial culture using sterile swab on Mueller -Hinton agar
and determination of susceptibility of the bacterial culture to different antibiotic discs. 24

Unit 6. Data collection and report preparation: Student research study project: Market
survey of commercially available pharmaceutical products of microbial origin. Report
preparation of locally fermented food and dairy products. Presentation of main findings. 12

Suggested Reading:

1. Industrial Microbiology by A.H. Patel. 2nd edition. Laxmi publication Pvt Ltd/Trinity
Press. 2022.

2. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

3. Industrial Microbiology by L.E. Casida. 2nd edition. New Age International publisher.
2019.

4. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

5. Crueger’s Biotechnology: A Textbook of Industrial Microbiology by W. Crueger,


A. Crueger and K.R.Aneja. 3rd edition. Medtech Publisher, India. 2017.

6. Principles of Fermentation Technology by P.F. Stanbury, A.Whitaker and S.J.

196
Hall. 3rd edition. Elsevier Science Ltd, Netherlands. 2016.

7. Benson’s Microbiological applications: Laboratory manual in general microbiology by


A.E. Brown and H. Smith H. 15th edition. McGraw-Hill Education, USA. 2022.

8. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Fundamentals and Applications edited by J.


Crommelin, R. Sindelar and B Meibohm B. 4th edition. Springer, UK. 2013.

9. Manual of Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology edited by R.H. Baltz, A.L.


Demain, and J.E. Davies. 3rd edition. American Society for Microbiology. 2010.

10. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Concepts and Applications by G. Walsh. John Wiley


and Sons. 2007

Facilitating the Achievements of Course Learning Outcomes

Unit Course Learning Teaching and learning Activity Assessment Tasks


no. Outcomes
1. The students will learn about Class room lectures on the Make a list of commercially
the techniques involved in microbial production of available therapeutic
isolation, screening and metabolites at a large scale . products produced by
mass culturing of microorganisms
microorganisms for the
production of microbial
metabolites at an industrial
scale.
2. The students will become Class lectures supplemented Oral quiz/class test.
conversant with the with visual aids for explaining Preparation of a chart to
microbial therapeutics used these topics. Discussion on the show uses of microbial
in the infectious diseases recent developments in therapeutics in controlling
management in humans. biopharmaceuticals based on the infectious diseases.
available literature.
3. The students will become Detailed class lectures about the Assignment on recent
familiar with the use of therapeutic products used in the developments in the field of
microbial therapeutics in the treatment of non-infectious microbial therapeutics for
treatment of non-infectious diseases as listed in the the treatment of non-
diseases. syllabus. infectious diseases.

4. The students will learn Medium preparation,sterilization, Recording of observations


about extracellular enzyme inoculation,fermentation , and interpretation of the
production by harvesting of the product from experimental results.
microorganisms and its the broth and detecting the MCQs based Quiz.
detection in the broth. They presence of enzyme in the
will also become conversant broth.
with the production of Production of a food product
fermented food products having probiotic bacteria &
involving microorganisms. yeast.

197
5. The students will be able to Preparation of Observing the culture
understand the concept of medium,sterilization of plates following incubation
bioassay for the detection of medium,pouring of plates, and measurement of
an antibiotic in the sample spreading inoculum on plate, diameter of the zone of
.They will learn to dispensing antibiotic dilution in inhibition in a bioassay.
differentiate between the well and measurement of Recording results of Kirby-
antibiotic sensitive and inhibition zone following Bauer method and
antibiotic resistant bacteria.incubation. Use of Kirby-Bauer interpretation of results
method to test the antibiotic about the nature of
sensitivity /resistance of a bacteria in the presence of
bacterial culture. a particular antibiotic.
6. The students will gain Use of different sources to Preparation of a report
experience in data collection collect data ( books, research from the obtained data, its
and analysis of commercially papers , review articles and presentation and
available therapeutic market survey on this topic) discussion in the class.
products and also on locally
available fermented foods.
*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative, and may vary

198
MICROB-SEC1

PRACTICAL COURSE: BASIC TRAINING IN MICROBIOLOGY

Marks: 50 Duration: 60 hours (2 credits)


Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to impart students with hands-on training to enable
them to design and set up a basic microbiology laboratory with minimum investment, for
isolating, handling, culturing and microscopically characterizing microorganisms. This
course will support students who are interested in pursuing a career in a microbiology
diagnostic laboratory where microoragnisms are routinely isolated from patient samples.
The course also endows students who want to develop their own biofertilizers and other
kinds of bio-inoculants for use in agriculture and environment with the necessary skills.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: Will be able to set up a basic microbiology lab. Student will gain knowledge about the
preparation of different types of media.

CO2: Will be skilled in isolating microorganisms from different sites, purification of cultures,
and preservation of cultures.

CO3: Will be skilled in identifying and ensuring the purity of bacterial and fungal cultures of
importance through microscopic examination.

Contents:

Unit 1. Introduction to Microbiology Laboratory and Good Laboratory Practices:


Principles of Good Microbiological Laboratory Practices (GMLP). Concept of biosafety levels
(BSLs). Work practices, safety equipment and protective measures to be used in laboratories
of the different categories of biosafety levels BSL-1 to BSL-4. Microorganisms that are
classified as BSL-1 to BSL-4 microorganisms. Methods of disposal of microbial cultures.
Equipment in a microbiology laboratory: use of autoclave, hot air oven, bacteriological
incubator and BOD incubator, biosafety cabinet, light microscope. Preparation of culture
media for bacteria (nutrient agar), fungi (PDA) and algae (broth, solid medium in petriplates /
slants). 24

Unit 2. Culturing techniques: Isolation of aero-microflora by exposing nutrient agar plates.


Isolation of microorganisms from soil by serial dilution plating and streaking methods.
Purification of bacterial culture by streaking. Enumeration of viable bacteria using serial
dilution of culture and spread plate method followed by CFU (colony forming unit) count.
Culturing of fungi on potato dextrose agar (PDA) plates. Culturing of algae from pond
water or damp soil. Preservation of cultures in agar slants. 20

Unit 3. Staining techniques: Preparation of bacterial smear and study of the morphology by
Gram stain and spore stain (E. coli, Staphylococcus sp., Bacillus sp.). Temporary mount
preparation of industrially important fungi (Rhizopus, Saccharomyces, Penicillium,
Aspergillus. 16

199
Suggested Reading:

1. Brock Biology of Microorganisms by M.T. Madigan,J. Aiyer,D. Buckley,W.Sattley and


D. Stahl.16th edition. Pearson, USA. 2021.

2. Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual by J. Cappuccino and C.T. Welsh. 12th edition.


Pearson Education, USA. 2020.

3. Prescott’s Microbiology by J. M. Willey, K. Sandman and D. Wood. 11th edition.


McGrawHill Higher Education, USA. 2019.

4. Basic Lab Manual of Microbiology, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology by A. Ray and
R. Mukherjee. Taurean Publisher, India. 2019.

5. Benson’s Microbiological applications: Laboratory manual in general microbiology by


A.E. Brown and H. Smith H. 15th edition. McGraw-Hill Education, USA. 2022.

6. Manual of Microbiology: Tools & Techniques by A.K. Sharma. 1st edition. Ane Books,
India. 2007.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes:

Unit Course Learning Teaching and Assessment Tasks


no. Outcomes Learning Activity
1 Will be able to set up a Lab visit, Practice test and group
basic microbiology lab. demonstration of discussions. Continous
Student will gain equipment design and assessment on the
knowledge about the functioning. Extensive basis of interest with
preparation of different media preparation and which a student
types of media. . sterilization training. performs the
experiments
2 Will be skilled in isolating Extensive hands-on Making the students
microorganisms from all the excercises repeat the experiments
different sites, after the completion of themselves once they
purification of cultures, instructions are conducted under the
and preservation of instructor's supervision.
cultures.
3 Will be skilled in Extensive hands-on Continuous monitoring
identifying and ensuring all the excercises and evaluation of
the purity of bacterial and after the completion of students while
fungal cultures of instructions participating in these
importance through unique hands-on
microscopic examination activities

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary

200
MICROB-SEC2

PRACTICAL COURSE: BIOINOCULANTS FOR AGRICULTURE AND SUSTAINABLE


DEVELOPMENT

Marks: 50 Duration: 60 hours (2 credits)


Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to make students aware of the role of microorganisms in
sustainable development and remediation. This course will train students to develop their
own biofertilizers and other kinds of bio-inoculants for use in agriculture and environment.
The course is designed for skill development in initiating a bioinoculant-based low cost
startup.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of the course, the student:

CO1: Will be aware of the role of microbes in sustainable development and how microbes
can be used in remediation of damaged environments.

CO2: Will be skilled in isolating microorganisms from a variety of different sites. Will learn
Selection, purification and preservation of useful cultures.

CO3: Will be skilled in formulating bioinoculants and test its efficacy.

Contents:

Unit 1. Introduction and scope of bioinoculants: Biofertilizers: success story – biofertilizer


production under ICAR - How Biofertilizers for Corn Went Commercial. Biopesticides:
success story of using biopesticides for nematode management in horticultural crops.
Bioinoculants as a solution to the problem of parali (stubble) burning: case study of “PUSA
Decomposer”. Bioinoculants for reforestation. Bioinoculants for the reclamation of waste lands
having alkaline, acidic, heavy metal-contaminated soils. Bioinoculants for clearance of oil
spills. Mycorrhizal inoculants. Some important commercially available bioinoculants. 20

Unit 2. Isolation of microorganisms for the preparation of bioinoculants: Isolation of


phosphate solubilizers, free-living nitrogen fixers, heavy metal-accumulating microbes,
alkalophiles, acidophiles from suitable soil samples. Observation of colony morphology
and microscopic structure of selected microbes and preservation of these cultures in
slants and glycerol stocks. 28

Unit 3: Formulation of bioinoculant using selected microbes (student group project):


Culturing of selected microbes from those isolated, and formulating them into a bioinoculant.
Preparation of workflow for evaluating efficacy in potted plants and in fields, for determining
shelf life, and stability. 12

Suggested Reading:

1. Microbiology: A Lab Manual by J. G. Cappuccino and C. T. Welson. 12th edition.


201
Pearson. 2020.

2. Bio-inoculants as prospective inputs for achieving sustainability: Indian Story by C.


Gupta et al. Economic Affairs. Vol. 65, No. 1, pp. 31-41. 2020.

3. Bioinoculants for bioremediation applications and disease resistance: Innovative


Perspectives by T. Chaudhary and P. Shukla. Indian J Microbiol. 59 (2): 129–136.
2019.

4. Remediation of metalliferous soils through the heavy metal resistant plant growth
promoting bacteria: paradigms and prospects by M. Ahemad. Arabian Journal of
Chemistry, 12 (7);1365-1377. 2019.

5. Laboratory manual of Microbiology and Biotechnology by K.R. Aneja. 2nd edition.


Scientific International Pvt. Ltd., Delhi. 2018.

6. https://www.jaivikkheti.in/DMS/Waste-Decomposer%20Book-Eng.pdf

7. https://www.iihr.res.in/success-story-using-biopesticides-nematode-management-
horticultural-crops.

8. Biofertilizer Production under ICAR All India Network Project on Soil Biodiversity
Biofertilizers DOI: 10.13140/RG.2.2.26840.42244

9. https://blog.teamtrade.cz/the-story-of-how-biofertilizers-for-corn-went-commercial-
part-one/

10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microbial_inoculant

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes:

Unit Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Assessment Tasks*


no. Learning Activity
1 Will be aware of the role of Discussions along Practice test and
microbes in sustainable with case studies of group discussions.
development and how some successful Continuous
microbes can be used in microbial assessment.
remediation of damaged bioinoculants.
environments.
2 Will be skilled in isolating Extensive hands- Making the students
microorganisms from a on for all the repeat the experiments
variety of different sites. Will excercises after the themselves once they
learn Selection, purification completion of are conducted under
and preservation of useful instructions the instructor's
cultures. supervision.
3 Will be skilled in formulating Extensive hands- Continuous evaluation
bioinoculants and test its on for all the of students while
efficacy. excercises after the participating in these
completion of unique hands-on
instructions activities

*Assessment tasks listed here are indicative and may vary

202
MICROB-SEC3

CLINICAL RESEARCH IN DRUG DEVELOPMENT


Marks: 50 Duration: 30 hours (2 credits)
Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to provide the students an opportunity to become
familiar with the process of drug development. Students will learn about the types and
phases of clinical trials and the ethical issues to be considered. The course aims to
develop skill in conceptualizing, designing and conducting clinical trials.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the student:
CO1: Will become familiar with the process of development of a new drug, as well as the
types and phases of the clinical trials.
CO2: Will be skilled in designing a clinical trial and planning a sampling strategy. Student will
also learn about some recent case studies in clinical trials.
CO3: Will understand the regulatory and ethical requirements and documentation to be
prepared when undertaking clinical trials.

Contents:
Unit 1. Steps in drug development process, and the types and phases of clinical trials:
Five stages of drug development: Discovery and development, preclinical research, clinical
research, drug review (by regulatory bodies like FDA,USA; EMA,EU; and Central Drugs
Standard Control Organization, India), post-market drug safety-monitoring (by the regulatory
bodies). Clinical studies versus clinical trials: Observational studies, Pilot studies and
feasibility studies, Interventional trials, Prevention trials, Screening trials, Treatment trials,
Multi-arm multi-stage (MAMS) trials. Five phases of clinical trials and their aims and
objectives: early Phase 1, Phases 1-4. Introduction to clinical trial registry. Commonly used
terms: arm and arm types (experimental and placebo), cohort, allocation (randomized and
nonrandomized), masking (open label, single blind and double blind), baseline characterisics,
ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier number, Data Monitoring Committee 9

Unit 2. Designs used in clinical research and clinical trial study team: Types of
research designs based on Controlling method (experimental, quasi-experimental, and
observational methods), randomization techniques, time sequences (prospective and
retrospective), sampling methods (cohort study, case control study and cross-sectional
study). Clinical trial life cycle: submission process, submission content, timeline of review,
trial initiation, safety reporting, progress reporting. Study team and roles and
responsibilities of: Investigator, Study Coordinator, Sponsor, Monitor, Contract Research
Organization, Site management Organization. Case studies: Astrazeneca Covishield
clinical trial NCT04516746, Remdisivir trial in severe COVID-19 patients NCT04292899 and
NCT04539262, Covaxin (BBV152) trial case study Clinical Trials Registry India,
CTRI/2020/11/028976 12

Unit 3. Ethical considerations and Documentation: Ethical principles governing


informed consent process, structure and content of a Patient Information Sheet, structure
and content of an Informed Consent Form, process of taking informed consent.
Maintenance of documentation: guidelines to the preparation of protocols, Investigator’s
brochure, case report forms, contracts and agreements, Trial Master File preparation and
203
maintenance, Investigator Site File, Pharmacy File, Diary Cards. Preparation of
documentation for Ethics committee. 9
Suggested Reading:

1. National Ethical Guidelines for Biomedical and Health Research involving Human
Participants. Indian Council of Medical Research, New Delhi. 2017.
https://main.icmr.nic.in/sites/default/files/guidelines/ICMR_Ethical_Guidelines_201
7.pdf.

2. US National Library of Medicine site: https://clinicaltrials.gov

3. Fundamentals of Clinical Trials by Lawrence MF, Curt DF, David LD, David MR and
Christopher BG. 5th edition, Springer. 2015.

4. Basic Principles of Clinical Research and Methodology by SK Gupta. Jaypee


Brothers Medical Publishers, India. 2007.

5. Textbook of Clinical Trials edited by David Machin, Simon Day and Sylvan Green.
John Wiley and Sons. 2005.

6. Handbook for good clinical research practice (GCP): guidance for implementation
by World Health Organization. 2005.
https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/43392/924159392X_eng.pdf?sequ
ence=1&isAllowed=y

7. Principles of Clinical Research edited by Giovanna di Ignazio and Gareth Haynes.


Routledge publications. 2001.

8. Clinical Data Management edited by R K Rondels, S A Varley, C F Webbs. 2nd


edition. Wiley Publications. 2000.

9. Remdesivir for the treatment of hospitalised patients with COVID-19: final results
from the DisCoVeRy randomised, controlled, open-label trial by Ader F et
al. MedRxiv 2022

10. https://www.cancerresearchuk.org/about-cancer/find-a-clinical-trial/what-clinical-
trials-are/types-of-clinical-trials

11. Efficacy, safety, and lot-to-lot immunogenicity of an inactivated SARS-CoV-2


vaccine (BBV152): interim results of a randomised, double-blind, controlled, phase
3 trial by Raches E, et al. Lancet 398: 2173–84. https://doi.org/10.1016/ S0140-
6736(21)02000-6. 2021.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes:


Unit Course Learning Outcomes Teaching and Assessment
no. learningActivity Tasks*
1 Will become familiar with the Classroom teaching Practice test
process of development of a and group
new drug, as well as the types discussions.
and phases of the clinical trials.
2 Will be skilled in designing a Classroom teaching Group
clinical trial and planning a along with case studies discussions,

204
sampling strategy. Student will of some successful tests, quizzes,
also learn about some recent case clinical trials presentations
studies in clinical trials.
3 Will understand the regulatory Classroom teaching, Continuous
and ethical requirements and and designing of evaluation of
documentation to be prepared informed consent form students
when undertaking clinical trials.
and mock ethical
clearance document.
*Assessment tasks are indicative and may vary.

205
MICROB-SEC4

INFECTION CONTROL IN HEALTHCARE FACILITIES


Marks: 50 Duration: 30 hours (2 credits)
Course Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to provide students an understanding of infection
prevention and control (IPC) of the spread of infections in healthcare facilities. This has become
an area of particular relevance in the wake of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the
widespread problem of hospital-borne infections. A student of Microbiology who has all the
basic skills in handling micro-organisms, and additional know-how of infection prevention
and control in healthcare facilities, will be a valued addition to a hospital management team.

Pre-requisite: Student should have studied Biology in 12th standard.

Course Learning Outcomes:


Upon successful completion of the course, the student:
CO1: Will know the components of the infectious disease process and significance of hospital
acquired infections.
CO2: Will be aware of the methods to prevent the spread of pathogenic organisms in healthcare
settings.
CO3: Will become aware of Infection Control Policies.

Contents:
Unit 1. Overview of components of the infectious disease process: Hospital acquired
infections: concept of "The Chain of Infection". Reservoir: human, animal, environmental. Portal
of exit: respiratory tract, gastrointestinal tract, genitourinary tract, skin/mucous membrane,
transplacental, blood and exit through drainage, secretions. Portal of entry: respiratory tract,
gastrointestinal tract, genitourinary tract, skin/mucous membrane, transplacental, parenteral
through percutaneous injury, invasive devices/procedures, surgical incision. Mode of
transmission: Direct contact, indirect (fomites) contact, airborne droplet, food, water, vector-
borne, contamination of equipment, poor handling techniques. 10

Unit 2. Methods to prevent the spread of pathogenic organisms in healthcare settings: The
ten standard infection control precautions: Patient assessment for infection risk, Hand hygiene,
Respiratory and cough hygiene, Personal protective equipment (PPE), Safe management of
equipment, Safe management of environment, Safe management of blood and body fluids, Safe
management of linen, Safe disposal of waste (including sharps), Occupational safety & Exposure.
Five pillars of infection prevention. Relevant case studies. 10
Unit 3. Infection Control Policies: Recognizing possibility of an outbreak. Strategic placing of
the patients. Monitoring of air conditioning systems and appropriate ventilation. Cleaning,
disinfection, and sterilization of patient care equipment. Environmental cleaning (housekeeping).
Food services. Engineering and work practice controls. Training and education of healthcare
workers. Investigation of all outbreaks. Continuous culturing of microorganisms from surfaces and
atmosphere in operation theatres, wards and other common areas and assessment of
antimicrobial resistance (AMR) in the hospital environment. Record keeping, relevant case
studies. 10

206
Suggested reading:
1. Guidelines Library | Infection Control | Center for Disease Control, Atlanta, USA.
https://www.cdc.gov › infectioncontrol › guidelines.

2. Manual of Infection Prevention and Control by N. Damani. Oxford University Press.


2019. https://oxfordmedicine.com/view/10.1093/med/9780198815938.001.0001/med-
9780198815938.

3. Infection Prevention and Control, Module 1: Introduction to Infection Prevention and


Control by M.S. Curless, L.A. Forrester, P.A. Trexler. Jhpiego Corporation, USA. 2018.
https://www.jhpiego.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/IPC_M1_IPC_Introduction.pdf

4. A Guide to Infection Control in the Hospital: An official publication of the International


Society for Infectious Diseases (ISID)-Fifth Edition. 2014.
https://www.dspsv.ro/uploads/epidemiologie/5thEd_GuideInfectionControl_forWEB.pdf

5. Waste Management Awareness Handbook 2011 - IFIC Basic Concepts of Infection


Control. 2nd edition (previously published as Infection Control: Basic Concepts and
Training). 2011.

6. Infections and infectious diseases, A manual for nurses and midwives In the WHO
European Region. 2001, Copyright : WHO,
https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/107489/e79822.pdf?sequence=1&isAllo
wed=y

7. https://www.hfmmagazine.com/articles/4197-five-pillars-of-infection-prevention

8. https://www.nurses.co.uk/blog/your-guide-to-the-10-standard-infection-control-
precautions-sicps/

9. https://infectioncontrol.care/blog/7-infection-control-procedures-you-need-to-follow/.

Facilitating the achievement of Course Learning Outcomes:

Unit Course LearningOutcomes Teaching and learning Assessment


no. Activity Tasks
1 Will know the components of Classroom teaching Practice test and
the infectious disease process group
and significance of hospital discussions.
acquired infections.
2 Will be aware of the methods Classroom teaching along Group
to prevent the spread of with relevant case studies discussions,
pathogenic organisms in tests, quiz
healthcare settings.
3 Will become aware of Classroom teaching and Continuous
Infection Control Policies discussion on relevant evaluation of
case studies students

207
DISSERTATION / ACADEMIC PROJECT

Marks:150 Credits: 6

Continuous evaluation (IA) 45 marks


Experimental work cum project report 75 marks
Presentation and Viva-voce 30 marks

Course Objectives:
The key objective of this paper is to introduce the students to concepts in
identification of a research problem and developing a hypothesis. The course will
enable students to learn how to carry out survey of literature, perform
experiments, observe the results, and analyze the data obtained. The students
will learn how to write a scientific project report, and oral presentation of the
results.

Pre-requisite: Student should have passed 132 credits of this programme.

Course Learning Outcomes:


CO1: Student is able to formulate a hypothesis to be tested.

CO2: Student learns how to collect and read literature related to the hypothesis.

CO3: Student is able to design experiments to test that hypothesis. Student is


exposed to the use of a variety of instruments and is able to perform experiments
such as making culture media for various microbes, isolating microorganisms
from different sources, and identifying the isolated microorganism. Can examine
the microorganism’s capacity to produce compounds of industrial importance.

CO4: Student learns about ethical issues in conducting research. Student learns
how to examine the obtained data and interpret the results.

CO5: Student learns how to discuss their results based on results obtained by
other researchers on the same topic.

CO6: Student learns the skill of writing a project report.

CO7: Student learns about ethical issues related to publishing, plagiarism and self-
plagiarism.

Contents:

Unit 1: Identification of research problem

Unit 2: Survey of literature

Unit 3: Formulation of hypothesis, experimental design and methodology

208
Unit 4: Analysis of data and interpretation of results

Unit 5: Discussion and conclusion

Unit 6: Writing a project report


Note:
Guidelines provided by University of Delhi for executing and evaluation of project
work will be final.

Suggested Reading:

Research Methodology: Methods and techniques by C.R. Kothari and Gaurav Garg.
New Age International, India. 2018.

209

You might also like